The Marketing How-To Blog

Website Design vs. Development: A Complete Guide

Thu, 23 Apr 2026 13:00:27 GMT

Is your website a beautiful design or a fully developed asset? Learn 7 crucial elements to ensure your site is built for success, not just looks.

Custom Software Solutions: AI-Powered Ticketing

Fri, 17 Apr 2026 12:10:21 GMT

Simple Custom Software Powered by AI: A Ticketing System Case Study

Imagine this: your client is drowning in a sea of incoming requests. Emails are flooding in, Slack messages are buzzing, and critical customer needs are getting lost in the shuffle. Traditional ticketing systems feel clunky and time-consuming, adding another layer of frustration. That's exactly the situation one of our clients faced. The solution? In just two hours, we built them a custom, AI-powered ticketing system that transformed their customer service workflow. Keep reading to learn how AI can revolutionize your business with simple software and rapid development cycles.

Project Spotlight: AI-Driven Ticketing System for Streamlined Customer Service

This project perfectly illustrates how the landscape of custom software development is changing. The power of AI has dramatically lowered development costs and timelines. What once required weeks or months of dedicated effort can now be achieved in a fraction of the time. Designers, engineers, and coders are collaborating more effectively than ever before, thanks to new AI-powered tools that facilitate brainstorming and development simultaneously. In fact, at Web Education Services, we are always looking at new ways of delivering services with modern tools. You can read more about our values at about-wes .

The Challenge: Managing Customer Requests Across Multiple Channels

The core challenge our client faced was a common one: inefficiently managing customer service requests arriving through various channels. Their customer service representatives (CSRs) were constantly switching between email, Slack, and other platforms. This disjointed workflow led to several pain points:

Time-Consuming Form Filling: Each request required CSRs to manually fill out lengthy forms, diverting their attention from actually addressing customer needs.
Risk of Lost Requests: The manual process increased the likelihood of tickets getting lost or overlooked, resulting in delayed responses and dissatisfied customers.
Lack of Centralized System: Without a unified system, it was difficult to track the status of requests, identify bottlenecks, and measure overall performance.

From Chaos to Clarity: How AI Streamlined the Ticketing Process in 2 Hours

In our recent project spotlight, we want to highlight a ticketing system we developed and deployed in a lightning-fast two hours. The initial problem was the fractured communication channels. Clients were contacting the company via email and Slack, and the CSRs were spending excessive time manually logging these requests. Each request then needed to be routed through several layers before being solved, adding to the already slow process. The team was spending more time filling out forms than resolving client issues, leading to delays and frustration. The major bottleneck was that filling out the forms took too much time, so issues were being ignored.

Before this project, we had already improved other workflows with content writing assistance, you can read more about our ideas at internet-marketing-tips-tricks-hacks-blog .

The AI-Powered Solution: Conversational Ticketing for Enhanced Efficiency

Our solution was designed to be simple, intuitive, and highly efficient. Instead of forcing CSRs to fill out rigid forms, we created a user-friendly application where they could simply paste the customer's message (from email, Slack, or any other source). The magic happened behind the scenes: AI analyzed the message, identified the key issues, and automatically categorized the request.

Here's how the AI-powered ticketing system works:

Message Input: CSRs paste the customer's message into the application.
AI Analysis: The AI analyzes the text, determines the request type (e.g., bug report, feature request, support question), and extracts relevant information.
Suggested Ticket Details: The AI presents the CSR with suggested ticket details, such as category, priority, and assigned agent.
Confirmation and Modification: The CSR reviews the AI's suggestions and either confirms them with a single click or makes any necessary modifications.
Automated Ticketing: Once confirmed, the system automatically creates the ticket, assigns it to the appropriate agent, and notifies the relevant parties.

Benefits of the AI-Driven Approach:

Reduced Form-Filling Time: The AI automates much of the manual data entry, freeing up CSRs to focus on resolving customer issues.
Improved Accuracy: AI-powered analysis reduces the risk of human error, ensuring that tickets are properly categorized and routed.
Faster Response Times: By streamlining the ticketing process, the system enables CSRs to respond to customer requests more quickly.
Enhanced Customer Satisfaction: Faster and more accurate support leads to happier customers.

The Result: A Happy Team and More Efficient Workflow

This shift to a more conversational and less form-centric approach to ticketing has had a profound impact on the client's team. CSRs are no longer burdened by tedious data entry, allowing them to focus on providing excellent customer service. The streamlined workflow has also reduced response times and improved overall customer satisfaction.

This project highlights the transformative potential of AI in simplifying complex business processes. By leveraging AI, we were able to create a custom solution that addressed our client's specific needs in a fraction of the time it would have taken using traditional development methods. If you want to find information on AI, you can search for "Generative AI on Google ."

Ready to Build Your Own AI-Powered Solution?

Do you have an idea for a custom software solution that could transform your business? Are you looking for ways to leverage the power of AI to streamline your workflows and improve efficiency? We can help! Schedule an hour with our team at Web Education Services, and let's explore the possibilities together. We can brainstorm ideas, discuss your specific needs, and show you how AI can make your vision a reality. Let's build something amazing!

Schedule an hour with us

Lead Magnets: Get Leads and Help Customers

Wed, 08 Apr 2026 19:45:02 GMT

BONUS, Here's What We Built in the Workshop

Next.js Websites: Fast, Flexible, & Affordable

Thu, 02 Apr 2026 13:45:00 GMT

AI Images & Branding: 7 Styles That Change Your Brand

Sun, 22 Mar 2026 14:00:02 GMT

Claude LMS Setup Guide

Fri, 20 Mar 2026 11:10:36 GMT

Follow these steps to connect Claude directly to your WordPress site. Once connected, you can ask Claude to fix your header, style your course pages, manage content — all in plain English.

Lead Analysis: More Leads From What Works

Wed, 18 Mar 2026 14:00:26 GMT

Stop chasing shiny objects! Discover how to analyze your lead sources and focus on the strategies that are already working to grow your business.

15 AI Prompts Every Business Owner Should Know to Boost Efficiency

Fri, 06 Mar 2026 12:15:02 GMT

AI Social Media Builder: Create Engaging Content in Minutes

Wed, 04 Mar 2026 11:57:44 GMT

Simplify Your Social Media: How to Schedule Posts for the Week

Tue, 24 Feb 2026 20:30:05 GMT

Tired of Social Media Chaos? Schedule Your Posts for the Week!

Ever find yourself scrambling at the last minute to get a social media post up? Or worse, completely forgetting to post altogether? We've all been there! You planned a great week of content, full of engaging stories and killer announcements, but life got in the way. Suddenly, it's Wednesday, and you realize you haven't touched your social media all week. Maybe you're posting on Facebook but completely neglecting Instagram. Or feeling completely disorganized and overwhelmed by the whole process?

The solution? Scheduling your social media posts! Planning and scheduling your content in advance not only saves you time and stress, but it also helps you maintain a consistent presence, reach a wider audience, and ultimately, achieve your business goals. This article provides a step-by-step guide to scheduling your social media posts across the most popular platforms: Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, YouTube, and TikTok.

Ready to take control of your social media and say goodbye to last-minute panics? Let's dive in!

Quick Productivity Gains: 2 Minute Google Keep and Gemini Integration

Wed, 18 Feb 2026 13:56:04 GMT

Google Keep and Gemini for Peak Productivity

Ever been in the zone, tackling a complex project or riding a wave of creative inspiration, only to be jolted back to reality by a nagging reminder? An email to send, a call to make, a repetitive task demanding your attention. Suddenly, the flow is broken, the momentum lost. Organizing those interrupting thoughts or tasks can feel like a productivity killer. But it doesn't have to be that way. Imagine a world where you can capture those fleeting ideas and delegate those disruptive to-dos without breaking stride. That's the power of pairing Google Keep with Gemini, and we're here to show you how.

In today's fast-paced world, staying organized while maintaining a creative edge is essential. Google Keep, a versatile note-taking service, combined with Gemini, Google's innovative AI model, offers a powerful solution. This dynamic duo helps you capture ideas, manage tasks, and streamline your workflow, ensuring that inspiration never gets lost in the shuffle. In this article, we'll explore how to integrate these tools to maximize your productivity and creativity.

Embrace the Power of Integration

In conclusion, the integration of Google Keep and Gemini represents a significant step forward in productivity and creative workflow. By combining the organizational power of Keep with the AI-driven assistance of Gemini, you can seamlessly capture ideas, manage tasks, and stay focused on your goals. Whether you're a marketing professional, a freelance writer, a project manager, or a student, this dynamic duo can help you unlock your full potential. So, embrace the power of integration and start leveraging Google Keep and Gemini to supercharge your productivity today!

Want to see Google Keep in action? Join us this Friday at 2 pm and every Friday for AI and Marketing tips, tricks, and hacks. Sign up here: webeducationservices.com/sign-up

Stop Trusting SEO Checkers Blindly: 7 Things They Get Wrong

Thu, 12 Feb 2026 23:12:47 GMT

SEO checkers are helpful, but they also get things wrong. Learn the 7 most common mistakes SEO tools make and how to avoid them for better rankings.

Unlock Your Marketing Potential: Join Our Free Office Hours!

Sun, 08 Feb 2026 05:00:18 GMT

Unlock Your Marketing Potential: Join Our Free Office Hours!

Let's face it: traditional workshops can sometimes feel?well, a bit like herding cats. You spend a day (or even longer!) crammed into a room, listening to presentations, and maybe, just maybe, getting a tiny sliver of the specific information you actually need. You're left with a stack of handouts and a vague feeling that you should be doing something differently, but the concrete steps remain elusive. Sound familiar? That's why we've created something better: Marketing Essentials Office Hours . This is your chance to get personalized advice, ask burning questions, and unlock actionable strategies to level up your marketing game ? all in a convenient, free, and supportive environment.

Demystifying Marketing: Get Your Questions Answered

Marketing can feel like a vast and ever-changing landscape. From social media algorithms to content creation strategies, there's always something new to learn and adapt to. It's easy to get overwhelmed, especially when you're trying to juggle multiple priorities. That's where our Marketing Essentials Office Hours come in. Think of it as your personal marketing hotline, ready to answer your specific questions and provide tailored guidance.

Stop Guessing, Start Growing

Instead of sifting through generic blog posts or watching endless YouTube tutorials, you can connect directly with experienced marketing professionals who understand the challenges you face. Whether you're struggling to define your target audience, craft compelling ad copy, or measure the ROI of your campaigns, our experts are here to help you navigate the complexities of marketing and achieve your business goals. Need help with email marketing ""? We've got you covered.

What to Expect in Our Marketing Office Hours

Personalized Attention: We limit the number of attendees to ensure everyone gets a chance to ask questions and receive individualized feedback.
Practical Solutions: Our experts focus on providing actionable strategies that you can implement immediately to see real results.
A Supportive Community: Connect with other marketers, share your experiences, and learn from each other's successes and challenges.
Real-World Examples: We'll share real-world examples of successful marketing campaigns and break down the key elements that made them work.
No Sales Pitches: Our office hours are purely educational and focused on providing value to our attendees. You won't be subjected to any sales pitches or high-pressure tactics.

Imagine being able to confidently launch a new marketing campaign, knowing that you have the knowledge and support to succeed. That's the power of our Marketing Essentials Office Hours. Don't let your marketing questions go unanswered ? join us and start transforming your business today!

SEO Simplified: Optimize Your Website and Content

Search engine optimization (SEO) is crucial for driving organic traffic to your website and reaching a wider audience. But with constantly evolving algorithms and best practices, it can be challenging to stay ahead of the curve. Our Marketing Essentials Office Hours provide a dedicated space to unravel the mysteries of SEO and learn how to optimize your website and content for maximum visibility.

Mastering the Fundamentals of SEO

We'll cover essential SEO concepts, including keyword research, on-page optimization, off-page optimization, and technical SEO. You'll learn how to identify the right keywords to target, optimize your website content for search engines, build high-quality backlinks, and ensure your website is easily crawlable and indexable. Having a good understanding of SEO is key to getting seen in the search results. This external link to "" provides more information.

Key SEO Topics We'll Discuss:

Keyword Research: Discover the most relevant keywords for your business and learn how to use them effectively in your content.
On-Page Optimization: Optimize your website titles, meta descriptions, headings, and content to improve your search engine rankings.
Off-Page Optimization: Build high-quality backlinks from reputable websites to increase your website's authority and credibility.
Technical SEO: Ensure your website is mobile-friendly, fast-loading, and easily crawlable by search engines.
Content Marketing: Create valuable and engaging content that attracts and retains your target audience.

Our SEO experts will also provide practical tips and tools to help you track your progress and measure the effectiveness of your SEO efforts. You'll learn how to use Google Analytics and other SEO tools to monitor your website traffic, track your keyword rankings, and identify areas for improvement. By the end of our SEO session, you'll have a solid understanding of SEO principles and the confidence to implement effective strategies that drive organic traffic to your website. We can point you in the right direction for everything, even video SEO tips! This allows you to create a strong marketing plan.

Marketing Best Practices: Proven Strategies for Success

In the world of marketing, it's easy to get caught up in fleeting trends and shiny new tools. However, the most successful marketing strategies are often rooted in timeless best practices. Our Marketing Essentials Office Hours provide a platform to learn and apply these proven principles to your business, ensuring long-term growth and sustainability.

Building a Solid Marketing Foundation

We'll explore essential marketing concepts such as defining your target audience, crafting a compelling brand message, developing a marketing plan, and measuring your results. You'll learn how to identify your ideal customers, understand their needs and pain points, and create marketing campaigns that resonate with them. Remember that knowing your audience is more than half the battle!

Essential Best Practices for Marketing Success:

Define Your Target Audience: Understand your ideal customers and tailor your marketing messages to their specific needs and interests.
Craft a Compelling Brand Message: Communicate your unique value proposition and differentiate yourself from the competition.
Develop a Marketing Plan: Create a roadmap for your marketing efforts, outlining your goals, strategies, and tactics.
Measure Your Results: Track your key performance indicators (KPIs) and use data to optimize your marketing campaigns.
Stay Up-to-Date: Continuously learn and adapt to the latest marketing trends and technologies.

Our experts will also share real-world case studies of successful marketing campaigns and highlight the key best practices that contributed to their success. You'll learn how to apply these principles to your own business and avoid common marketing pitfalls. By focusing on proven strategies and avoiding the hype, you can build a solid marketing foundation that drives sustainable growth for your business. This is a fantastic opportunity to solidify your marketing knowledge.

Ready to Level Up Your Marketing? Join Us!

Don't let marketing challenges hold you back from achieving your business goals. Our Marketing Essentials Office Hours offer a valuable opportunity to get personalized advice, learn from experienced professionals, and connect with a supportive community. Sign up today and start unlocking your marketing potential!

Click here to register for our next Marketing Essentials Office Hours and take the first step towards marketing success. We look forward to seeing you there!

Create Your AI Caricature: See What ChatGPT Thinks of You!

Fri, 06 Feb 2026 01:26:26 GMT

Discover a fun, creative way to explore AI's perspective on your personality. This simple guide will walk you through creating your own personalized digital caricature using ChatGPT.

Gamma App: Beyond Presentations - Create Stunning Content Easily

Thu, 05 Feb 2026 23:06:56 GMT

Discover how Gamma App goes beyond presentations. Learn to create proposals, social media content, and more with AI. Transform your content creation workflow today.

We look forward to seeing you there!

Keyword Research for SEO Success

Thu, 29 Jan 2026 22:53:51 GMT

Dominate Local Search: How to Get More Google Reviews & Boost Your SEO

Thu, 22 Jan 2026 19:04:17 GMT

Learn the best strategies to acquire Google reviews, improve your SEO, and respond effectively to customer feedback.

Get More Google Reviews

We've all been there. You're told constantly that you need more Google reviews . It's the magic bullet, the key to unlocking local search dominance. But then you ask, "How exactly do I get more reviews?" and the answer is often a vague, "Just ask!"

But that's simply not enough.

You need a strategy, a system, and concrete steps to transform your customer satisfaction into a powerful online presence. This isn't just about asking; it's about optimizing the entire process to generate a steady stream of positive reviews that will boost your business.

The Importance of Responding to Reviews (Good and Bad)

Acquiring Google Reviews is only half the battle. Actively responding to reviews, both positive and negative, is crucial for maintaining a positive online reputation and demonstrating your commitment to customer service.

By implementing these strategies, you can significantly increase the number of Google Reviews you receive, improve your local SEO, and build a stronger online reputation. Remember, it's not just about asking for reviews; it's about creating a seamless and positive experience for your customers and making it easy for them to share their feedback.

Ready to take your business to the next level?

Ready to Grow Your Business with Better Marketing?
Join our FREE Friday Workshop every week from 2 to 3 PM EST on Zoom. Get hands-on tips, AI tools, and live Q&A to help your business stand out.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Brand Your AI Images: 3 Simple Tricks

Thu, 15 Jan 2026 17:58:19 GMT

Three Tricks to Taking a Generic AI Image and Branding It

Learn how to seamlessly integrate your logo and brand colors for a professional, on-brand look with these three easy techniques.

You're probably using Gemini , ChatGPT , Ideogram , or a dozen other image generators. You've finally got an image you really like. It's visually appealing, relevant to your message, and ready to go... almost. Something about it just isn't quite your brand . Maybe it's the color palette, the overall style, or simply that it feels a little too generic. And when you slap your logo on it, it just feels... slapped on. Awkward. Unprofessional.

Sound familiar?

Don't worry; you're not alone! Luckily, with a few clever tweaks, you can transform that generic AI image into a powerful piece of branded content that resonates with your audience. Here are three effective tricks to make your AI images pop and truly represent your brand, without feeling forced or out of place. Plus, we'll throw in a bonus tip for good measure! And if you like what you see, keep reading because there's a chance to learn more about Web Education Services and how we can help!

1. Frame It Up: Add Your Logo to a Picture Frame Using AI

One of the simplest yet most effective ways to brand an AI image is by incorporating your logo into a picture frame. This technique is subtle, visually appealing, and adds a touch of sophistication to your image. You can achieve this relatively easily with most AI image editors. Here's how:

Step-by-Step Guide to Framing Your Logo

Upload your AI Image: Start by uploading the AI-generated image you want to brand into your AI image editor.
Upload Your Logo: Next, upload your logo as a separate asset. Ensure it's a high-resolution version with a transparent background (if possible) for the best results.
The Prompt: Now, the magic happens! Craft a prompt that instructs the AI to add a picture frame to the image, and then embed your logo into the frame's design. Be as specific as possible. Here are some example prompts:
"Add a modern, minimalist picture frame to the image. Embed the [Your Logo Name] logo subtly into the bottom right corner of the frame."
"Create a wooden picture frame with a rustic texture. Incorporate the [Your Logo Name] logo as a watermark on the frame's surface."
"Generate a sleek, metallic picture frame with the [Your Logo Name] logo embossed along the top edge."
Refine and Iterate: The first result might not be perfect. Experiment with different prompts, frame styles, and logo placements until you achieve the desired look. Don't be afraid to get creative!

This method works because it organically integrates your logo into the image without simply overlaying it. The frame becomes part of the visual composition, making your brand presence feel more natural and intentional. Consider using these AI tools to generate some amazing images.

2. Screen Time: Integrating Your Logo onto Digital Screens

Another fantastic way to brand your AI images is by placing your logo onto any computer screen, phone, TV, or other digital display that's already present in the image. This is particularly effective for tech-related content or images that depict modern lifestyles. Here's how you can do it:

How to Place Your Logo on Screens Within the AI Image

Upload Your Image: Begin by uploading your chosen AI image.
Upload Your Logo: As before, upload your logo file. Make sure you have a version that looks good on various screen types (light or dark background).
The Prompt is Key: Craft a precise prompt. The more details you provide, the better the result. Consider these examples:
"Place the [Your Logo Name] logo onto the laptop screen in the image, making it look like a website homepage."
"Display the [Your Logo Name] logo on the smartphone screen, simulating an app icon."
"Show the [Your Logo Name] logo as a screensaver on the TV in the background, subtly blurred."
Adjust and Fine-Tune: Play with the prompt to adjust the size, position, and transparency of your logo on the screen until it looks realistic and visually appealing.

This technique is compelling because it leverages existing elements in the image to showcase your brand. It also feels more integrated and less like an afterthought. It?s a great way to visually communicate your brand's relevance to technology or a digital lifestyle. For further insights, visit the Web Education Services blog .

3. Natural Integration: Superimposing Your Logo onto Objects

For a more creative and subtle branding approach, consider superimposing your logo onto various objects within the AI image. This could involve placing your logo on a house, in a cloud, on the grass, or on any other suitable object. The key is to make it look natural and blended in, as if it were always meant to be there.

Making Your Logo a Part of the Scenery

Upload your AI Image: Start with your base AI-generated image.
Upload Your Logo: Upload your logo file. Again, transparency is your friend here.
Craft a Detailed Prompt: This is where your creativity comes into play. Try these prompt examples:
"Superimpose the [Your Logo Name] logo onto the side of the house, making it look like a mural with a slightly weathered texture."
"Subtly embed the [Your Logo Name] logo into the clouds, creating a soft, dreamlike effect."
"Etch the [Your Logo Name] logo into the grass, making it look like a natural pattern or design."
Iterate and Refine: Experiment with different placements, blending modes, and textures to achieve a seamless and visually appealing result. The goal is to make the logo look like a natural part of the scene, not just a sticker slapped on top.

This method is particularly effective for brands that want to convey a sense of creativity, artistry, or connection to nature. It's a subtle way to make a lasting impression without being overly promotional. Need help with branding? Check out Launchpad 12 .

Bonus Tip: Subtly Integrate Your Brand Colors

Beyond logos, your brand colors are a crucial element of your visual identity. A subtle yet effective way to enhance your AI images is to subtly integrate your brand colors into the overall color palette. This can be achieved by prompting the AI to adjust the colors of various elements in the image to align with your brand guidelines.

Weaving Your Brand Colors into the Image

For instance, if your brand colors are blue and green, you could ask the AI to subtly tint the sky with a shade of blue that matches your brand, or to add green accents to the foliage in the image. The key is to do it subtly, so the changes feel natural and harmonious, rather than jarring or artificial. When crafting your prompt try:

"Infuse the image with a [Brand Color 1] and [Brand Color 2] color palette, subtly tinting the sky and adding accents to the foreground."
"Adjust the colors in the image to match the [Your Brand Name] brand guidelines, focusing on [Specific Element 1] and [Specific Element 2]."

By subtly incorporating your brand colors, you can create a cohesive and visually appealing image that reinforces your brand identity.

By using these three tricks, and the bonus tip, you can transform generic AI-generated images into powerful, on-brand visuals that resonate with your target audience. Experiment with different techniques, prompt variations, and refine your approach to discover what works best for your brand.

Want to see this in action? Join our 2 pm workshop and get a hands-on lesson! Sign up today! Don't forget to explore more resources on building your online presence with Web Education Services !

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Google Pomelli AI Experiment Guide

Thu, 08 Jan 2026 14:53:57 GMT

Google Experiments Constantly—But Which Tools Matter?

Google never stops experimenting. Every year, the company releases new tools, tests bold ideas, and explores ways to support businesses online. However, not every experiment turns into something practical. That leaves many marketers wondering which tools deserve attention and which ones are simply interesting prototypes that may disappear.

In a landscape where AI is moving fast, it can be tough to know what is worth trying. Some tools generate content but miss your brand voice. Others offer speed but lack strategy. As a result, many business owners still end up rewriting AI content from scratch. That is why Google’s newest AI experiment, Pomelli , is attracting real interest from marketing teams and business owners who want smarter content creation, not just faster output.

Pomelli is designed to give companies a more strategic and scalable way to build content across channels. It focuses on your brand first, then uses AI to produce content aligned with what your audience needs. This approach makes Pomelli far more than a text generator—it becomes a partner that helps you stay consistent everywhere your brand shows up.

If you want to explore more digital strategies, you can always visit our Marketing Tips Blog or learn about our team at Web Education Services .

Pomelli: Google’s Experimental AI Tool for Smarter Marketing

Pomelli is an experimental AI tool created by Google to help businesses build content that is consistent, scalable, and undeniably on-brand. Instead of focusing on simple text generation, Pomelli supports the full marketing workflow, from strategy to execution. This makes it particularly valuable for small businesses, marketing teams, and anyone who needs to generate content across multiple platforms without losing their unique voice.

At its core, Pomelli is built to help brands connect with audiences faster. Google recognizes that most teams struggle with the same issues: inconsistent messaging, time-consuming content production, and the challenge of keeping brand identity strong across every channel. Pomelli aims to reduce those gaps by learning your brand first, then generating content that aligns with what you want to say and how you want to sound.

This tool is still in the experimental stage, but it already shows how AI can help reduce the pressure of planning and writing. For example, you can define your brand’s tone, values, target audience, and messaging. Then, instead of repeating prompts each time, Pomelli uses those preset foundations to produce content that sounds like your team wrote it. That makes it easier to scale without sacrificing quality.

Because Pomelli is built for experimentation, businesses can explore different content ideas and formats without committing to a finished campaign. You can try new topics, refine drafts, or shift your messaging. The AI helps spark ideas quickly, and you choose the direction.

Some of the ways Pomelli supports marketing teams include:

Helping define and store brand identity within the tool
Generating content based on audience needs, not random prompts
Keeping tone and messaging consistent across platforms

That combination makes Pomelli stand out from other AI tools. Instead of acting like a writing assistant, it behaves more like a strategic content partner. As a result, businesses can maintain voice consistency, produce more content with less effort, and build stronger connections with their audience.

To learn more about Pomelli directly from Google, you can explore the official experiment page at Google Labs .

How Pomelli Works: A Step-by-Step Look

Step 1: You Define the Brand Once

Pomelli begins by learning the fundamentals of your brand by scanning your website. This step helps the AI understand how you want to sound across all channels. Instead of starting from scratch every time you prompt the AI, you build a foundation that guides every output that follows.

The setup includes details such as tone, audience, services, brand differentiators, and preferred voice. Because these elements stay stored within your brand system, Pomelli knows how to approach each new content request. As a result, the content feels intentional and aligned with your identity rather than generic or inconsistent.

Your core audience and who you serve
Brand personality and tone preferences
How you position your services
What makes your business different

This first step ensures everything moving forward is shaped by strategy, not random generation. For busy teams, this foundation can save hours of repetitive prompting.

Step 2: Content is Generated From Strategy, Not Guesses

Once your brand system is set, Pomelli builds content using structured inputs rather than generic requests. This means every piece supports your marketing goals. It does not guess what you want. It works from strategy.

The tool asks for clear guidance on what you want the content to accomplish. That might include campaign goals, service themes, customer problems, or specific channel formats. By grounding the content in your goals, Pomelli creates material that speaks directly to your audience and drives action.

Core service or topic themes
Customer challenges or questions
Search intent or campaign objectives

This approach is especially useful for businesses that rely on content to educate or convert. You get messaging that aligns with what you are trying to achieve—not just something that sounds good in isolation.

Step 3: One Idea Becomes Many Assets

Pomelli is designed with scale in mind. After you generate a core idea or piece of content, the system can expand that into multiple formats for different channels. This helps businesses maintain consistency while covering more platforms with less effort.

For example, a single topic or message can turn into long-form content, email copy, ad variations, or even social posts. Everything fits your brand voice and supports your marketing strategy, so you never stretch your message thin or repeat yourself awkwardly across channels.

Blog articles
Short-form social media posts
Email newsletters or nurtures
Ad variations and A/B testing options
Website on-page content and summaries

Because every asset comes from the same core idea, you build a cohesive presence. This makes your brand feel more polished and professional wherever customers interact with you.

Step 4: Human Control Stays in the Loop

Despite its powerful automation, Pomelli is not a “set it and forget it” system. Google designed the tool with human collaboration at the center. That means you always have the ability to review, refine, and guide outputs before publishing.

Pomelli encourages experimentation. You can adjust prompts, shift tone, refine language, or fine‑tune campaign direction. This balance gives you the efficiency of AI and the judgment of a human marketer.

Refine drafts before publishing
Test and compare multiple versions
Adjust messaging based on performance

AI handles the heavy lifting. You remain the strategist steering the message.

Why Pomelli Exists: Smarter Thinking, Not Just Faster Writing

Most AI tools are designed to help you write faster. While speed is helpful, it does not solve deeper marketing challenges. Many businesses still struggle with inconsistent messaging, unclear strategy, and disjointed content across channels. Pomelli was created to address those gaps.

Pomelli’s purpose is to help brands think smarter, not just produce more content. It bridges the gap between strategy and execution, so your marketing efforts feel thoughtful, connected, and consistent. Instead of staring at a blank page or spending hours rewriting AI drafts to match your voice, you can focus on what matters most: connecting with your audience.

By taking care of the foundational work and content formatting, Pomelli helps teams reduce friction and accelerate content production. This is especially valuable for small businesses or organizations without dedicated marketing departments. The system helps level the playing field by giving everyone access to structured, strategic content creation.

Pomelli exists because modern marketing requires more than words. It requires alignment. Brands need to show up consistently, communicate clearly, and maintain a strong identity across every channel. Pomelli helps make that possible by turning strategy into scalable content with less effort and more focus.

If you are curious about how AI can strengthen your marketing, Pomelli is worth exploring. Try it out, experiment with different inputs, and see how well it captures your brand’s voice. Then share your feedback—Google built Pomelli to learn and evolve through user experience. You can start experimenting today at Google Pomelli . Give it a try and let us know what you think.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

12 Christmas Social Posts You’ll Love

Thu, 18 Dec 2025 19:29:43 GMT

When the holidays finally slow things down, you suddenly have time to think about your business… and your social media. You may want to post more while you have a little breathing room, but then you run into the same problem: What on earth should I post?

Stuck On What To Post This Christmas?

If that sounds familiar, you are not alone. Many business owners open their social apps, stare at a blank caption box, and end up posting nothing. However, this is when your audience is scrolling the most, shopping the most, and feeling the most connected. Therefore, a few simple post ideas can turn that quiet feed into something festive and profitable.

To help you, we have created 12 Christmas social post ideas you can swipe and use right away. They are split into three easy themes:

4 gratitude posts to build connection
4 promotion posts to drive sales and bookings
4 behind-the-scenes posts to humanise your brand

You can type them up manually, or use tools like our Launchpad Writer to turn each idea into multiple captions for different platforms in minutes. Let’s start with the easiest theme of all: saying thank you.

Turn These Ideas Into A Month Of Content In Minutes

You now have 12 social post ideas you can use for Christmas: four about gratitude, four about promotions, and four fun behind-the-scenes ideas. You do not need to use all of them right away; even choosing three or four can keep your feeds active and engaging over the holidays.

If you would like help turning these ideas into real posts, captions, and videos, you do not have to start from scratch. Schedule 30 minutes with a WES consultant, and we will show you exactly how you can create and post content in minutes using our Launchpad Writer . You will walk away with a clear plan, ready-to-adapt templates, and the confidence to keep posting long after Christmas is over.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Save Hours Creating Content With Our Launchpad Writer App Powered by ChatGPT

Thu, 11 Dec 2025 20:46:00 GMT

Create blogs, emails, and social posts in minutes with our AI-powered Launchpad Writer App. Save time and publish consistent marketing content.

Creating content takes too much time. You have ideas, inspiration, and expertise. However, when it comes to formatting those ideas, planning posts, and publishing across multiple platforms, the process can feel overwhelming. Drafting emails, blog posts, and social media updates from scratch quickly eats up your day.

That is why we built the Launchpad Writer App at Web Education Services . Our goal is simple. We want to help you turn your ideas into polished marketing content in minutes instead of hours. If you have ever wished someone would just “do the writing part” for you, this new tool is exactly what you need.

With just a few questions, our app creates a complete set of ready-to-use marketing assets. You no longer need to stare at a blank page or wonder what to write next. In the sections below, you will see how it works, how it builds on our existing tools, and how you can start using it today.

Or, try it out now for free.

From The Marketing Launchpad to a Faster Workflow

Many of our users already know the power of our Marketing Launchpad. It is a guided system that walks you through writing prompts. You answer specific questions about your business, your audience, and your offers. In return, you receive structured ideas and outlines for your campaigns.

The Marketing Lauchpad took you through pre-written prompts. The new app lets you complete a few questions and move on. Instead of working through each prompt step by step, the app condenses the process. You fill out one simple form, and the system does the rest. This means less time typing and more time focusing on your clients and your business.

Think of the Launchpad as the training wheels for your marketing content. It teaches you how to talk about your services and what information is most important. The new app builds on that foundation. It automates what you learned and turns it into full pieces of content with almost no effort.

Because of this, even users who never felt confident in their writing can now create professional content. The Launchpad Writer app removes the guesswork. You do not have to worry about structure, tone, or length. You only need to know your business, and the tool handles the rest.

Try The Launchpad Writer App Now

Start your first content request and see how easy high quality marketing can be.

Why This Matters for Busy Business Owners

If you run a small business or manage marketing on your own, your time is your most valuable resource. You need to balance client work, administration, and growth activities. Content creation often falls to the bottom of the list because it feels too time-consuming. Unfortunately, inconsistent content makes it harder to attract new leads.

Our app solves this problem by reducing the friction between ideas and execution. You can capture inspiration while it is fresh. As soon as you think of a topic or promotion, you open the Launchpad, fill out the form, and let the system generate your materials. There is no long delay where motivation fades.

In addition, using AI helps you maintain a regular posting schedule. You can plan campaigns weeks or months in advance. For example, you might create content for an entire quarter in one afternoon. The app allows you to batch your work and then schedule posts through your existing tools.

This level of consistency builds authority in your niche. Prospects see you as a reliable source of information because you show up regularly. Over time, that trust translates into more inquiries, bookings, and sales. The technology does the heavy lifting so you can focus on delivering great results for your clients.

Take Your Marketing to the Next Level Today

Content is still one of the most powerful ways to build relationships and drive sales. However, it should not require endless hours at your keyboard. The Launchpad Writer App turns a process that once felt overwhelming into something quick and manageable. You bring the vision, and the system brings the words.

Now is the perfect moment to try it for yourself. Explore the Launchpad, test the AI app, and see how much easier marketing can be when you have the right support. Your future clients are waiting to hear from you, and our tools make it simple to reach them.

Want to watch it work step by step? Join our Friday workshop at 2 p.m. and see the app build a full campaign from one idea.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Holiday Content Planner App for Businesses

Thu, 04 Dec 2025 14:55:32 GMT

Create a complete 4-week holiday marketing plan with our content planner tool. Blogs, emails, and social ideas tailored to your business.

Take the Stress Out of Holiday Marketing With Our New Content Planner Tool

Creating a consistent and engaging holiday content plan sounds easy until you sit down to actually map it out. December hits, your schedule gets tight, client demands grow, and suddenly you’re left scrambling for blog topics, email angles, and social posts that don’t feel repetitive or rushed. Most business owners want to capitalize on Christmas and New Years, but time, ideas, and strategy tend to run short right when it matters most. That problem is exactly why we built a tool that does the heavy lifting for you.

Our new Holiday Content Planner Prompt Builder turns your business details into a complete 4-week content plan ready to hand to your team, publish yourself, or generate instantly with ChatGPT. Whether you run a service business, sell online, or need more visibility before the new year, this simple app helps you stay organized, strategic, and consistent through the busiest season of the year.

Why Holiday Content Planning Matters for Business Growth

When consumers are overwhelmed with promotions and messages, the brands that stand out are the ones with clarity and consistency. Strategic planning becomes even more important during the holidays because it affects:

Visibility: Search traffic spikes around year-end as buyers look for solutions, gift ideas, and services they can book before January.
Trust: A consistent presence through blogs, emails, and social posts shows reliability during a chaotic season.
Revenue: Whether your goal is selling gift cards, filling January’s schedule, or launching a special holiday offer, a planned content calendar ensures your message is strong and timed correctly.

Our Holiday Content Planner Prompt Builder solves a core problem for business owners: lack of time to brainstorm and organize. Instead of guessing what to write, you simply input your business details, click a button, and receive a full plan tailored to your industry, audience, and seasonal goals.

To learn more about creating strong foundational content throughout the year, visit our guide on building a 13-week content plan . You can also explore how AI can support your workflow in our article about marketing automation and idea generation .

How the Holiday Content Planner Prompt Builder Works

We designed the app to be fast, simple, and intuitive. In just a few fields, the tool collects essential information that allows ChatGPT to generate a complete four-week content strategy. Users provide details such as:

Industry or niche
Best products or services to promote
Target audience characteristics
Holiday offers or events
Brand voice & marketing goals

From there, the app automatically builds a structured prompt that includes everything needed to generate:

A weekly blog idea
A marketing email that teases the blog
Three social post ideas tied to the same message

Each week follows a strategic funnel:
Blog → Email → Social Posts

This structure ensures your content builds momentum across channels, supports SEO, and moves your audience toward a single holiday goal.

You can copy the prompt with one click, open ChatGPT instantly, and paste it to generate your personalized content plan. It’s the perfect blend of your business insights and AI-powered speed.

Curious how to strengthen your brand voice before creating a content plan? Explore our resource on personalizing AI-generated content .

What Makes This App Different From Generic Content Tools

Most holiday content ideas found online are generic lists: “12 Days of Christmas Social Posts” or “Holiday Blog Topics for this year.” They lack personalization, lack strategy, and often don’t match your niche or customer journey. Our tool is built to be flexible, industry-specific, and aligned with commercial intent.

Here’s what sets it apart:

It’s built around your product and your audience

Every business has a different holiday angle. A home services company needs educational content, while a salon or boutique relies more on visuals, gift guides, or limited-time offers. The app adapts to whatever industry you enter.

It supports real commercial outcomes

The plan it generates isn’t about “holiday cheer.” It focuses on conversion — bookings, sales, consultations, or lead generation.

It’s efficient for teams and solo creators

If you’re a marketing team, this tool jump-starts planning meetings.
If you’re a solo business owner, it removes the mental load of coming up with ideas from scratch.

It integrates AI into your workflow the right way

Instead of using AI to guess what you need, our tool feeds it exactly the right inputs. This results in higher-quality content and faster delivery.

If you want to dive deeper into AI best practices for content marketing, check out HubSpot’s marketing AI guide for additional insights

How to Use the Planner to Build a Complete 4-Week Holiday Campaign

Once the tool generates your prompt and you paste it into ChatGPT, you’ll get a full, structured plan that includes:

1. Weekly Blog Topics

Each blog is crafted with SEO intent, holiday relevance, and clear calls to action. You can hand them to a writer or let AI draft the first version.

2. Weekly Email Teasers

These help pull readers into the blog, warm up your audience, and move them closer to your holiday offer.

3. Weekly Social Post Ideas

You’ll receive three post ideas per week:

A short-form video or reel concept
A static or carousel idea
A story or quick update

This gives you multiple ways to promote the same message without repeating yourself.

4. A Consistent Seasonal Theme

Christmas, New Years, year-end reflection, fresh-start messaging, countdowns, gift guides, urgency-based offers — your plan will layer these themes naturally.

When the month ends, you walk into the new year with more visibility, stronger messaging, and better reach across all channels.

Start Your Holiday Content Plan Today

If you’ve been putting off your December content because the season is too busy, this tool was built specifically for you. In a few minutes, you can generate a complete month of strategic holiday content and spend your time executing instead of scrambling for ideas.

Scroll back up and use the Holiday Content Planner Prompt Builder and get your plan started today.

Your audience is looking for seasonal value, fresh ideas, and timely offers. This tool helps you deliver all three — without the stress.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

How To Post an Audio File to Social Media

Thu, 20 Nov 2025 19:55:07 GMT

Learn how to turn your audio into a shareable video and post it across social media using Canva. Simple steps for creators and business owners.

How To Post an Audio File to Social Media: A Practical Guide for Creators

Sharing your work online should be simple. You record a podcast episode, finish a song, or export an audio clip you’re proud of… and then you go to post it on social media. Suddenly, you hit the same frustrating wall everyone hits.

Facebook has no “upload audio” option. Instagram doesn’t support audio-only uploads. YouTube wants video files. Even LinkedIn and TikTok aren’t set up to accept standalone MP3s.

So there you are, excited to share what you made, only to realize the platforms you use every day won’t take your file format.

The good news is you don’t need to change how you record your audio. You just need a simple process to turn your sound into a shareable mp4 video. This guide walks you through how to do that inside Canva, how to post it everywhere, and how to make your audio content look polished and scroll-stopping.

Why You Might Have an Audio File to Post

There are more ways than ever to create professional-level audio from your phone or laptop. That means creators, small businesses, coaches, musicians, and educators often find themselves holding excellent audio content… with no idea how to get it onto social platforms.

You may have created your audio file in several ways:

You used NotebookLM to generate a podcast

NotebookLM is one of the easiest tools for creating structured podcast-style audio from your own notes or long-form content. When you download the final episode, it arrives as an audio file, ready to share. Unfortunately, social channels don’t take that file as-is.

You used Suno to create music

Tools like Suno can help you create original songs , backing tracks, jingles, or soundscapes in minutes. Again, the export is audio-only. Social sites don’t know what to do with that unless you turn it into a video.

You recorded your own music or podcast

Maybe you used your phone. Maybe you recorded in GarageBand, Adobe Audition, or a handheld recorder. Maybe you shot a longer conversation and only want to release the audio. You still end up with the same challenge: audio is not a supported upload format on major social platforms.

You captured a voiceover for your business

This is very common for business owners. You record a message for your customers, a quick voice memo for your audience, or a short tip for your brand… and then need a simple way to publish it.

In each scenario, the solution is the same. You need a video file that includes your audio.

How To Use Canva To Turn Your Audio Into an mp4 Video

This is the easiest part of the process, and once you do it one time, you’ll feel like you unlocked a cheat code for digital marketing with Canva .

Step 1: Start a blank Canva design

You can use a square 1080x1080 canvas, a vertical 1080x1920 canvas, or a horizontal 1920x1080 canvas depending on the platform you plan to post on. Square works almost everywhere.

Step 2: Upload your audio

Click Uploads and drag your mp3, wav, or m4a file into Canva. Canva accepts nearly every common file type.

Once it’s uploaded, drag the audio onto your canvas. You won’t see anything yet, but it starts playing in the background.

Step 3: Add your visual element

You have a few options:

Upload a photo of yourself, your album art, or your brand image
Use a blank colored background
Create a custom layout with shapes or text
Add product photos, screenshots, or branding elements

You can keep it simple or make it more dynamic.

Step 4 (OPTIONAL): Add visual motion for engagement

This is where your video becomes scroll-stopping.

Our favorite method is to search Canva stock videos for:

“audio wave”
“sound wave animation”
“psychedelic background”
“music visualizer”

Drop one of these animated backgrounds behind your design. It creates the motion social platforms love, without any editing software.

Step 5: Add text if you want

Consider adding:

Episode title
Artist name
Topic of the clip
Call to action
Your website URL

Text gives your viewer context even before pressing play.

Step 6: Download as mp4

In the download options, choose mp4 video . This ensures your audio plays correctly on every platform and looks clean on mobile devices.

You now have a video file you can upload anywhere.

How To Post Your Audio Video to Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and More

Now you’re holding a beautiful mp4 that social platforms will accept without a problem. Here’s how to share it across the major channels.

Post to Facebook

Go to Create Post
Upload your mp4
Add a caption that introduces the clip
Choose your thumbnail if Facebook allows it
Publish or schedule

Facebook handles video well, so your clip will autoplay in the feed.

Post to Instagram

Instagram requires video for audio content, and your Canva mp4 works perfectly.

Upload to your Feed, Reels, or Stories
For Reels, choose the vertical format
Add on-screen text or captions if you want
Publish

Instagram loves motion and audio, so this format performs far better than a static graphic.

Post to YouTube

YouTube is built for video, so this is the ideal place for audio content with visualizers.

Upload your mp4
Add a strong title
Include keywords related to audio content or your topic
Add a thumbnail
Publish

This method is used by nearly all podcasters on the platform.

Post to TikTok

TikTok and short video go hand-in-hand.

Upload your mp4
Add text if needed
Post with hashtags

The animated background you used will fit right in with TikTok’s fast-moving feed.

Post to LinkedIn

LinkedIn also requires video files.

Upload your mp4
Add context for your audience
Post as a thought leadership clip, business update, or educational snippet

Post to your website

For Web Education Services clients, this fits perfectly into your content funnel.

Embed your mp4 on a blog post
Add transcripts
Add a call to action

Join Us Friday and Learn How To Do This Step By Step

If you want hands-on help turning your audio into scroll-stopping video, or you want to turn your whole content workflow into a repeatable system, join us this Friday and every Friday for our Web Education Services workshops .

We walk you through Canva, social media posting, SEO fundamentals, and the entire content creation process from start to finish.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Build a 13-Week Content Plan with AI

Thu, 13 Nov 2025 21:55:18 GMT

Learn how to create a 13-week content plan using analytics and AI tools to save time and spark creativity.

The Challenge: Weekly Ideas Can Drain Creativity

Coming up with a new content idea every week can be tough. Even the most creative marketers hit a wall. You stare at the screen, second-guessing what your audience wants or trying to remember which topics performed best. Analyzing metrics across Google Analytics, Search Console, and Moz can also eat hours of your week—time that could be spent writing or connecting with customers.

A better approach is to step back and plan ahead. With the right tools and insights, you can turn data into a 13-week roadmap of content ideas that keep your marketing consistent, strategic, and measurable.

Pulling Reports From Google Analytics, Search Console, and Moz

Creating an informed content plan starts with understanding what’s working now. These three tools give you the foundation you need:

Google Analytics: Your Audience and Behavior Data

Google Analytics shows which pages drive the most engagement, time on site, and conversions. Look for:

Pages with the highest average engagement time

Posts that attract returning visitors

Landing pages with strong conversion rates

Exporting this data will reveal patterns in your best-performing content—topics, formats, and tones that resonate with your audience.

Google Search Console: Your Keyword Visibility

Search Console tells you which keywords generate impressions and clicks. This is your roadmap for future optimization. Review:

Queries that rank between positions 8 and 20 (easy wins)
Keywords with high impressions but low clicks (content gaps)
Pages that underperform despite ranking well (CTR issues)

By analyzing this, you’ll uncover which topics deserve more attention in the next 13 weeks.

Moz: Your Authority and Keyword Opportunity Tool

Moz provides a bird’s-eye view of your site authority, link profile, and keyword competitiveness. You can use their free tools to check:

Domain Authority (DA) vs. competitors

Keyword Difficulty and organic CTR

Content overlap with similar websites

Combining Moz with Google’s platforms helps you align your topics with both audience behavior and ranking opportunity.

How to Find Keywords and Export Reports

Finding Keywords With Moz’s Free Tools

You don’t need a paid subscription to start. Head to Moz’s Free SEO Tools and explore:

Keyword Explorer: Enter a topic and view related keywords, monthly volume, and SERP competition.
Link Explorer: See which topics attract backlinks and what competitors rank for.

When selecting keywords, focus on search intent:

Informational (how-to, guides, educational posts)
Commercial (comparison, pricing, or benefits)
Transactional (buy, sign up, schedule)

Downloading a Page Report From Google Analytics

In Google Analytics 4 (GA4):

Go to Reports → Engagement → Pages and screens.
Click the share icon, then Download File → CSV.
Choose your preferred date range (90 days is ideal).

This report becomes your content baseline—showing what readers already love.

Exporting Keyword Impressions From Search Console

Open your property in Google Search Console.
Go to Performance → Search results.
Set your date range (past 3 months).
Click Export → Google Sheets or CSV.

This gives you a detailed keyword report by impressions, clicks, and CTR. Pair this data with Moz keyword research to prioritize ideas that can climb higher in search results.

How to Use ChatGPT to Create a 13-Week Content Plan

Once you have your data, it’s time to let AI do the heavy lifting.

Step 1: Upload Your Reports

Drag and drop the CSVs from Google Analytics, Search Console, and Moz into ChatGPT. Mention what each file represents (for example, “Google Analytics page data,” “Search Console keyword report,” “Moz keyword opportunities”).

Step 2: Use a Smart Prompt

Try prompting ChatGPT like this:

“Using the uploaded reports, create a 13-week content plan for Web Education Services. Include a mix of:

Customer stories (trust & testimonials)
Informational posts (SEO & marketing education)
Commercial intent posts (product or service-driven)
Entertainment or engagement pieces (fun or relatable content).
Suggest blog titles, meta descriptions, and social post ideas for each week.”

ChatGPT will cross-analyze the data and generate a plan based on real performance metrics and keyword demand. You can even ask it to include internal linking suggestions to your most relevant pages or to focus on seasonal opportunities.

Step 3: Review and Adjust

Once you receive the AI-generated plan:

Verify keywords with Moz or Google Keyword Planner.
Prioritize posts that fill visibility gaps.
Schedule content creation dates and promotion deadlines.

This workflow eliminates guesswork and creative blocks, giving you 3 months of focused, high-performing content.

Example: Turning Data Into a Strategy

Let’s say your Google Analytics report shows that “DIY marketing tips” gets strong engagement, while your Search Console data reveals growing impressions for “AI in content marketing.” ChatGPT could suggest this mix for your next quarter:

Week 1: How to Turn DIY Marketing Into a Smart Strategy (Informational)

Week 2: Customer Story – How One Client Boosted Traffic by 200% (Customer Story)

Week 3: The Role of AI Tools Like ChatGPT in Modern Marketing (Commercial)

Week 4: 5 Marketing Memes That Only Entrepreneurs Will Understand (Entertainment)

Each idea connects performance data with search intent—saving hours of brainstorming and ensuring every post has a purpose.

Integrating Your 13-Week Plan Into a Workflow

After generating the plan, you can plug it into your favorite project tool—Google Sheets, Trello, or Notion—and include columns for:

Post title and keyword focus
Content type (story, informational, commercial, entertainment)
Target publish date
CTA and internal links
Analytics follow-up metrics

At Web Education Services, we often teach small businesses to build this process once and reuse it quarterly, adjusting based on new analytics insights. It’s a repeatable system that compounds your SEO performance over time.

Resources for Learning More

Marketing Launchpad Program : Learn how to structure your marketing from the ground up.
AI-Powered Content Creation Guide : Discover how to personalize AI content for your brand voice.
SEO Basics for Small Business Owners : Get step-by-step help with analytics, search intent, and optimization.

For external reference, Moz’s Free SEO Tools are a great way to validate your keyword ideas before locking in your plan.

Join us Every Friday

Feeling stuck or short on time? Join us this Friday at 2 PM for our weekly Zoom meeting. You’ll learn how to use your own data, Moz tools, and ChatGPT to create your 13-week content plan live—step by step.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Canva Video Editor 2.0 (Beta)

Thu, 06 Nov 2025 17:53:48 GMT

Discover Canva’s new multi-track video editor 2.0, learn the timeline, and join our free Friday workshop to master it fast.

Canva Beta Video Editor 2.0: How to Master the New Interface and Have Fun Again

When something you love changes, it can throw you off. That’s exactly how many of us felt when Canva launched its new Beta Video Editor 2.0 ...

Your favorite shortcuts? Gone.
Your flow? Interrupted.
Your confidence? Shaken—at least for a moment.

But here’s the truth: this update isn’t here to frustrate you, it’s here to unleash your creative control . Whether you’re a business owner creating reels, a marketer producing client promos, or a content creator crafting YouTube shorts, Canva’s new multi-track video editor opens up a world of professional-level tools—without the complexity.

In this guide, we’ll walk through:

How to switch between old and new interfaces (so you can experiment stress-free)
What’s actually new—and why Canva changed the editor
A deep dive into the timeline, tracks, and editing tools
A sneak peek at upcoming features like Magic Media and ChatGPT integration
And finally, how you can learn the new Canva video editor live this Friday with Web Education Services

Let’s get you comfortable, confident, and creative again.

Switching Between Canva’s Old and New Video Editors

Before we dig into all the shiny new tools, let’s start with something practical— you can go back . Canva made sure you don’t lose your sanity (or your schedule) while learning the Beta.

If you prefer the original video editor interface , here’s how to toggle between the two versions:

Go to https://www.canva.com/settings/your-account
Scroll down to the “Video Editing” section.
Look for “Use new multi-track video editor (beta)” .

You can toggle it on or off at any time.

That’s the magic of this update—you can play with it when you have time , and switch back to your comfort zone when you’re under a deadline.

This makes it ideal for small-business teams or solo creators who juggle multiple clients or campaigns. Try new features on your downtime and go back to the classic view when you need to meet deliverables fast.

What’s New in Canva Video Editor 2.0—and Why It Matters

The old Canva video workflow was based on “pages,” similar to a PowerPoint deck. It was simple, but limited. Version 2.0 reimagines that simplicity with professional-grade control, turning Canva into a true multi-track video editing platform .

1. Multi-Track Timeline

The biggest upgrade is the multi-track timeline —think of it like layers for video.

You can now:

Stack video, audio, and graphics on separate tracks
Move clips independently without affecting others
Layer brand elements, titles, or animations over video footage

This is a game-changer for social media creators, marketers, and agencies that rely on brand consistency.

2. Direct Clip Editing

No more bouncing between pages.

You can trim, split, and rearrange clips directly from the timeline , just like you would in Final Cut Pro or Premiere Pro—only simpler.

This means your editing workflow feels smoother and more intuitive, especially if you’re piecing together short-form videos.

3. Visual Audio Waveforms

For the first time, you can see the audio waveform on your track.

That might not sound huge, but it’s a major improvement for syncing clips, transitions, and sound effects.

If you’ve ever struggled to match a beat drop or a voiceover to visuals, this feature alone saves hours.

4. Professional Trimming & Zoom Control

Need to fine-tune? You can zoom into the timeline for frame-level precision.

This level of control brings Canva much closer to traditional video-editing tools while staying easy enough for non-professionals.

Understanding the Video Timeline in Canva Beta

If you’re used to Canva’s old “page” layout, the new timeline may look intimidating. Let’s break it down—because once you understand this workspace, everything else clicks.

What Is the Timeline?

The timeline sits at the bottom of the editor and represents your video over time.

It’s where clips, audio, and elements are arranged—showing what plays when and how everything layers together. Think of it as your creative map : it tells the story of your video second by second.

Key Components of the Canva Timeline

Playhead: A vertical line showing your current position. Drag it left or right to scrub through your video.
Time Ruler: Displays time in seconds and minutes, helping you align cuts precisely.
Track Area: Where you place and organize all your media—videos, photos, audio, and elements.
Play Controls: Play, pause, or preview your project directly from the workspace.
Plus (+) Button: Quickly add new videos, photos, or backgrounds.
Add Audio Button: Browse Canva’s vast library of music and sound effects or upload your own.

Once you’re familiar with these components, editing becomes a breeze.

How Tracks Work in Canva’s Multi-Track Editor

Tracks are like transparent layers stacked on top of each other—each controlling a different type of content.

Main Track

This is your primary video track , marked by the thicker bar with a plus sign next to it.
Use it for your main footage, photos, or background clips.
Each clip in this track plays sequentially, one after another.

Upper Tracks

The upper tracks sit above the main track.
They’re ideal for text, overlays, or graphics —anything that should appear on top of your main video.
You can even drag items from the main track upward to layer visuals or create picture-in-picture effects.

Audio Tracks

Separate from the visuals, the audio section holds your music, sound effects, and voiceovers .
This separation makes it much easier to adjust timing and levels independently.

Layering Rule

Canva follows a simple rule:

Clips in higher tracks will appear on top of clips in lower tracks.

Just like in Photoshop, layers on top visually cover those below. Once you grasp this, Canva’s system feels completely natural.

Why Canva Changed the Video Editor

Canva’s mission has always been about empowering anyone to design anything —and video has become the centerpiece of modern communication.
From Instagram Reels to YouTube Shorts, TikToks, and branded video ads, motion content rules social media .

The new Beta editor bridges the gap between beginner-friendly and professional-capable. Canva recognized that creators were exporting drafts from its old video tool into other platforms for finishing touches. Now, you can do it all inside Canva—with advanced editing precision, yet without the complexity of traditional software.

It’s also a move toward collaboration and AI-driven creativity , aligning with Canva’s long-term roadmap of smart, unified design experiences across visuals, documents, and video.

Creating Social Media Videos with Canva’s Updated Tools

Canva Video 2.0 gives marketers and creators the ability to build professional-looking videos quickly , with the same drag-and-drop experience that made Canva famous.

Here are a few ideas for how to use the new timeline effectively:

Social Media Reels

Import multiple vertical clips and use the multi-track timeline to line up transitions perfectly with music beats.
Add branded overlays and motion text on upper tracks.
Sync sound effects visually with waveforms for impact.

Promo Videos

Mix background B-roll with your logo and call-to-action graphics.
Layer music underneath a voiceover, trimming precisely to hit your message on time.

Training or Course Content

Create talking-head intros combined with screen-share recordings.
Add captions and highlight text for better engagement.

These workflows are faster now, and with better audio control, you’ll notice your videos feel more polished—without needing to export into professional tools.

Coming Soon (Kinda): Magic Media, AI Integration, and What’s Next

Canva’s roadmap hints at some exciting—and slightly experimental—features.

Magic Media: AI-Generated Video Clips

Magic Media lets you generate video from text prompts , similar to AI video tools like Runway or Pika.
While the concept is groundbreaking, the output quality isn’t quite there yet . Expect short, looping clips that work better for B-roll or background motion than full-scene storytelling.

Still, it’s worth experimenting—it shows where Canva is headed.

ChatGPT Integration: Design by Prompt

Another emerging feature is ChatGPT integration , allowing users to generate Canva templates or designs directly from an AI chat .
You can type something like:

“Create a 15-second promotional video for a coffee shop with upbeat music and fall colors.”

ChatGPT generates a link that opens directly in Canva, pre-built and ready to customize.

Right now, it’s promising but imperfect —AI sometimes misjudges aspect ratios or misses brand colors—but as the two platforms evolve, expect seamless prompt-to-design workflows.

At Web Education Services, we’ve tested this integration with our own Marketing Launchpad Program and it’s an exciting glimpse into the future of DIY marketing.

Pro Tips to Get Comfortable with Canva Video 2.0

If you’re testing the new editor for client projects or your own brand, keep these best practices in mind:

Save Versions Often – While Beta features are stable, toggling between editors can sometimes reset clip order.
Use Folder Organization – Keep assets (logos, clips, music) in brand folders for faster access.
Leverage Templates – Canva’s video templates are now timeline-based, giving you structure to learn from.
Practice Layering – Try combining motion text, overlays, and transitions on different tracks.
Play with Audio Waveforms – Align beats to cuts for high-energy reels and ads.
Zoom In for Precision – Frame-by-frame trimming turns amateur cuts into pro transitions.
Experiment Before Launching Big Campaigns – Practice on short videos before tackling long tutorials or webinars.

Why This Matters for Businesses and Creators

Video isn’t just a nice-to-have—it’s now the primary storytelling format for every brand.

According to HubSpot, over 90 % of marketers say video helps them generate leads and increase engagement.
The new Canva Beta Editor makes it possible for small teams, solopreneurs, and non-designers to compete with larger production studios—because now, speed and creativity matter more than expensive software .

If your business already uses Canva for graphics or social content, learning the video tools means you can create complete campaigns within one platform:

Social posts
Email graphics
Landing page headers
Short-form videos

Everything remains consistent with your brand colors and typography—no exporting between apps, no lost files, no bottlenecks.

Join Our Canva Video 2.0 Workshop

Change is easier when you learn it together.

That’s why we’re hosting a live session this Friday at 2 p.m. to walk through everything inside the new Canva Video Editor 2.0—step by step.

Learn to switch between Beta and Classic
Master the timeline and multi-track layers
Explore Magic Media and ChatGPT prompts
Build your first video from start to finish

�� Register here and join us for a fun, hands-on learning session.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Make AI Halloween Videos with Google Flow

Thu, 30 Oct 2025 13:55:27 GMT

Learn how to use Google Flow to create spooky Halloween videos for your business in minutes. Step-by-step guide with creative tips.

How to Use Google Flow to Create a Fun Halloween Post for Your Business

Feeling Left Behind This Halloween?

Every October, your social feed lights up with clever Halloween videos, spooky animations, funny team clips, and perfectly timed reels that make you think, “How did they do that so fast?” If you’ve ever opened Canva’s standard “Happy Halloween” template and sighed because it just doesn’t stand out anymore, you’re not alone.

The good news? You can make something original and way cooler, using Google Flow . It takes a single photo and turns it into a moving, cinematic Halloween video that looks like magic. Best of all, it’s free and surprisingly easy .

Animate Your Team into a Spooky Scene

With Google Flow , you can turn a simple photo of yourself, your coworkers, or even your storefront into an animated 8-second Halloween masterpiece .

Here’s how:

Take a photo that fits your vibe. Maybe your staff in costume, your office decorated for Halloween, or just you with a smirk and a pumpkin.

Use Flow to animate that still image into a fun short clip.

Add creative prompts to tell a story like a friendly ghost drifting by, bats swooping in, or your logo glowing at the end with “Happy Halloween!”

This is more than just a filter — Flow uses AI-generated video transitions that make your images move, morph, and come alive in a way Canva templates can’t match.

Step-by-Step: How to Make a Halloween Video with Google Flow

Creating your Halloween masterpiece is simple once you know where to click.

Go to Google Flow .
Sign in with your Google account.
Click Get Started and agree to the terms.
Click New Project in the lower right corner.
Change the mode from Text to Video to Frames to Video .
Click the first + sign and then Upload .
If prompted, click I Agree , and upload your photo.
Choose your video orientation — Portrait (for mobile) or Landscape (for YouTube or desktop).
Try a creative prompt like:
“Day turns to night in a scary way. The man looks behind him only to see a bat fly in and turn into a vampire. The man takes off running. The vampire laughs and Happy Halloween appears on screen.”
Once it’s finished, hover over the video and click the Download icon to save it.

That’s it — in less than five minutes, you’ll have a professional, share-ready Halloween video that looks like you hired a production team.

How to Use Your Halloween Video (and the Free Version Limits)

Once your spooky video is ready, here are a few ways to use it:

�� Social Media: Post it to Instagram, Facebook, or LinkedIn with your logo and a fun caption.
�� Email Marketing: Drop it into your October newsletter with a short “Happy Halloween from our team!” message.
��️ Website or Blog: Add it to your homepage banner or blog post for some festive flair.
�� Digital Ads: Use it in a seasonal Google or Meta ad campaign for added engagement.

Google Flow’s free plan lets you make about nine videos per month , so use your prompts wisely. If you’re experimenting for fun, test one with low detail before creating your final version.

And remember — the more vivid your prompt (your written description), the more creative the result.

Creative Ways to Experiment

Once Halloween passes, keep Flow in your toolbox for future campaigns.
You can use it to:

Animate team photos for holiday greetings.
Create product motion shots for your store.
Turn client testimonials into short, engaging stories.
Make behind-the-scenes clips that humanize your brand.

If you’re already using Google Workspace, it integrates seamlessly with your account — no complex tools required.

Join Us This Friday

Ready to give it a try? Join us this Friday as we play with Google Flow, experiment with prompts, and make scary-fun Halloween videos together.

Bring a photo, your creativity, and maybe a pumpkin or two.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Create Instructional Videos with AI Using NotebookLM

Thu, 23 Oct 2025 19:48:37 GMT

Learn how to create quick instructional videos using AI with NotebookLM’s new Video Overview feature. Perfect for training, summaries, and client education.

The Challenge: Creating Training Videos Fast

Creating a clear, engaging training video or client explainer can take hours — sometimes days. Between scripting, recording, editing, and adding visuals, most small businesses and educators struggle to keep up.

That’s where Google’s NotebookLM comes in. Originally known for its podcast-style summaries and automatic report generation, it now includes a Video Overview feature — a game-changer for turning notes, research, and reports into short, digestible visual explainers.

If you’ve ever wished you could take your meeting notes, marketing plan, or training outline and instantly turn it into a video presentation, this new feature might be exactly what you’ve been waiting for.

What Is NotebookLM? A Quick Overview for Beginners

NotebookLM is an AI-powered research and summarization tool developed by Google . It helps users upload notes, documents, and sources — then automatically generates summaries, reports, and even podcasts that explain the material in conversational form.

In short: NotebookLM helps you learn faster and explain better.

Key features include:

Summaries: Instantly condense long research or project notes.

Podcasts: Automatically generate AI-narrated podcast discussions based on your uploaded sources.

Reports: Combine multiple documents into one cohesive overview.

 Video Overviews: (New!) Turn your notebook into a narrated, visual walkthrough of your material.

This new video feature bridges the gap between text and presentation — perfect for anyone who needs to create quick, educational content.

NotebookLM Video Overviews: What They Are (and Aren’t)

The Video Overview feature in NotebookLM isn’t designed to replace professional video editors like Premiere Pro or Canva’s video templates. Instead, it’s designed to summarize and visualize ideas automatically — think of it as a slideshow with a voiceover.

What They Are

A fast, AI-generated summary video of your notes or documents.
Designed to help viewers grasp key takeaways quickly.
Great for internal training , client updates, or explainer content.

What They Aren’t

Not full-fledged cinematic videos.
You can’t yet add background music, custom animations, or transitions.

The narration is AI-generated, so tone and pacing are limited to what NotebookLM provides.

Pros

✅ Speed: Create a training-style video in minutes.

✅ Clarity: Keeps your message concise and structured.

✅ Accessibility: Perfect for clients or team members who prefer watching over reading.

✅ Integration: Seamlessly connects to other Google tools.

Cons

❌ Limited customization: You can’t edit visuals deeply.

❌ AI voice limitations: Lacks emotion and natural flow.

❌ Dependence on input quality: The better your notes, the better the video.

Best Use Cases

Internal onboarding videos.
Quick explainer videos for clients.
Summaries of long reports for busy executives.
Educational snippets for social media or YouTube.

How to Generate a Video with NotebookLM

Creating your first Video Overview in NotebookLM takes just a few steps:

Go to notebooklm.google and sign in with your Google account.
Create a new notebook or open an existing one.
Upload your content: Add PDFs, Google Docs, or pasted text.
Once your material is summarized, click “Generate Video Overview.”
Preview and download the AI-generated slideshow with narration.
(Optional) Use tools like Canva or CapCut to add music, transitions, or branding before publishing.

That’s it — in just minutes, you’ll have a professional-looking video that explains your topic or service clearly.

Why NotebookLM Is a Game-Changer for Trainers and Agencies

For educators, coaches, or marketing teams, NotebookLM’s new video feature eliminates a huge creative bottleneck. It helps you move from idea to finished training content in record time — without needing cameras, microphones, or editing experience.

Whether you’re summarizing your marketing process, onboarding new clients, or breaking down a service for your audience, this feature can streamline your workflow and boost engagement.

At Web Education Services , we’re already using it to turn marketing training notes into fast, visual explainers that clients love.

Join Us This Friday as We Have Fun with NotebookLM

We’ll be exploring NotebookLM live this Friday — walking through how to generate your first AI-powered video, showing examples, and sharing best practices for using it in your business.

�� Join us at Web Education Services and see how AI can make your next training video faster, easier, and smarter.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Set Up Booking Links in Google & Outlook

Thu, 16 Oct 2025 19:42:19 GMT

Learn how to set up scheduling links in Google Calendar and Outlook Bookings to replace paid tools like Calendly and save on subscriptions.

How to Set Up Scheduling Links in Google Calendar and Outlook

Tired of paying for third-party booking tools? There’s a better way.

If you’ve ever used scheduling software like Calendly, Acuity, Setmore, or Doodle , you know how convenient they are—until the subscription renews. Paying an extra $12 to $30 per month per user just to let people book time on your calendar adds up fast, especially if you’re a small business or solopreneur trying to streamline costs.

But here’s the good news: you already have powerful scheduling tools built right into Google Workspace and Microsoft 365 —no extra subscription needed. Both platforms now offer native booking features that rival those popular third-party tools.

In this article, we’ll explore how Google’s new Appointment Schedule and Microsoft’s Bookings with Me can replace third-party apps, walk you through setup for both, and share practical use cases for small businesses.

Why Google and Microsoft Are Eliminating the Need for Third-Party Booking Tools

The Evolution of Built-In Scheduling

If you’ve opened your Google Calendar recently, you may have noticed a small popup or banner announcing “Try Appointment Schedules.” This isn’t a beta—it’s a full rollout across Google Workspace and even free Gmail accounts in some regions.

Google’s goal? To reduce the need for apps like Calendly by letting users generate direct booking pages tied to their availability.

Meanwhile, Microsoft users may already be familiar with Bookings with Me , which has quietly existed for several years inside Outlook. It’s part of Microsoft’s ongoing effort to improve personal and professional productivity tools under the Microsoft 365 umbrella , integrating deeply with Teams, Outlook, and other Office apps.

Both systems now make it easy to share a single link that lets clients, colleagues, or prospects schedule time with you—automatically syncing to your calendar and sending confirmations without the back-and-forth.

Three Use Cases for Small Businesses

If you run a small business or manage a team, booking links can dramatically simplify your workflow. Here are three common use cases where using Google or Outlook scheduling can save time and money.

1. Client Consultations and Discovery Calls

For service-based businesses—think marketing consultants, real estate agents, or therapists—the booking process often starts the client relationship. Instead of emailing back and forth about availability, you can send a “Book a Consultation” link right from your website or email signature.

Benefits:

Clients book directly into your available slots.
Automatically sends reminders to reduce no-shows.
Frees up your time for meaningful client interactions.

2. Team Meetings and Internal Scheduling

If you manage a small team, you can use Google Appointment Schedules or Outlook Bookings to coordinate one-on-one check-ins, reviews, or mentoring sessions.

Benefits:

Syncs automatically with your existing work calendar.
Eliminates double-booking conflicts.
Works across time zones—perfect for hybrid or remote teams.

3. Service Appointments or Product Demos

For businesses that offer demos, inspections, or service visits (like home repair companies or software providers), a booking page lets customers easily choose their preferred time slot.

You can even embed your booking link into your website’s contact page or social media bios. This helps move leads from interest to conversion with minimal friction.

Benefits:

Creates a seamless booking experience for prospects.
Integrates with confirmation and follow-up email workflows.
Looks professional and automated—without paying for external tools.

How to Set Up a Google Calendar Booking Link

Google’s built-in scheduling system is called Appointment Schedules . It’s available to anyone with a Google account, but premium features like custom branding and email reminders are included in Google Workspace subscriptions.

Step 1: Open Google Calendar

Visit calendar.google.com and click the “Create” button. From the dropdown menu, select “Appointment Schedule.”

Step 2: Define Your Booking Details

You’ll be guided through setup options including:

Title: Give your booking page a name (e.g., “30-Minute Consultation”)
Duration: Choose how long each appointment lasts
Availability: Select days and times when you’re available
Time zone settings: Google automatically adjusts for the viewer’s time zone

Step 3: Customize Notifications and Buffer Times

Under “Scheduling settings,” you can:

Add buffer times before or after meetings
Limit daily appointment numbers
Automatically send email reminders

Step 4: Publish and Share Your Link

Once saved, Google generates a unique booking page URL . You can share this via email, embed it on your website, or link it to a “Book Now” button on your contact page.

Pro Tip:

If you have a Google Workspace Business or Enterprise plan, you can even add custom branding , such as your logo and color scheme, for a professional touch.

For more details, Google’s official support page on Appointment Schedules provides a full overview.

How to Set Up a Microsoft Outlook “Bookings with Me” Link

If you’re a Microsoft 365 user, Outlook has an integrated feature called Bookings with Me . It works similarly to Google’s Appointment Schedule but integrates tightly with Teams, Outlook, and OneDrive .

Step 1: Access Your Bookings Page

Go to outlook.office.com/bookwithme/ or open Outlook on the web and click the calendar icon in the left sidebar. From there, look for “Bookings with Me” in the toolbar.

Step 2: Create a Public and Private Booking Page

Outlook lets you create:

Public pages: Anyone with the link can book time with you.
Private pages: Only invited contacts can access it.

You can list multiple event types—like 15-minute calls , 30-minute meetings , or 1-hour sessions —and control whether they’re visible publicly.

Step 3: Configure Time and Preferences

You’ll be able to:

Choose your working hours
Add buffer time between meetings
Customize availability per meeting type
Decide if Teams links should be included automatically

Step 4: Share Your Link

When ready, Outlook gives you a “Book with Me” URL to share in emails, on your website, or through your digital business card.

Because it’s built into Microsoft 365, all bookings automatically sync to your Outlook calendar and trigger confirmation emails.

Verdict:

If your team already uses Google Workspace, Appointment Schedule is perfect for client-facing appointments.

If your organization runs on Microsoft 365, Bookings with Me integrates seamlessly with your corporate environment.

How to Share Your Booking Link in Emails, Texts, and Social Posts

Once you’ve set up your Google or Outlook booking link, it’s time to put it to work. You don’t need a fancy website integration to start getting appointments — sharing your link through email, text messages, and social media is often even more effective.

1. Include It in Your Email Signature

Turn every email you send into an opportunity for easy scheduling. Add your booking link to your email signature with a short, clear call to action.

Example for Gmail or Outlook:

�� Schedule a Call: Book Here
✉️ Need to chat? Find a time that works for you

Adding this to your signature means clients can book time with you anytime — no extra effort required.

2. Send Booking Links in Personal or Automated Emails

If you’re following up with clients or confirming an appointment, drop your booking link right in the message.

Example:

“Here’s my calendar link so you can grab a time that works best: https://calendar.app.google/yourlink”

You can also include it in automated replies , like contact form responses or after-hours emails. This keeps your business open for scheduling even when you’re not at your desk.

3. Share It Through Text Messages

Text is one of the fastest ways to confirm appointments. Whether you’re using your personal phone or an SMS platform, you can paste your booking link directly into a message.

Example:

“Hey, it’s Sarah from Studio One! You can book your next color session here: https://outlook.office.com/bookwithme/yourlink”

4. Promote It on Social Media

Your social channels are a great place to turn followers into booked appointments. Add your booking link wherever people engage with you most:

Instagram bio: “Ready to meet? Tap below to book your consultation.”
Facebook page button: Change your CTA to “Book Now.”
LinkedIn About section: Add a short line like “Let’s connect — schedule a quick call here.”

Use the same link in your posts or stories when promoting consultations, demos, or free discovery calls. Consistency across platforms builds trust and makes it easier for people to take action.

Internal Links for SEO Context

For a well-connected internal linking structure, reference:

Marketing Launchpad Training Program – Learn how to automate your small business marketing.
How to Improve Your Duda Site Speed – Boost your website performance with better image optimization.
Setting Up Google Ads Conversion Tracking – Connect your calendar booking goals to ad campaign results.

Final Thoughts

If you’re tired of juggling subscriptions for every single tool your business uses, consolidating your scheduling under Google or Outlook is one of the easiest wins. Both systems now offer all the essentials—automation, customization, and integration—without extra costs.

Whether you’re scheduling consultations, internal meetings, or product demos, a single booking link can save hours of coordination and present a more professional image to clients.

�� Join us this Friday at 2 PM for our free weekly workshop!

We’ll walk through live examples of setting up booking pages in both Google and Outlook, plus show you how to embed them into your website or email marketing system.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Exploring Gemini: Google’s AI Chatbot Explained

Thu, 09 Oct 2025 19:03:25 GMT

Learn how to use Gemini , Google’s AI chatbot, including Deep Research, Veo video creation, Nano Banana image generation, Canvas, and Guided Learning tools.

Gemini vs. ChatGPT: Finding the Right AI Chatbot for You

AI chatbots are changing the way we work, learn, and create — but one of the biggest challenges isn’t which one is best, it’s which one is best for you.

At Web Education Services, we use both ChatGPT and Gemini , depending on what we’re trying to do. Sometimes we even prompt both tools the same way just to compare the results — and more often than not, we end up using a mix of both outputs.

That’s the beauty of today’s AI landscape: you don’t have to pick a side. Instead of asking, “Which chatbot is better?” , ask, “Which one helps me accomplish this task more effectively?”

If you’re curious about Google’s AI — Gemini — you’re not alone. Gemini has grown rapidly since its launch, integrating across Google’s entire ecosystem and introducing powerful creative tools that go beyond text. Let’s take a look at what Gemini does, how it compares, and how you can make the most of it.

What Is Gemini? An Overview of Google’s AI Chatbot

Gemini is Google’s family of generative AI models designed to understand text, images, video, and even code. Originally branded as Bard , it evolved into Gemini after Google merged the AI project under its DeepMind division, making it faster, smarter, and more integrated with Google Workspace.

Gemini now powers everything from Google Search enhancements to productivity tools in Docs, Sheets, and Gmail. But its standalone web app, Gemini.app , is where the magic happens.

Gemini 2.5 Flash and Pro

Gemini comes in multiple versions:

Gemini 2.5 Flash – optimized for speed and responsiveness. Perfect for quick queries, brainstorming, and lightweight content generation.

Gemini 1.5 Pro – designed for deeper reasoning, longer context (up to 1 million tokens in some versions), and professional-grade analysis.

Core Features Worth Exploring

Here are some of the standout tools in Gemini that make it more than just a chatbot:

Deep Research – automatically conducts extended research in the background, summarizing credible sources.
Videos with Veo – generate cinematic-quality videos using simple text prompts (Pro accounts only).
Nano Banana – Gemini’s built-in image generation model that can create realistic images directly in chat.
Canvas – a collaborative workspace for writing, brainstorming, and editing content visually.
Guided Learning – step-by-step interactive tutorials for learning new skills inside Gemini.

Each of these features takes Gemini from a text-only chatbot to a complete creative and educational platform. Let’s unpack what makes each one valuable — and how you might use it in your business or creative workflow.

Why Deep Research Is a Feature — and How to Use It

If you’ve ever asked an AI a question and thought, “That sounds right, but I’m not sure it’s accurate,” you understand the need for Deep Research .

How Deep Research Works

Unlike standard chatbot answers that rely solely on trained data and general web patterns, Deep Research goes a step further. When you toggle it on, Gemini takes additional time to search , verify , and compile information from multiple sources before responding.

In other words, it acts like a research assistant who checks their work before handing it in. You’ll see citations, live web links, and a more nuanced answer — one that’s not just fast, but trustworthy.

When to Use Deep Research

Here are a few examples where Deep Research really helps:

For Web Education Services clients, we often use Gemini’s Deep Research alongside ChatGPT’s internal reasoning. ChatGPT gives us the creative structure, while Gemini verifies and supplements with current data — a powerful combo for marketing and strategy work.

Videos with Veo: Google’s Answer to AI Video Creation

AI-generated video is the next big wave, and Google’s Veo model — integrated into Gemini for Pro users — makes that accessible to creators who don’t have a full production team.

How Veo Works

Veo allows you to describe a scene, mood, or concept in plain language, and it generates cinematic-quality video clips from your prompt. You can even specify lighting, camera angles, or visual tone.

For example:

“Create a 10-second video of a runner on a sunrise beach with cinematic slow motion and lens flare.”

Gemini will render a realistic, stylized clip you can preview and refine with follow-up prompts.

What You Can Use It For

Marketing and ads: Create product videos or brand intros.
Education: Visualize lessons or concepts for tutorials.
Social media: Generate short-form content fast, with minimal editing.

At Web Education Services, we see this becoming a huge part of content marketing workflows — especially when paired with Gemini’s text and image features. It lets small teams produce professional-looking video assets without breaking the budget.

Nano Banana: Image Creation in Gemini

Yes, the name sounds playful — but Nano Banana is a serious creative engine. This is Gemini’s internal image generation system, capable of producing detailed, photo-realistic visuals directly in chat.

How Nano Banana Works

Type a simple prompt like:

“Generate an image of a futuristic classroom with students using tablets.”

Within seconds, Gemini’s Nano Banana engine delivers multiple variations. You can refine the style (realistic, watercolor, 3D render), aspect ratio, and composition using follow-up prompts.

While Google hasn’t confirmed all technical details, Nano Banana is believed to build on Imagen 3 — Google’s advanced diffusion model.

What You Can Use It For

Blog graphics and social media visuals
Ad creative concepts
Website design mockups
Training materials

You can also export these images directly into your Canvas workspace or download them for use elsewhere.

For marketers, this means Gemini can now generate your blog content, design your featured image, and even create a supporting video — all in one place.

Canvas: A Collaborative Workspace Inside Gemini

One of Gemini’s most overlooked features is Canvas , which bridges the gap between brainstorming and creation.

How Canvas Works

Instead of typing in a chat window, Canvas gives you a split-screen interface: AI-generated text on one side and an editable workspace on the other. You can drag, drop, edit, and refine sections visually — similar to Google Docs, but smarter.

Gemini can:

What You Can Use It For

Writing blogs, emails, and website content.
Planning outlines or scripts.
Editing collaboratively with AI.

This is especially useful for content teams who want a visual way to work with AI-generated text. You can even copy your Canvas content straight into your CMS (like Duda , WordPress , or HubSpot ) once it’s ready for publishing.

Guided Learning: Learn by Doing Inside Gemini

Perhaps the most unique feature in Gemini is Guided Learning — a built-in system that teaches you new skills through interactive steps.

How Guided Learning Works

Guided Learning transforms Gemini into a personalized tutor. Instead of giving you static answers, it walks you through processes with checkpoints.

Example prompt:

“Teach me how to create a Google Ads campaign.”

Gemini will break the process into steps, prompting you to complete each action before continuing — just like a live instructor would.

What You Can Use It For

Learning new software or tools (like Google Sheets formulas or SEO research).
Developing marketing skills like keyword strategy or ad setup.
Personal growth and education , from languages to presentation skills.

This is where Gemini really differentiates itself from other chatbots. It’s not just doing things for you — it’s teaching you how to do them. That aligns perfectly with our mission at Web Education Services: We teach you how to market.

Why We Use Both ChatGPT and Gemini

At Web Education Services, we’re constantly testing new tools. Some tasks are better suited for ChatGPT, while others shine in Gemini. Here’s a quick comparison based on how we use them:

In short, you don’t have to choose . You just have to know what each does best — and use that to your advantage.

How to Access Gemini and Get Started

You can access Gemini directly at gemini.google.com/app .

To unlock all features — including Veo video generation and Canvas collaboration — you’ll need a Google One AI Premium subscription, which also integrates Gemini into Gmail, Docs, and Sheets.

Once you’re in, start experimenting. Try prompting it with your business’s real challenges:

“Create a social post about my new product launch.”
“Summarize my website analytics and recommend improvements.”
“Design a sample image for a Facebook ad.”

Within minutes, you’ll see how Gemini adapts to your workflow and helps you turn ideas into action.

Final Thoughts: AI Isn’t About Picking Sides

AI tools like Gemini and ChatGPT aren’t competitors — they’re collaborators. Each offers unique strengths that help you think faster, create better, and learn more efficiently.

At Web Education Services , we believe in testing, comparing, and teaching others how to get the most out of each platform. Whether you’re a business owner trying to simplify your marketing or a content creator looking for creative edge, Gemini deserves a spot in your toolbox.

�� Join us this Friday at 2 PM for our free weekly workshop!

We’ll walk through Gemini’s features live, show how to use ChatGPT alongside it, and demonstrate how AI tools can transform your marketing workflow.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Scribe AI: Instantly Create & Share Workflow Guides

Thu, 25 Sep 2025 16:51:33 GMT

Capture any workflow into smart guides, share across tools, and ensure work gets done right. Learn how to use Scribe AI step by step.

Ditch Long How-To Videos and Slow Slide Decks

If you’ve ever created or watched a 20-minute how-to video for a process that really takes two minutes, you know the pain. Screenshots miss a click. Narration drags. Viewers scrub back and forth to find the part that matters. The bigger the team, the more time is wasted.

Scribe AI changes that. Instead of rambling screencasts or static slides, it captures every click in real time and instantly builds a clean, editable, step-by-step guide. Your instructions are accurate, easy to follow, and ready to share in minutes—not hours.

Perfect for Teams and Content Creators

Whether you’re training staff or producing customer-facing content, Scribe makes documentation painless.

Internal Communication Made Simple

Managers and team leads can document complex tasks once and know employees will follow the right steps.
Colleagues can update guides when workflows change—no need to start over.
New hires get self-guided onboarding instead of long meetings.

A Boost for Marketing and Customer Education

Marketers and creators can turn product demos or tutorials into sleek, skimmable instructions. Instead of long videos, publish interactive guides that your audience can follow at their own pace. Your brand looks more professional and your support load drops.

Core Capabilities That Save Hours

Scribe’s strength is in three key features, each designed for speed and clarity.

1. Capture Any Workflow

Click Start Capture , complete your task, and Scribe records every action—mouse clicks, page changes, form entries. When you stop recording, an AI-built guide is ready.

You can:

Edit and reorder steps
Add clarifying text or extra screenshots
Redact sensitive information with a couple of clicks

2. Share with Colleagues and Clients

Guides live online and can be:

Shared with a simple URL
Embedded in wikis, chat tools, or client portals
Exported as PDFs or other formats when needed

Any future edits you make are automatically updated everywhere the guide appears.

3. Ensure Work Gets Done Right

Readers can follow an on-screen walkthrough that prompts them step by step inside the live application. Built-in analytics show who viewed the guide, how far they got, and where they paused, so you can refine instructions.

How to Use Scribe: A Quick Walkthrough

Capturing and sharing a process is straightforward:

Start the Capture by opening the Scribe browser extension, clicking Start Capture , and running through your workflow as usual.

Review and Edit the automatically generated guide. Use AI to create a title, description, and icon. Edit wording, combine or delete steps, or annotate screenshots.

Customize and Organize by creating Pages to group related guides and adding headers, images, or short videos for context.

Share and Track by sending a live link or embedding the guide in a knowledge base. Monitor views and completions in the Insights tab.

This entire process often takes less time than it used to take just to start editing a video.

Why Scribe Works Better Than Traditional How-Tos

Traditional documentation is slow and static. Videos are hard to update, and slides get lost in email threads. Scribe’s AI-powered approach solves those problems by making every update instantaneous, every guide perfectly consistent, and every instruction easy to follow. Built-in analytics provide visibility so you can keep improving over time.

Practical Use Cases

Scribe fits seamlessly into a wide range of professional scenarios.

Faster Employee Onboarding

Welcoming new team members is easier when all procedures are documented in clear, clickable guides. Instead of scheduling repeated training sessions, you simply share a Scribe. Employees can explore at their own pace and return to the guide whenever they need a refresher.

Reliable Standard Operating Procedures

Consistency matters. Scribe lets you document every routine process—from monthly reporting to software updates—so that each team member performs tasks the same way every time. When workflows change, you edit once and the update is reflected everywhere the guide is used.

Customer Tutorials That Reduce Support Tickets

Support teams can give customers exactly what they need to solve problems on their own. A well-built Scribe shows every click, eliminating confusion and reducing the number of incoming support requests.

Self-Service Knowledge Bases

Combine multiple Scribes into organized Pages that act as an internal or external help center. Your knowledge base stays fresh because edits to a single guide automatically update across the entire library.

Marketing How-To Content

For marketers, Scribe doubles as a content engine. Create product walk-throughs or quick-start guides that can be embedded on landing pages and shared in emails. Prospects and clients see immediate value without having to watch a long video.

Because each Scribe is live and editable, all of these use cases remain current over time. Processes evolve, but your documentation stays accurate without a complete rewrite.

Pro Tips for Getting the Most from Scribe

Even with an intuitive tool, a few best practices can elevate your results.

Capture with a Natural Flow

As you record, move through the workflow naturally. This creates a smooth sequence of steps and helps readers follow along without confusion.

Add Helpful Context

Think about points where a user might hesitate. Adding a short note—like why a specific field is required—can prevent mistakes and cut down on questions.

Build Rich, Connected Pages

When multiple guides are related, group them into a single Page. This keeps content organized and makes it easy for users to find what they need in one place.

Monitor Insights and Improve

Scribe’s built-in analytics show who views a guide, how far they progress, and where they stop. Reviewing these metrics allows you to fine-tune your instructions and keep them effective.

These habits keep your documentation accurate, approachable, and genuinely helpful as your processes grow.

Join Our Friday Workshop

Ready to see Scribe in action? Join us this and every Friday for live workshops where we’ll guide you through creating and sharing content. You’ll learn best practices, see real examples, and leave with a ready-to-share workflow guide.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Suno AI Music Generator for Small Business Marketing

Thu, 18 Sep 2025 16:56:49 GMT

Learn how Suno’s AI music tools help small businesses create original tracks for marketing and social media.

Cutting Through the Noise: Finding the Right AI Music Tools

The world of AI tools is crowded and, frankly, a little overwhelming. Every week a new app promises to change the way we create music, write content, or market our businesses. Some are worth your time; many are not. Others look great until you discover hidden fees or questionable privacy practices. If you have ever clicked through half a dozen “AI music generator” sites only to find generic beats or subscription traps, you know the frustration.

That is why discovering Suno , an AI music generator, is refreshing. It cuts through the hype and actually delivers. Whether you start with a simple prompt or jump into its pro editing tools, Suno makes creating a polished, original track just a step away. For small business owners and marketers trying to stand out online, that matters.

Why Original Music Boosts Your Marketing Strategy

Original music does more than make content sound nice—it strengthens your brand identity and helps you stand out. Here are some key reasons to consider adding custom tracks to your marketing strategy:

Brand Recognition : A recognizable jingle or sound can become part of your brand identity, much like a logo or color palette.
Emotional Connection : Music triggers emotion faster than visuals or words, creating a stronger connection with your audience.
Cross-Platform Consistency : From social media posts to podcasts and video ads, your unique track travels everywhere your brand goes.

Examples for Small Businesses

Coffee Shop or Restaurant : Create a unique soundtrack for Instagram Reels, pairing latte art videos with an upbeat, coffeehouse vibe.
Fitness Studio : Generate high-energy music for workout videos or promotional clips without worrying about copyright strikes.
Boutique Retail Store : Design a calming ambient playlist for in-store listening and promotional ads.
Podcasts or YouTube Channels : Produce an original intro or outro theme that your audience instantly recognizes.

With Suno, these ideas are accessible. You don’t need to hire a composer or buy expensive production software—you simply create a prompt and let AI handle the rest.

Related resources you might like:

What Suno Is and Why It’s Fun

Suno is an AI-powered music generator that transforms text prompts into fully produced songs. You can type a short description—like “upbeat acoustic coffee shop melody” or “cinematic synth for brand intro”—and Suno instantly creates a track that matches the mood.

Key Features

Simple Prompting : Type a few descriptive words, choose a style, and generate a track within minutes.
Pro Editing Tools : Fine-tune tempo, instrumentation, and effects if you want more control.
Royalty-Free Output : Download your music and use it in ads, social posts, or videos without licensing headaches.

The best part? Suno makes music creation fun. Watching a simple phrase turn into a fully orchestrated track feels like magic—no musical training required.

(For additional reading on AI’s impact on creative industries, check out MIT Technology Review’s AI music insights —a reputable external source on AI trends.)

Step-by-Step Guide to Create Your First Suno Song

Creating a custom song in Suno is easy. Here’s how to go from idea to finished track:

1. Sign Up and Explore the Dashboard

Create a free Suno account and log in. You’ll land on a clean dashboard with quick-start templates and advanced editing options.

2. Write Your First Prompt

Type a description of the music you want. Be specific about genre , mood , and instruments .

Anatomy of a Good Suno Prompt

Mood/Emotion : “uplifting,” “mysterious,” “energetic.”
Genre/Style : “indie pop,” “cinematic orchestral,” “lo-fi hip hop.”
Instrumentation : “acoustic guitar and soft drums,” “synth-heavy with piano accents.”
Purpose/Use : “podcast intro,” “product launch video,” “TikTok background loop.”

Pro Tip for Lyrics and Theme

If you want lyrics, tell Suno exactly what story to tell. You can even outline verse-by-verse details :

“Pop anthem about chasing dreams. Verse 1 sets the scene of late-night planning. Verse 2 captures first big wins. Verse 3 is about overcoming setbacks. Chorus repeats ‘We rise together.’ Add an emotional bridge before the final chorus.”

This approach gives the AI a complete roadmap, helping it deliver songs that are more personal and on-brand.

Example basic prompt:

“Bright indie pop with acoustic guitar and light percussion, ideal for upbeat coffee shop videos.”

Advanced Suno Prompt Example

Style & Mood : Uplifting indie pop with warm acoustic guitar, light synth layers, and a driving drum beat.
Tempo & Key : 100 BPM, key of G major.
Song Theme : Overcoming setbacks to achieve a dream.

Lyrics & Structure :

Verse 1 : Paint a late-night creative session, coffee cups and notebook pages.
Verse 2 : Describe the first small wins and lessons learned.
Verse 3 : Celebrate the final breakthrough and confidence gained.
Chorus : Repeating hook “We rise together, higher every day” with layered harmonies.
Bridge : Stripped-down acoustic break leading into a powerful final chorus.
Production Notes : Add subtle piano fills and a crisp snare. End with a 10-second instrumental fade-out for easy video editing.

3. Choose Your Output

Select the desired track length, tempo, and complexity. Suno will generate multiple variations so you can pick the best fit.

4. Preview and Edit

Listen to the generated tracks. Adjust instruments, effects, or tempo with the pro editing tools until it sounds perfect.

5. Download and Use

Export your music as an MP3 or WAV file. Now it’s ready for social posts, ads, podcasts, or videos.

This process takes just a few minutes—perfect for small business owners on tight schedules.

Join Our Weekly Marketing Workshop

Ready to take your social media posting from good to great? Join our Weekly Marketing Workshop.

Our workshops are perfect for small business owners, marketing teams, and entrepreneurs who want expert support while keeping control of their brand voice.

Reserve your spot today and start posting with confidence.

Fridays at 2 PM Eastern we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Prefer to learn at your own pace? Explore our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course .

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Social Media Posting with Marketing Launchpad

Thu, 11 Sep 2025 18:06:39 GMT

Learn how to post to social media with the Marketing Launchpad process. Includes setup links, step-by-step posting, and expert tips.

Posting to Social Media Using the Marketing Launchpad Process

Social media is where your content comes to life. After creating blog posts and sending marketing emails, the third step in our Marketing Launchpad process is sharing your message on social media. If you missed the first two steps, catch up with How to Post Your Images, Videos, and Copy to a Blog and Email Marketing: Turning AI Content Into Action .

This article shows you how to bring it all together—posting to Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Google Business Profile, and TikTok—so your marketing plan reaches every corner of your audience.

Why a Content Plan Makes Social Media Posting Easy

Posting to social media is easy and enjoyable when it’s either:

Planned and scheduled as part of your larger marketing calendar
Authentically spontaneous , capturing real moments worth sharing

When you already have content, like we created with Marketing Launchpad, posting becomes a simple click-through process. Your copy is prewritten, images or videos are ready, and calls to action are clearly defined.

It can also be fun to post spontaneously. A quick behind-the-scenes shot, a customer success story, or breaking industry news gives your brand a personal touch. Authentic moments build trust and keep your feed lively.

What’s tough is posting just to post . Without a plan or a message, social feeds can become cluttered and inconsistent. Businesses often run into:

Gaps in posting frequency
Repetitive or off-brand content
Missed opportunities to drive traffic or leads

The Marketing Launchpad Process solves this by aligning every post with your blog and email campaigns, ensuring each piece of content moves your audience toward action.

Create Your Social Media Accounts First

You can’t post if you don’t have an account. Before you start, set up business profiles on each platform you plan to use. Here are direct links to get started:

Take time to complete each profile:

Use a consistent logo and cover photo
Write a short, keyword-rich bio
Add your website and contact details

Consistency builds trust and makes cross-platform posting more seamless.

Step-by-Step: Posting to Each Platform from Your Launchpad

With your accounts ready, it’s time to post. Here’s how to do it:

Facebook Page

In the Marketing Launchpad , click on the Facebook Button
You will land on your Page publishing interface. You may need to go to https://www.facebook.com/pages/?category=your_pages&ref=bookmarks and click on create post.
Click Photo/Video then Add Photos or Add Video
Select your prepared media
Paste your caption into the text field
Add your link at the bottom of the caption (Links are clickable on Facebook)
Set a custom thumbnail (Click Edit on the video, Choose Change thumbnail,
Upload your JPEG thumbnail, Click Save)
Final checks

Tag relevant partners using @ where appropriate
Check that the link unfurls to the right page

Publish

Click Post
If you prefer to schedule, choose Schedule and set date and time

Tips

Use 16:9 videos for the feed to take up more vertical space
Keep the first 125 characters punchy so the hook shows before the fold
If the auto thumbnail looks better than your upload, you can switch back

Instagram

Important notes

Links in feed captions are not clickable
If you need a clickable link, add it to your profile link tool, then add “Link in bio” to the caption, or publish a Story with a link sticker

Getting started:

In the Marketing Launchpad , click the Instagram Button
Click Create then Select from Computer
Choose the version sized for your intended placement
Feed and Reels prefer vertical 9:16
Use the crop tool to frame the subject correctly then click Next
Paste your caption
Put key keywords and the hook in the first line
Put hashtags at the end
Optional
Add location for local reach
Tag collaborators or featured accounts
Accessibility
For videos, include on-screen captions
Publish
Click Share

Tips

Keep text on thumbnails large and centered so it is readable in the grid
Reels need a strong first two seconds for retention
If the campaign requires a clickable link, post a companion Story with a link sticker

LinkedIn Company Page

In the Marketing Launchpad , click LinkedIn
Click on "me" and select your page from the dropdown
Choose Media then Upload from Computer
Select your video or image
Set a custom thumbnail for video
Click the thumbnail icon or Add video thumbnail
Upload your JPEG thumbnail

Paste your caption
Keep the first sentence concise and value-forward
Links are clickable, place the URL at the end
Add hashtags that match your industry terms
Publish with Post or choose Schedule

Tips

Avoid link stuffing in the first line to keep reach healthy
Tag client or partner company pages when relevant
For B2B, 4 to 8 tight hashtags outperform long clouds

Google Business Profile (formerly Google My Business)

In the Marketing Launchpad , click Google My Business
Click the Post icon
Choose your media
If your video is over one minute, upload the JPEG image instead
Paste your description
Add your call to action
Click the CTA dropdown and choose Learn more (or the CTA that best fits)
Paste your full URL with UTM parameters in the link field
Check the preview
Click Post

Tips

Keep copy concise and location aware to match local intent
Use a clear product or service photo if video length disqualifies the upload
Offers and Events are separate post types. Pick those if you have a discount or date-driven item

TikTok

In the Marketing Launchpad , click TikTok
Select your vertical mobile video (9:16)
Paste your caption
Keep the hook in the first line
Use 3 to 5 relevant hashtags
Choose a cover frame that matches your brand thumbnail
Optional
Toggle comments on or off based on brand policy
Set who can stitch or duet your video
Click Post
If scheduling is available to your account, set date and time instead

Tips

Keep cuts tight and the first two seconds visually interesting
Add burned-in captions so it is understandable with sound off
Use licensed audio or original audio that you have rights to

Universal checklist for every post

Preflight

Hook line is clear and front-loaded
CTA is specific and measurable
URL uses UTM parameters
Thumbnail is on brand and legible on mobile
Hashtag set is appropriate to the platform
Alt text is present for images
Captions or subtitles are present for videos
Partner tags are correct
Compliance checked for music, stock, and trademarks

After publishing

Confirm the post is live on mobile and desktop
Click the link to confirm it resolves and UTM tags are present
Log the post in your content tracker with date, platform, URL, and asset names

Troubleshooting and quick fixes

I do not see the right Page or Profile
Log out of that network in another tab, log back in with the correct brand credentials, then refresh Launchpad
My video thumbnail will not update
Reopen the edit dialog, wait for the preview to regenerate, then save again
Instagram says the aspect ratio is not supported
Export a 1080 by 1920 vertical version for Reels or a 1080 by 1350 version for feed
Google Business Profile rejected the video
Publish the JPEG image version and include the same caption and link
TikTok flagged the audio
Replace with licensed audio or original voiceover, then reupload

Best Practices to Maximize Engagement

Whether you post daily or a few times per week, these tips improve visibility and results:

Stay on-brand : Keep voice, colors, and style consistent across all channels.

Use keywords and hashtags : Optimize for search and trending topics.

Post when your audience is online : Analyze platform insights to schedule peak times.

Include strong calls to action : Guide followers to read your blog, subscribe to your email list, or schedule a consultation.

For deeper guidance, explore our related resources:

These internal resources help you design content that naturally flows into social media campaigns.

Join Our Weekly Marketing Workshop

Ready to take social media posting from good to great? Join our Weekly Marketing Workshop .

Our workshops are perfect for small business owners, marketing teams, and entrepreneurs who want expert support while keeping control of their brand voice.

Reserve your spot today and start posting with confidence.

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

Email Marketing: Turning AI Content Into Action

Fri, 05 Sep 2025 17:34:36 GMT

Learn why email marketing works, how to use free tools like HubSpot CRM, and how to launch your first campaign.

You’ve probably noticed how easy it has become to create content with new AI tools. Blogs, graphics, even video scripts can be generated in seconds. But here’s the catch—if you don’t have a system for getting that content out to the public, it just sits there collecting digital dust. This is where email marketing becomes your secret weapon. Instead of hoping your audience stumbles upon your website or social media post, you can land directly in their inbox with a message designed to engage, inform, and convert.

Let’s explore why email marketing works, how to get started with free tools like HubSpot CRM, and how you can launch your first campaign without breaking the bank.

Why and When Email Marketing Works

Email marketing has stood the test of time for one simple reason—it works. According to HubSpot, email marketing delivers an average ROI of $36 for every $1 spent, making it one of the most cost-effective strategies available.

Here’s why it continues to be powerful:

Direct access to your audience: Social media platforms change algorithms constantly, but an email list is yours to control.
Personalization: With email, you can segment audiences and deliver personalized messages that feel tailored to each reader.
Timing: Whether it’s a product launch, holiday promotion, or workshop reminder, email gets your message out quickly and on schedule.
Nurturing relationships: Not everyone is ready to buy today. Email allows you to stay in touch, building trust over time.

When does email marketing make the biggest impact?

When you’re launching a new product or service.
When you want to re-engage past customers.
When you need to educate leads over time with valuable content.
When you want consistent, measurable communication with your audience.

Email marketing isn’t about blasting out promotions—it’s about creating a reliable line of communication that supports your broader marketing goals.

Getting Started With Free Email Marketing Tools

If you’re new to email marketing, the good news is that you don’t need expensive software to start. Tools like the Free HubSpot CRM give you everything you need:

Contact management to store leads and customers.
Email templates to design and send professional messages.
Automation basics to schedule and deliver your campaigns.
Analytics so you can track open rates, click-through rates, and conversions.

Other free platforms like Mailchimp and Brevo also exist, but HubSpot stands out because it integrates seamlessly with sales and marketing systems, giving you one dashboard to manage customer relationships and campaigns.

For small businesses, this means you can dip your toes into email marketing without the risk of big upfront costs.

Step-by-Step: Launch Your First HubSpot Email Campaign

Before you start, complete these quick checks:

You can log in to HubSpot and see the Marketing menu.
Your business address is ready for your email footer. This is required for compliance.
Your sending domain is set up or you will use HubSpot’s shared sending. If possible, connect your domain for better deliverability.

1) Load Your Contacts into HubSpot

A. Prep your CSV

Create a simple spreadsheet with a header row. Common columns:

Email (required)
First Name
Last Name
Phone Number (optional)
Company (optional)
Lifecycle Stage (optional)
Subscription Status or a consent column if you track it (optional but helpful)

Save as CSV . Make sure there are no empty header cells and no extra tabs in the file name.

B. Import the file

In HubSpot, go to Contacts .
Click Import .
Choose Start an import .
Select File from computer then One file and One object .
Choose Contacts and upload your CSV.

C. Map your fields

HubSpot will auto-match your columns to contact properties.
Confirm each match. For anything it does not recognize, choose an existing property or click Create a new property .
If you are on a plan that uses marketing contacts , select the option to set imported contacts as marketing so you can email them.
Choose whether to update existing contacts that match on email.

D. Add contacts to a list during import (optional but helpful)

At the end of the import flow, check Add contacts to a list and give the list a clear name like “Newsletter Seed List Sept”.

E. Finish and spot-check

Click Finish import .
Go to Contacts and filter by Create date to verify a few records.
Open a contact record and confirm properties look correct.

Pro tips

Only import opted-in contacts. Never buy lists.
Remove obvious role emails like info@ and sales@ if they have not opted in.
Keep one email per row. Duplicates will cause headaches later.

2) Configure Email Basics in Settings (one time setup)

Doing this now prevents failed sends later.

A. Create at least one subscription type

Go to Settings (gear icon).
Open Marketing then Email then Subscriptions .
Create a type such as Marketing Information with a short description. You will select this type when you send.

B. Set from name, from address, and reply-to

In Settings > Marketing > Email > Configuration, set your default From name and From address.
Set a Reply-to address that a human checks. Marketing replies can turn into sales.

C. Connect your email sending domain (recommended)

Go to Settings > Website > Domains.
Click Connect a domain then choose Email Sending .
Follow the steps to add DNS records at your domain host.
Return to HubSpot and confirm the status reads Connected .

D. Turn on tracking

Go to Settings > Marketing > Email > Tracking.
Enable click tracking.

Optionally enable UTM parameters and set a default Campaign name, for example “Newsletter”.

3) Create Your First Email

A. Open the email tool

Go to Marketing > Email.
Click Create email and choose Regular .

B. Choose a template

Pick a simple layout with one main column. Fewer sections means fewer rendering issues. You can style your header and footer later.

C. Set the envelope

In the Settings tab of the email editor:

From name and From address : confirm the defaults.
Reply-to : use a monitored inbox.
Subject line : write a clear promise. Keep it under 45-55 characters.
Preview text : add a benefit-driven sentence that expands on the subject.

D. Build the content

In the Content tab:

Add a headline that states the value, not the feature.
Write a short intro paragraph. Aim for 2 to 3 sentences.
Add your primary call-to-action button . Link to one page only. Name the button with a verb, for example “Get the guide”.
Add one support block if needed: a benefit list, a testimonial, or a single image.
Add alt text for images. Keep images under 1 MB and a max width of 600 to 700 px.
Insert personalization where it feels natural. Click into a text module, choose Personalize , then add First name. Example: “Hi {{ contact.firstname }}, here is…”
Select the Subscription type you created earlier, for example Marketing Information .

Avoid attachments. Link to a landing page or a document instead.

E. QA and compliance

Click Preview to view desktop and mobile.
Click Send test email to yourself and one teammate.
Check that the footer contains your business address and an unsubscribe link. HubSpot inserts this automatically when the right subscription type is set.

4) Choose Your Audience and Send

A. Build a clean send list

If you did not add contacts to a list during import:

Go to Contacts > Lists > Create list .
Choose Active list .
Add filters such as:

Contact property > Lifecycle stage is Lead or Subscriber .
Marketing email status is Not unsubscribed .
Email hard bounce reason is Unknown or None .

Name it clearly, for example “Newsletter Eligible”. Save.

B. Select recipients and exclusions

Back in your email:

Click Send or schedule .
Under Recipients , choose your list.
Under Don’t send to , add any suppression list. Add Unengaged contacts if your account shows that toggle. This helps deliverability.

C. Schedule the send

Choose Send now or Schedule for later.
Pick a time in your audience’s primary time zone.
Keep the schedule simple for your first send. You can test send times later.

D. Final checks

Run Link validation in the editor if available.
Confirm the Subscription type and From address one more time.
Click Send or Schedule .

5) Track Results and Optimize

A. Find your performance report

Go to Marketing > Email.
Open your email and click the Performance tab.

Review:

Open rate and unique opens .
Click rate and top clicked links .
Recipients tab for unsubscribes and bounces.

B. Build quick follow-up lists

Turn engagement into action:

Go to Contacts > Lists > Create list .
Active list criteria ideas:

Marketing emails > Contact clicked link in [Your Email Name] .
Marketing emails > Contact opened [Your Email Name] but did not click.

Name them “Clicked [Email Name]” and “Opened No Click [Email Name]”.

Use these lists to:

Send a short follow-up with a different angle to Opened No Click .
Send a related offer or scheduling link to Clicked .

C. Log replies and handoffs

Make sure the reply-to inbox is monitored or connected to Conversations.
Create tasks for sales if your email was a hand-raiser piece. You can bulk create tasks from a list in Contacts .

D. Keep deliverability healthy

Remove hard bounces after each send.
If you see high spam complaints, reduce frequency and tighten your list filters.
Warm up a new sending domain by starting with your most engaged contacts.

E. Improve with simple tests

If A/B testing is available on your plan:

Test subject lines first.
Next, test preview text and button copy .
Keep one variable per test for clean results.

6) Common Fixes When Something Breaks

Import failed: Re-save as CSV, remove blank columns, and ensure every row has an email.
Personalization shows blank : Add a fallback in the token settings, for example “there”.
Email will not send : Check that you selected a Subscription type and that your footer has a valid address.
Images look fuzzy : Export at 2x the displayed size with a max width near 1200 px, then let HubSpot scale down.

Bringing It All Together

AI tools make content creation easy. Email marketing makes sure that content gets seen. By starting small with free tools like HubSpot CRM, you can load contacts, design emails, and track results without needing an advanced background in digital marketing.

Whether you’re nurturing leads, promoting a service, or educating your audience, email marketing gives you control and consistency that other channels can’t match.

Next Steps

If you’re ready to put email marketing into practice, here are two great ways to take action today:

Join our Friday workshops at 2 PM Eastern where we walk through real marketing strategies step by step.

Or, learn at your own pace with our Marketing Essentials Self-Paced Online Course.

Learn more here .

How to Post Your Images, Videos, and Copy to a Blog

Fri, 29 Aug 2025 17:57:03 GMT

Learn how to turn blogs into leads with ad, email, social, and Performance Max copy using Marketing Launchpad prompts.

The real problem: publishing is “easy”… until you actually do it

You have a folder full of assets—great images, a solid video clip, and copy you’re proud of. Then you open your CMS and run straight into friction. Should that subhead be an H2 or an H3? Where does the video go so it won’t slow the page to a crawl? What belongs in alt text? How short is “short enough” for a meta description? And once you hit publish, how do you turn all that work into pipeline?

Underneath these micro-questions is one big theme: a blog post isn’t a text dump—it’s a structured, intentional piece of marketing. When the structure is clear, the media supports the story, and the SEO details are handled, your post gets found and moves readers to act. When those pieces are fuzzy, even great content underperforms.

This article gives you a repeatable way to assemble images, videos, and copy into a Yoast-friendly, commercial-intent post that looks great, loads quickly, and converts. You’ll find a balance of narrative advice and short lists you can scan—so you can get this into your workflow today.

Why blog structure matters (for readers, rankings, and revenue)

A well-structured blog solves three problems at once: it helps people scan , it helps search engines understand , and it helps buyers decide . In other words, structure isn’t a cosmetic choice; it’s how your post earns attention and trust.

Think of the page as a guided path. The introduction names the problem or focus. Each H2 covers a subtopic that your audience actively cares about. H3s break down steps, examples, or FAQs. Images and videos sit next to the paragraph they reinforce—not piled at the top or bottom. And your call to action shows up at the moment interest peaks, not as an afterthought.

A practical, reusable layout:

H1 (one per page): Clear promise using natural language.
Lead paragraph: Name the problem your reader is wrestling with.
H2 sections: Each covers one key concept the reader wants to evaluate.
H3s where needed: Steps, examples, mini-FAQs.
Media placement: Put visuals where they add clarity, not just decoration.
CTA block: Contextual, specific, and easy to act on.
Internal links: Move readers (and crawlers) to your related resources.

The reason this works is simple: the structure mirrors how people think when they’re evaluating a solution. It meets them where they are and makes the next step obvious.

Write to search intent (and choose a primary intent on purpose)

Search intent is the “why” behind a query. If your content satisfies that “why,” you win the click and keep the reader. If you ignore it, your bounce rate tells the story.

The five core intent types you should recognize:

Informational intent.
The reader wants to learn. They’re asking “how to compress images for web” or “what is alt text.” These posts should define terms, teach steps, and end with a soft next step—like a template or guide.

Navigational intent.
They’re trying to reach a trusted destination (“Web Education Ser

vices workshops,” “Yoast readability”). Your job is to confirm they’re in the right place and offer quick paths.

Commercial (evaluation) intent.

They’re comparing options (“best blogging CMS for SEO,” “WordPress vs Duda speed”). Use short comparisons, checklists, and proof points. Offer a workshop, demo, or consultation as the logical next step.

Transactional intent.
They’re ready to act (“sign up blogging workshop,” “book content audit”). Keep copy concise, clarify value, reduce friction, and make the next step unmistakable.

Local intent.
They want a solution near them (“blog training near me,” “Tampa SEO workshop”). Include service areas, maps, hours, and local proof.

For this article, the primary intent is Commercial : you’re evaluating how to systematize publishing and whether to do it yourself or work with a team. Everything below supports that decision.

E-E-A-T: the trust frame that powers high-performing posts

Google’s quality lens— Experience, Expertise, Authoritativeness, and Trustworthiness —isn’t abstract check-boxing. It’s the shortest path to content that convinces real people.

Experience (show you’ve actually done this).
Share first-hand details. Mention the compression target you aim for (e.g., “we keep most inline images under ~120 KB”), the hosting choice you prefer for embeds, or the way you name files. Screenshots and quick GIFs go a long way.

Expertise (prove depth, not just breadth).
Explain the “why” behind your choices—why WebP beats PNG in most cases, why you embed a video below the section that teed it up, why you reserve width and height to prevent layout shift. Practical nuance signals you know your craft.

Authoritativeness (signal reputation).
Publish under a named author with a brief bio. Link to your pillar resources and case snapshots. Cross-reference materials that expand the topic, such as your internal playbooks and workshops.

Trustworthiness (reduce perceived risk).
Keep pages fast (lazy-load, compress, cache), secure (HTTPS, no sketchy scripts), and accessible (sensible heading order, alt text, captions). Add a last-updated date for process posts. And keep your CTA honest—no bait and switch.

A good shortcut: if a skeptical buyer asked “How do I know you actually do this?”, your post should answer that with specific, first-hand detail.

Internal and external linking that guides readers (and crawlers)

Links are the paths through your content. Used well, they create momentum and context.

Start with a simple topic cluster model: one pillar page that covers the core topic at a high level, and several supporting posts that go deep on specific angles. Each supporting post links to the pillar; the pillar links back to the supporting posts. This builds semantic clarity for search engines and a frictionless journey for readers.

Use internal links to:

Lead readers deeper at the moment curiosity spikes.
Provide definitions or proofs without derailing the main story.
Concentrate topical authority on your pillar content.

Use external links to:

Add credibility with one or two well-chosen references.
Help readers confirm a claim (without sending them to competitors).
Earn trust by showing you’re plugged into respected sources.

Descriptive anchor text matters. “Blog structure checklist” beats “click here.” And place links near the paragraph they support—don’t bury them at the end where they’re disconnected from the moment of interest.

For this topic, logical internal links include Marketing Launchpad (/marketing-launchpad) for a repeatable system, Blog Strategy Guide (/blog/blog-strategy-guide) for planning, and Weekly Workshops (/workshops) for live help. As an external reference for readability guidance, Yoast’s readability guidance ( https://yoast.com/readability/ ) is a strong, non-competitive source.

On-page SEO essentials: titles, descriptions, alt text, and structure

On-page SEO isn’t about tricks; it’s about clarity and consistency. If a human can scan your page and know what it’s about—and a crawler can parse the same signals—you’re most of the way there.

Meta title (≤ 55 characters).
Lead with the promise and your primary keyword. Avoid shouting and stuffing. Small differentiators (“Fast,” “Template,” “Checklist,” “2025”) can improve click-through.

Meta description (≤ 145 characters).
Extend the promise and invite the click. Use natural language and a soft CTA.

URL slug.
Keep it short, readable, and hyphenated. Include the primary keyword once. Example: /post-images-videos-copy-blog .

Headings (H1–H3).
One H1 only. H2s define the main sections; H3s subdivide steps, examples, or FAQs. Write subheads so a skimmer can understand the page without reading every sentence.

Image alt attributes.
Write for accessibility first, context second. Six to twelve words is plenty. Describe the function, not every pixel: “Example of H2 and H3 hierarchy in a CMS editor.”

Media performance.
Serve most photos/graphics as WebP, reserve PNG for transparent overlays, SVG for icons/logos. Keep hero images lean (ideally <200 KB) and inline images lighter. Lazy-load below-the-fold media and reserve dimensions to prevent layout shift.

Video handling.
Host offsite (YouTube, Vimeo, or privacy-friendly hosts), add captions or a short transcript, and embed after you’ve teed up why it matters. Upload a custom thumbnail that looks consistent with your brand.

Schema (optional, recommended).
Article schema for posts; FAQ schema if you include Q&As. Organization schema site-wide.

Accessibility and UX.
Readable typography (≥16px with 1.5 line height), strong color contrast, and visible focus states for links and buttons.

When you handle these elements consistently, you compound gains: better CTR from SERPs, better dwell time from readers, and better conversion from motivated buyers.

A practical, step-by-step publishing workflow

Here’s a workflow you can adopt as is. It emphasizes speed without sacrificing quality.

Choose the primary intent.
Decide what the reader came to accomplish. For this post, it’s Commercial—evaluation leading to action.
Outline before drafting.
List H2s (major points) and any H3s (steps or examples). This makes writing faster and keeps the page scannable.
Prep your media.
Export images as JPG with descriptive filenames, and gather video links and captions. Match each visual to a specific paragraph.
Write a clear lead.
Name the problem and promise in two to three sentences. Keep it human.
Draft the body in short paragraphs.
Active voice, varied sentence lengths, and transitions to maintain flow. If a paragraph runs long, split it.
Place internal links where curiosity peaks.
Link to your pillar page and two related resources. Use descriptive anchors.
Add one authoritative external link.
Choose a non-competitive source that strengthens your point (e.g., Yoast for readability).
Embed media adjacent to the relevant copy.
Don’t stack everything at the top or bury it at the end.
Write your meta fields and slug.
Keep the title and description within length guidelines and reflect the page promise.
Quality pass for E-E-A-T and accessibility.
Check for first-hand notes, author bio, last-updated date, and sensible alt text.
Publish and distribute.
Send a teaser email, schedule two to three social snippets, and repurpose a 20–30-second video clip that previews the post.
Review performance.
Watch time on page, scroll depth, CTA clicks, and conversions. Adjust internal links or CTA placement if people stall.

This process becomes much faster once you’ve done it a few times. If you want a done-with-you setup, our Marketing Launchpad (/marketing-launchpad) standardizes these steps so publishing takes hours—not days.

From post to pipeline: make the next step irresistible

A blog that ranks but doesn’t convert is unfinished work. To make commercial intent pay off, connect your education to an obvious outcome.

Start with contextual CTAs.
If you just walked readers through a posting workflow, offer a live workshop where you implement the template together. Put the CTA near your strongest proof point, not only at the end.

Layer in proof snippets.
Short wins build confidence: “Teams using this checklist cut publish time by 35%,” or “This structure lifted workshop sign-ups by 22%.” You don’t need a full case study in every post; one or two crisp facts work.

Create lead assets that match the moment.
A one-page “Publishing Readiness Checklist,” a simple image-compression cheat sheet, or an outline template converts scanners into subscribers.

Use next-step pages instead of homepages.
Readers who are evaluating a workflow shouldn’t be sent back to your homepage. Deep link to your workshop page, your system overview, or your relevant service.
Finally, build a distribution habit.

Treat publishing as the start of the campaign, not the end. A teaser email, a LinkedIn post with a key insight, a short video showing where to place a video embed in your CMS—these small touches dramatically expand reach.

A mini template you can adapt (no HTML required)

H2: Why Structure Turns Posts Into Pipeline
Open with a short paragraph about scanning, rankings, and decisions. Add a second paragraph that previews the specific structure you’ll use in the post.

H2: Write to Intent—Not Just Keywords
Explain your primary intent choice. Share one example query that signals that intent. Offer one sentence that ties the intent to your CTA.

H2: Build E-E-A-T Into the Post
One paragraph each on Experience, Expertise, Authoritativeness, and Trust. Include a single concrete detail that proves you do this in practice.

H2: Links That Guide, Not Distract
Write two paragraphs on internal linking (pillar page + cluster) and one on external linking (one strong source). Include one internal link right in this section and tell readers why you chose it.

H2: On-Page SEO Basics to Repeat Every Time
Close with one paragraph on meta title and description, one on headings and alt text, and one on media performance. End with a sentence that bridges to your CTA.

If you plug your own examples into that outline, you’ll publish faster and with more consistency—exactly what search engines and buyers reward.

FAQs (quick clarity wins)

Should I put the video at the top of the post?
Usually not. Tease it first so readers know why it matters, then embed after the section that sets it up. This keeps load time in check and increases watch rate.

How long should a commercial-intent post be?
Long enough to fully satisfy the evaluation. For most teams, 1,200–2,200 words works—provided the page is scannable and the CTA is clear.

Can I reuse the same meta description across posts?
Avoid it. Each page deserves a unique description that reflects its specific promise.

What’s a good file size for images?
Aim to keep hero images under ~200 KB and inline graphics between ~40–120 KB when possible, served as WebP. Always reserve width and height to prevent layout shift.

Wrap-up

When you bring structure, intent, and trust together, your images, videos, and copy stop being “assets in a folder” and start becoming assets that sell . The workflow above keeps you focused on what matters: clear sections, purposeful media, consistent SEO details, and a CTA that fits the moment.

If you want a repeatable system that bakes all of this into your process, explore Marketing Launchpad (/marketing-launchpad) and Blog Strategy Guide (/blog/blog-strategy-guide), or hop into our Weekly Workshops (/workshops) to set it up together in real time.

Join Our Workshop

�� Ready to learn how it works? Join our weekly workshop and see how you can turn every blog post into a lead-generating machine.

Writing Copy That Converts with AI

Thu, 21 Aug 2025 13:55:26 GMT

Learn how to turn blogs into leads with ad, email, social, and Performance Max copy using Marketing Launchpad prompts.

Writing Copy That Converts: From Blogs to Ads, Emails, and Beyond

You’ve got the tools. AI can spin up blog posts, generate images, and draft ideas in seconds. But here’s the problem: content alone doesn’t create leads . Many businesses publish blog after blog and still wonder why their inbox isn’t filling with inquiries or their ads aren’t converting.

The real magic happens when you know how to transform one piece of content into multiple lead-generating assets —ads, emails, social media posts, and even Google Performance Max campaigns. That’s where Marketing Launchpad comes in. With its prewritten prompts , it helps you optimize your copy for commercial intent, so you’re not just posting—you’re converting.

In this article, we’ll break down how to write copy for each channel and show you how Launchpad makes it faster, easier, and more effective.

Writing Copy for a Blog: Optimizing for Commercial Intent

A blog is often the first step in your content marketing funnel—but not all blogs are created equal. Too many businesses publish articles that get a few clicks but never turn into leads . The problem? They’re written for information only, not for commercial search intent .

Commercial intent means writing a blog that not only answers a question but also positions your product or service as the solution . It’s the difference between a blog titled “What Is SEO?” and one titled “SEO Copywriting: How to Get Blogs That Rank and Convert.” The second one attracts people ready to take action.

This is where Marketing Launchpad’s prewritten prompt changes the game. By feeding in your topic, Launchpad helps you:

Identify commercial keywords that match what your ideal customers are searching for.
Structure your blog with problem → solution → call to action.
Write copy that educates while selling , so readers don’t just bounce—they click through.

For example, instead of writing a generic blog on “How Mortgages Work,” Launchpad guides you to optimize it into:

A blog with headers like “FHA Loan Requirements for First-Time Homebuyers” (commercial keyword).

Calls to action that naturally fit: “Start Your Pre-Approval Today.”
A balance of education and conversion, so the reader learns but also sees a clear next step.

The result? Your blog becomes more than a traffic driver—it becomes a lead generator .

�� Related reading: Blog Fundamentals

Watch the Blog Writing with AI Video Below to See The Marketing Launchpad in Action

Email Marketing: Teasing Your Blog for Clicks

Blogs are great for SEO, but email marketing turns them into traffic and leads . The trick is not to paste the whole article into your email. Instead, use it as a teaser that builds curiosity and drives people to your site.

With Marketing Launchpad’s email prompt , you can quickly create:

A scannable subject line that grabs attention.
A short intro paragraph that focuses on the problem your blog solves.
A bold call-to-action button that says exactly what to do next.

For example, let’s say you wrote a blog on “How to Boost Leads with Email Marketing.” The Launchpad can generate a teaser email like:

Subject: Struggling to Get Email Opens?

Body:
You’re not alone. Many small businesses send emails that never get clicked. But with the right structure, you can turn every blog post into a traffic-driving machine.

�� [Read How Here]

No more wasting time wordsmithing. The email prompt gives you plug-and-play copy that’s designed to convert.

Social Media Promotions: Multiplying Blog Reach

Social media is often the missing link between writing a blog and getting people to read it. Posting your blog link once isn’t enough—you need a strategy for turning one blog into multiple social posts .

That’s where the prewritten social media prompt in Marketing Launchpad saves the day.

It creates:

Engaging captions that hook attention in the first line.
Hashtags optimized for your niche.
Variations of posts so you can reuse the same blog across Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn without repeating yourself.

Example: If your blog is about “SEO Copywriting,” Launchpad might create:

Post 1: “Ever wonder why some blogs rank and others flop? It’s all in the copy. Here’s how to write for both readers and Google → [link]”
Post 2: “Stop writing blogs that no one reads. Discover how SEO copywriting can bring you consistent traffic. [link]”
Post 3: “What’s the #1 mistake in blog copy? Skipping keywords. Here’s how to fix it → [link]”

Now, instead of one post per blog, you’ve got a month’s worth of content in minutes.

Performance Max Ads: Scaling Blogs into Campaigns

Google’s Performance Max Ads are one of the most powerful ways to get leads—but they’re also one of the hardest to set up. Why? Because they require dozens of ad assets: short headlines, long headlines, descriptions, images, and even video.

That’s where most businesses give up. But with Marketing Launchpad , your blog can be transformed into a full Performance Max campaign in minutes.

Here’s how it works:

CLICK HERE TO WATCH THE VIDEO FOR DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS

Enter your Performance Max prompt after publishing your blog post in the chat session with ChatGPT.
Launchpad generates multiple variations of:
Short headlines (<30 characters).
Long headlines (<60 characters).
Descriptions (<90 characters).
You copy and paste directly into Google Ads.

The result? A search and display campaign that’s fully aligned with your blog content, optimized for commercial intent, and ready to drive traffic and conversions.

�� Learn more about Performance Max Ads

Don’t Just Post, Convert

AI can write content. But without strategy and optimization, it’s just words on a page . The difference between content that gets ignored and content that converts is how you repurpose it across every channel: ads, emails, social media, and paid campaigns.

With Marketing Launchpad , you’re not guessing—you’re using proven prompts that generate optimized copy for commercial intent. That means less time creating, more time growing.

�� Ready to learn how it works? Join our weekly workshop and see how you can turn every blog post into a lead-generating machine.

Sign Up Here → WebEducationServices.com/Sign-Up

The Content Multiplier: Canva plus the Marketing Launchpad

Thu, 14 Aug 2025 17:13:24 GMT

Learn how to turn your AI-made audio, video & images into content that drives sales. Step-by-step guide for marketers & small businesses.

The Problem: Cool AI Tools, But No Process to Use Them

If you’ve experimented with NotebookLM , Whisk , Flow , Gamma , and MusicFX , you already know how fun and creative these AI tools can be. You can make detailed research summaries, original music tracks, short videos, professional slides, and custom images in minutes.

But here’s the problem: having great content isn’t the same as using it to grow your business . If these files just sit in your downloads folder, they’re doing nothing for your brand, your audience, or your bottom line.

This is where many business owners and content creators get stuck. You have a growing pile of cool assets — but no clear process for turning them into blog posts, social media content, ads, or emails that generate sales.

The solution is to connect your creative tools to a publishing process . In this article, we’ll show you how to:

Bring it all together in Canva for easy editing and design.
Keep it simple with single images or short clips when you’re just starting.
Use the Marketing Launchpad to turn your creations into blog posts, emails, and social content — all from one place.

By the end, you’ll have a clear, repeatable workflow that takes you from idea to published marketing in a single afternoon.

Bringing It All Together in Canva

Canva is the bridge between your AI tools and your audience. It lets you combine images, video, and audio into branded marketing materials without needing professional design skills.

Here’s how to take assets from each of the tools and use them in Canva effectively.

1. Uploading AI Images from Whisk

If you’ve created visuals with Whisk , you’ve already got high-quality, on-brand images. In Canva, click the “Uploads” tab, drag in your Whisk images, and store them in a folder named for the campaign or project you’re working on.

Once uploaded, you can:

Add them to social media post templates.
Use them as background images for promotional graphics.
Layer text, shapes, or branding over them for ads.

Resource: Struggling with AI Image Prompts? Whisk Might Be the Fix

2. Importing Slides from Gamma

Gamma produces presentation decks that look great but can do even more when repurposed. Download your slides as PNGs or JPGs, upload them to Canva, and place them into:

Carousel posts for Instagram or LinkedIn.
Infographic layouts to summarize your key points.
Lead magnets formatted as PDFs.

Resource: Create Slides Fast with Gamma AI

3. Adding Audio from ChatGPT Voiceovers or MusicFX

If you’ve made a voiceover in ChatGPT or background tracks in MusicFX , Canva lets you upload and sync them to your visuals. Just click “Uploads → Audio” and drop in your file.

You can:

Create narrated explainer videos.
Add background music to a social media video.
Build a short promotional reel with text animations and your audio track.

Resource: MusicFX by Google

4. Enhancing with NotebookLM Content

NotebookLM is great for generating scripts, research-based talking points, or written breakdowns.

In Canva, you can:

Paste text into social media quote templates.
Create branded “tip cards” with your most valuable points.
Use the copy in your slide decks or video captions.

Resource: NotebookLM for Smarter Content Creation

5. Combining Flow Videos

Flow’s short AI-generated clips are perfect for grabbing attention.

Upload them to Canva, then:

Add a title screen or call-to-action overlay.
Insert your Whisk images as transitions.
Pair them with MusicFX audio for a complete mini-ad.

Resource: Google Flow AI Video Tool

Detailed Example: How to Create a Reel in Canva Using Your AI Creations

One of the most effective ways to combine your voiceovers, music, images, and videos from NotebookLM, Whisk, Flow, Gamma, and MusicFX is to make a short, engaging reel . Canva makes this surprisingly easy — no video editing degree required.

Step-by-Step: Creating Your Reel in Canva

Start a New Project
Log into Canva and click Create a Design .
Search for “mobile video” to get the correct dimensions (1080 x 1920).
Upload Your Voiceover
In the left menu, click Uploads → Audio , then drag in your ChatGPT-generated voiceover file.
Once uploaded, drag it onto the timeline at the bottom of the screen.
Upload Your MusicFX Track
Still in Uploads → Audio , add your background music from MusicFX.
Place it under your voiceover and adjust the volume so it supports rather than overpowers your narration.
Upload Your Images from Whisk
Go to Uploads → Images and add your AI-generated pictures.
Arrange them in sequence to match the sections of your voiceover.
Use Canva’s animations (e.g., fade, pan, zoom) to keep visuals dynamic.
Upload Your Video Clips from Flow or Gamma
Go to Uploads → Videos and drop in your short Flow AI clips or Gamma exports.
Trim them to fit the timing of your audio.
Layer them between images for variety.
Edit It All Together
Use the timeline to sync visuals with your voiceover beats.
Add text overlays for key points or calls to action.
Adjust transitions for smooth flow between clips and images.

Export Your Reel

Click Share → Download and choose MP4 format.
Upload to Instagram, TikTok, Facebook Reels, or YouTube Shorts — or post directly through the Marketing Launchpad if you’re using it.

Pro Tip: Keep reels under 30 seconds for higher engagement, and open with your most visually striking clip to grab attention immediately.

Keep It Simple with a Picture or Short Clip from Flow

If Canva feels overwhelming, start with the simplest possible action :

Pick one image from Whisk.
Or pick one 8-second video from Flow.
Post it with a short caption and a relevant link.

This minimalist approach lets you get into the habit of publishing without waiting until you have the “perfect” campaign.

When you’re ready to grow, explore our resources:

Our Blog for tutorials and examples.

Marketing Essentials Program for a step-by-step self-paced course.

Using the Marketing Launchpad to Publish Everywhere

Once you have your visuals, audio, and scripts, the Marketing Launchpad makes it easy to turn them into multiple pieces of content for every platform.

Here’s the step-by-step process:

Step 1: Write Your Blog Post

In the Launchpad, go to the “Write a Post” section.
Click on the Blog Prompt button — this will copy a pre-written prompt and open ChatGPT.

Paste the prompt into the “Ask Anything” field. You’ll see placeholders like:

Can you write a blog article around 2000 words about...

Write an engaging introductory paragraph that focuses on the problem of...

Write a section about...

Write call to action...

Structure the blog for Google Search visitor intent of Commercial. Include headers for each section that focus on the keywords. Follow Yoast SEO readability standards. Include a meta title under 55 characters and a description under 145 characters. Please include 3 internal links and 1 external link

Complete each section with your topic details. For example:
About… → Describe your subject.
Problem of… → Identify the audience pain point.
Section about… → Outline your solutions or tips.
Call to action… → Tell them exactly what to do next.
Click Send to generate your full blog post.

Step 2: Create Your Email

Return to the Launchpad.
Click the Email Prompt button.
Paste the prompt into the same ChatGPT conversation (so it knows the blog context).
Click Send — you now have an email version of your blog to send to your subscribers.

Step 3: Create Your Social Media Posts

Go back to the Launchpad and click the Social Media Prompt button.
Paste it into ChatGPT in the same conversation.
Click Send — now you have ready-to-post social captions and hashtags.

Bonus: Want more posts for the week? Repeat the process with slight variations.

Step 4: Generate Photos for Your Posts

In the Launchpad, click the Photo Prompt button.
Paste it into ChatGPT.
Click Send — ChatGPT will give you a prompt you can use in an AI image generator (like Whisk or ImageFX) to create visuals for your content.

Step 5: Publish Everywhere

At this point, you have:

A blog post for your website.
An email for your list.
Social media posts for multiple platforms.
Photos and videos to match.

This is a content multiplier system — one idea can become five or more pieces of content in less than an hour.

From Creation to Conversion: Why Process Matters

Tools like NotebookLM, Whisk, Flow, Gamma, and MusicFX are powerful — but without a process, you end up with a “digital attic” full of unused files.

When you centralize in Canva and automate publishing with the Marketing Launchpad:

You save hours every week.
Your brand looks polished and consistent.
You turn creative experiments into sales opportunities.

Join Our Friday Marketing Workshop

You don’t have to figure this out alone. Every Friday at 2 PM, we host our interactive AI Workshop where we walk you through creating, designing, and publishing content with tools like NotebookLM, Whisk, Flow, Gamma, MusicFX, Canva, and the Marketing Launchpad.

�� Sign up here:

https://www.webeducationservices.com/sign-up

Bring your creations from NotebookLM, Whisk, Flow, Gamma, and MusicFX — and leave with published content that grows your business.

Important Links

Create Slides Fast with Gamma AI

Thu, 07 Aug 2025 18:56:39 GMT

Gamma helps you build presentations in minutes. Learn how founders, marketers, and agencies use Gamma AI to work faster and better.

Want to listen instead? Play the audio version of this blog.

How to Create Presentations in Minutes with Gamma AI

If you've ever needed a presentation fast—for a networking event, client pitch, listing appointment, proposal, or team meeting—you know the struggle.

You’re staring at a blank PowerPoint slide.
You have ideas in your head, but you’re not a designer.
You don’t want to pay someone for something you needed yesterday.
You tried outsourcing it, but the deck came back... totally off.

We’ve all been there. Presentation design can be a frustrating and time-consuming barrier between your ideas and your audience. And when time, talent, or budget is limited, it’s tempting to just wing it.

But now, there’s a smarter way to create professional decks—fast.

Welcome to Gamma : the AI-powered slide tool that’s helping founders, freelancers, marketers, and teams turn ideas into beautiful, editable presentations in minutes.

Gamma AI Changes Everything for Fast Presentation Design

Gamma ( https://gamma.app ) is a web-based AI tool that builds slide decks instantly based on your prompts. Think ChatGPT, but instead of a long answer, it creates a structured, ready-to-use presentation with sections, visuals, and styling.

Whether you need 5 slides or 50, Gamma removes the heavy lifting—so you can focus on your message, not your formatting.

What Makes Gamma So Powerful?

Prompt-Based Slide Creation
Tell Gamma what you want—a topic, audience, purpose—and it builds a presentation for you. Example: “Create a 7-slide pitch deck for a real estate listing at 123 Main St”
Automatic Formatting
You don’t have to tweak fonts or align boxes. Gamma applies modern design styles automatically.
Web-Based and Shareable
Presentations are web-native and responsive, so you can share a link instead of a file.
Editable by Humans
After Gamma generates your slides, you can customize and refine them right in your browser.
Templates with a Twist
Gamma’s smart templates aren’t static—they adapt based on your input.

It’s like hiring a copywriter, designer, and strategist—instantly.

Drawbacks of Gamma AI (And How to Work Around Them)

No tool is perfect, and Gamma does come with a few limitations, especially if you’re using it for more complex or polished decks.

1. Image Generation Can Be Hit-or-Miss

Gamma tries to generate AI images to match your content—but often they miss the mark in terms of realism, relevance, or professionalism.

Workaround:

Upload your own branded images or stock photography.
Use tools like Canva to create visuals and import them into your Gamma presentation.
Use Gamma for layout and structure, then swap out images for better results.

2. Design Customization Is Limited

While Gamma’s default styles are clean, they’re not as flexible as full design tools like PowerPoint, Google Slides, or Keynote.

Workaround:

Accept Gamma as a starting point , not the final product.
Export as PDF or HTML, or embed Gamma presentations in your website for simple sharing.

3. Occasional AI Misinterpretations

Just like ChatGPT, Gamma can misunderstand your prompt or create irrelevant content.

Workaround:

Be specific in your prompt. Instead of “Create a marketing deck,” try “Create a 6-slide presentation for a Facebook ad strategy targeting small business owners.”
Edit the generated content quickly to keep it aligned with your vision.

Who Should Use Gamma AI for Presentations?

While Gamma is useful for almost anyone who needs to present ideas quickly, we’ve found it to be especially helpful for these three groups:

Founders and Marketers Who Need to Pitch Ideas Fast

You’ve got a pitch meeting in 3 hours. No time to hire a designer. No time to fiddle with templates. Gamma lets you generate a pitch deck from a single prompt, customize the copy, and send it off—before lunch.

Use it for:

Product launches

Startup pitches

Campaign overviews

Sales decks

Agencies and Freelancers Creating Client Decks

If you’re a consultant, designer, or marketer, you’re constantly sending proposals, performance reports, and creative presentations to clients.

Gamma speeds up that workflow. In just minutes, you can create:

Strategy decks

Monthly reports

Marketing proposals

Project summaries

You’ll spend less time formatting and more time delivering value.

Remote Teams Collaborating on Web-Based Presentations

Gamma is web-native, meaning your presentations live online and can be edited collaboratively.

This makes it ideal for remote teams working across:

Time zones
Departments
Roles (marketing, sales, ops, dev, etc.)

You can co-edit slides, drop in feedback, and share links without worrying about version control or missing fonts.

Use Case 1: Realtor – Listing Presentation for a New Property

Situation:

You have a new listing at 456 Elm Street and need a professional, branded listing presentation before tonight’s networking event with potential buyers and agents.

Traditional Problem:

Time-consuming to create a beautiful, clean layout
Constant formatting issues in PowerPoint or Canva
Designer is booked or turnaround time is too slow
You want something that reflects your voice and property highlights

Gamma AI Solution:

Prompt Gamma with:
“Create a 10-slide real estate listing presentation for 456 Elm Street in Tampa, FL. Highlight 4 beds, 3 baths, updated kitchen, great school district, and walkable neighborhood. Target audience is move-up buyers in their 30s with young kids.”

Gamma Outputs:

Cover slide with property name and photo
Key features and amenities slides
Neighborhood and lifestyle slide
Pricing, offer process, and contact info
Optional Q&A or client testimonial slide

Benefit:

Done in minutes
Customizable for each property
Beautiful design without hiring a graphic designer
Shareable as a link, downloadable as PDF, or embeddable in your website

Use Case 2: Travel Agent – Destination Presentation for a Honeymoon Package

Situation:

A newly engaged couple wants ideas for a tropical honeymoon. You want to send them a personalized destination proposal quickly—without spending hours designing a deck.

Traditional Problem:

Manually collecting and formatting resort photos
Using outdated Word or PDF templates
Hard to make the experience feel personal and exciting
Can’t show multiple options cleanly in one place

Gamma AI Solution:

Prompt Gamma with:
“Create a 6-slide travel proposal comparing three honeymoon destinations: Maldives, St. Lucia, and Maui. Include resort options, activities, price ranges, and best time to travel. Target audience is newly engaged couple with a $10k budget.”

Gamma Outputs:

Elegant layout with one slide per destination
Visuals of resorts and excursions
Budget breakdown and travel timeline
Call to action to schedule a booking consultation

Benefit:

Visually impressive without design tools
Personalized experience for your clients
Makes your agency stand out from DIY travel research
Share via link or email—looks great on mobile

Use Case 3: Mortgage Broker – Loan Options Presentation for First-Time Buyers

Situation:

A new buyer couple wants to understand their mortgage options—FHA vs. Conventional vs. VA. You need a clear, simple way to walk them through the differences without overwhelming them.

Traditional Problem:

Hard to explain loan types in plain English
Buyers get confused by too much text or jargon
No standardized, engaging visual format
Takes too long to create from scratch

Gamma AI Solution:

Prompt Gamma with:
“Create a 5-slide mortgage presentation comparing FHA, Conventional, and VA loans for first-time homebuyers. Explain down payments, credit score requirements, pros and cons, and who qualifies for each. Target audience is Florida buyers under 35.”

Gamma Outputs:

Clear comparison charts
Visual icons for loan features
Simplified explanations of pros/cons
Closing slide with next steps and contact info

Benefit:

Makes you look professional and trustworthy
Saves time with a repeatable format
Helps buyers feel educated and confident
Ideal for in-person meetings or Zoom calls

How to Create a Gamma AI Presentation in Minutes

Step-by-Step Guide for Real Estate, Travel, and Mortgage Professionals

Whether you’re creating a listing presentation, destination proposal, or loan comparison deck, Gamma AI helps you go from idea to polished presentation—fast.

Watch our video below for quick step-by-step instructions, or read the guide for more indepth instructions.

Step 1: Sign Up or Log In

Go to https://gamma.app

Click “Start for Free” to create an account, or log in if you already have one.

You can use your Google account to speed things up.

Step 2: Click “New Document”

Once inside your dashboard, click the “+ Create” button, then select “Presentation” .

��️ You’ll see options like Presentation, Document, or Web Page—choose “Presentation” to start a slide deck.

Step 3: Write Your Prompt

This is where the magic happens. Type a detailed prompt telling Gamma what you want.

Example Prompts:

Realtor Prompt:

“Create a 7-slide listing presentation for 456 Elm Street in Tampa. Include property features, pricing, photos, school district, and contact info.”

Travel Agent Prompt:

“Build a 6-slide honeymoon proposal for a couple comparing Maldives, Maui, and St. Lucia with resort options, activities, and price ranges.”

Mortgage Broker Prompt:

“Generate a 5-slide comparison of FHA, VA, and Conventional loan options for first-time buyers, including pros, cons, and qualification requirements.”

Step 4: Choose a Theme

Gamma will offer a few pre-designed themes. Pick one that fits your brand vibe:

Minimal – Clean and modern
Bold – High contrast and eye-catching
Professional – Corporate and polished

Don’t stress too much—these can be adjusted later.

Step 5: Review the AI-Generated Slides

In seconds, Gamma builds out your presentation. Review the structure:

Is the outline accurate?
Are key points covered?
Are the visuals and images appropriate?

You can now edit text, move slides, and adjust sections just like you would in PowerPoint.

Step 6: Customize and Polish

This is your chance to make it yours:

Replace placeholder images with real photos
Add testimonials, charts, or local market stats
Embed YouTube videos, Calendly links, or maps
Drag and drop sections to reorder as needed

�� Tip: Use the side panel to change colors and fonts to match your brand.

Step 7: Share Your Presentation

Once ready, you have several options:

Copy a link and share via email or social
Present live directly from Gamma
Download as PDF for offline use
Embed it on your website

�� Gamma presentations are mobile-friendly, responsive, and easy to view on any device.

Here's what a finished slide show can look like:

Ready to Build Faster? Join Our Weekly AI Workshop

If you're curious about Gamma—or AI tools in general—we invite you to join our interactive AI Workshop every Friday at 2 PM .

This week we’re covering:

Live Gamma walkthroughs
How to write better prompts
Tips for design, branding, and conversion
Hands-on help with your own deck

�� Sign Up Here → WebEducationServices.com/Sign-Up

Whether you're just getting started with AI or want to streamline your creative workflow, this workshop is designed to give you real-time support and practical strategies you can use right away.

Final Thoughts: Gamma AI Is a Game-Changer for Quick Presentations

In a world where time is tight and expectations are high, Gamma gives you a way to work smarter—not just faster .

It’s not here to replace designers or creative pros. But it is the perfect tool when you need to get ideas out of your head and into a presentable format— today .

So the next time you need to build a presentation but don’t have the time, the team, or the tools… you’ve got Gamma.

�� Quick Links Recap:

Try Gamma AI : https://gamma.app
Join Ou r AI Workshop : https://www.webeducationservices.com/sign-up
Related Blog : Best AI Tools for Small Biz Marketing
Our Homepage : Web Education Services

How to Use MusicFX by Google for Marketing

Thu, 31 Jul 2025 15:26:11 GMT

Learn how to use MusicFX and MusicFX DJ to create background tracks for small business videos and posts—no copyright headaches.

Best AI Tools for Small Biz Marketing: MusicFX by Google

If you’ve ever tried to add background music to a video or social media post, you know how tricky it can be. Between avoiding copyright violations and digging through generic, uninspired stock tracks, it’s easy to waste hours without finding what you need. And when you do find a good song? It’s often expensive—or worse, restricted to platforms like YouTube only.

That’s where Google’s MusicFX comes in. It’s part of Google’s suite of experimental tools at labs.google/fx , built for creators, marketers, and businesses. With MusicFX, you can generate royalty-free music tracks in seconds using AI prompts. It’s free, fast, and shockingly good.

This is the fifth post in our ongoing blog series on Google’s AI tools for marketing :

Now, let’s dive into how MusicFX can power your brand’s sound .

Why MusicFX Is a Game-Changer for Small Business Marketing

MusicFX uses generative AI to create custom soundtracks based on your prompts. You tell it what you want—“energetic jazz with clapping and drums”—and in seconds, it delivers a royalty-free, downloadable audio file. But that’s just the beginning.

Real Use Cases for Small Businesses:

Here are 8 ways small businesses are using MusicFX to level up their marketing:

Social Media Background Music:
Create a custom beat for Instagram Reels or TikToks that’s unique to your brand.
YouTube Videos or Vlogs:
Build a consistent intro or outro sound for your channel—without copyright issues.
Podcast Intros & Transitions:
Make your show sound professional with on-brand audio breaks.
Video Ads & Explainers:
Add music that enhances emotion and pacing in video content.
In-Store Loops or Waiting Room Music:
Generate playlists that reflect your vibe—modern, upbeat, chill, etc.
Hold Music for Phone Systems:
Replace generic tones with something customized to your business tone.
Branded Audio for Events or Booths:
Create on-brand walk-up music or ambiance for your next trade show.
Course or Webinar Content:
Add energy to slideshows or video lessons with tailored background tracks.

If you’ve been stuck using stock libraries—or worse, just skipping music altogether—MusicFX opens a world of creative freedom.

How to Use MusicFX for Small Business Content

Using MusicFX is as easy as typing a sentence. No music theory or production skills needed.

Watch our quick 2 minute video below for step by step instructions or read the guide.

Step-by-Step Guide:

Go to https://labs.google/fx/tools/music-fx
Type a prompt describing the mood, genre, or feeling you want.
Example: "Upbeat acoustic guitar and hand claps with a beachy vibe."
Add tags to refine your request:

Instruments : french horn, acoustic bass, synthesizer
Genres : lo-fi, hip hop, funk, chill
Tempo : slow, fast, normal speed
Effects : drum machine, bass guitar, echoing atmosphere

Click “Create” and let the AI generate.
Play the previews and download the one you like. Files come in .mp3 format.
Use freely in your marketing content—no licensing needed.

Real Example:

Let’s say you’re making a product demo for summer accessories. You want something that feels fun, fresh, and modern . Try this prompt:

“Tropical house with marimba and acoustic bass. Fast tempo. Great for a product launch.”

Tags: acoustic bass, fast, exciting

You’ll have a unique, loopable music file that’s perfect for your video or social media reel.

7 expert tips for writing better prompts, plus template examples at the end:

1. Start With the Mood or Energy

Think about how you want your audience to feel . This sets the tone for tempo, instrumentation, and genre.

Words to try: upbeat, calm, dramatic, playful, intense, relaxed, inspiring
Example: "Inspiring and cinematic with a sense of adventure"

2. Add Instrument References

If you know the vibe you’re going for, suggest instruments directly in your prompt.

Words to try: acoustic guitar, synth, marimba, drum machine, bass, piano, violin
Example: "Lo-fi beat with piano, soft synths, and acoustic drums"

3. Mention a Genre or Style

This helps narrow the creative output. Mix two genres for cool hybrid tracks.

Genres to try: hip hop, jazz, electronic, ambient, trap, pop, reggaeton, funk
Example: "Smooth jazz with lo-fi hip hop textures"

4. Define the Tempo (Optional)

Use tags like slow, medium, or fast. You can also describe the speed in your prompt.

Example: "Fast-paced house beat with heavy bass and glitch effects"

5. Use Visual or Seasonal Imagery

Paint a picture to help the AI build the sound world. This works surprisingly well .

Example: "Chill sunset vibe with ocean waves and mellow synth"

6. Describe Use Case or Setting

Mention where or how the music will be used. This can guide structure and tone.

Example: "Background music for a product demo video—needs to be energetic but not distracting"

7. Use the Built-In Tags (MusicFX DJ Only)

After writing your prompt, use drop downs to fine-tune:

Instruments (e.g., acoustic bass, drum machine)
Genre (e.g., hip hop, ambient)
Tempo (slow, fast)
Effects (distortion, looping, fade-in)

Prompt Templates You Can Steal

1. Event Promo:

"Energetic EDM with claps and synth drops—perfect for a product launch"

2. Chill Background:

"Lo-fi beat with rain sounds, vinyl crackle, and soft piano for coffee shop vibes"

3. Motivational Video:

"Cinematic orchestral score with uplifting strings and a slow build"

4. Instagram Reel:

"Trendy pop groove with a tropical feel and marimba melodies—great for fashion"

5. Podcast Intro:

"Upbeat funk rhythm with guitar and claps—short and loopable"

Next Level: Use MusicFX DJ to Customize Your Tracks

Once you’ve explored the main MusicFX tool, step up your game with MusicFX DJ . This experimental tool gives you more control over the structure and elements of the music you generate.

What Is MusicFX DJ?

MusicFX DJ is like the advanced version of MusicFX. Instead of just typing a prompt and getting two short clips, you can:

Chain multiple sections together (intro → drop → outro)
Mix genres like lo-fi + house + ambient in one track
Control transitions and pacin
Use visual tags to add specific instruments or effects
Preview in real time as you build your track

You don’t need to be a DJ to use it—it’s designed for marketers, creators, and business owners who want to stand out.

Example Project:

If you're creating an ad for a gym, you could build a soundtrack that starts motivational, drops into a heavy beat, then cools down. Use tags like:

High-energy workout mix that starts
Fast electronic drop
Drum machine

MusicFX DJ lets you shape the full vibe of your marketing experience—something stock libraries can't match.

Ready to Learn This Hands-On? Join Our Friday Workshop

Music is one of the most powerful storytelling tools in marketing—but few small businesses use it effectively. With tools like MusicFX and MusicFX DJ, you no longer need a recording studio or audio license to bring your content to life.

Want step-by-step guidance on creating your first custom music track?

�� Join our interactive AI Workshop every Friday at 2 PM

Don’t Just Post—Create a Brand Experience

MusicFX and MusicFX DJ are more than just neat AI tools—they're part of a bigger shift in how small businesses can create, brand, and share content. With these tools, you can move from “just getting by” with stock audio to building memorable, emotionally engaging brand experiences .

As part of our Marketing Launchpad, we teach entrepreneurs how to build better marketing habits and tools—using the best of AI .

Want help building out your next campaign? Contact us anytime or explore our Marketing Essentials program .

Google ImageFX: AI Image Generator Guide

Wed, 23 Jul 2025 20:06:46 GMT

Learn how to use ImageFX, Google’s AI image tool, to create marketing visuals. Step-by-step guide, features, and workshop info included.

ImageFX: Google’s AI-Powered Image Generator for Small Business Marketing

�� Now You Can Listen!

We know you're busy—and sometimes it's easier to listen than to read. That’s why we’ve turned this blog into a podcast! Click the play button below to hear this post narrated, perfect for your commute, workout, or a quick break.

As part of our ongoing series exploring the power of Google’s experimental AI tools , we’re diving into another innovation from Google AI Labs : ImageFX —a sleek, free, AI-powered image generator built on Google's cutting-edge Imagen 3 model. If you've been following along, you've already read our recent reviews of Whisk —Google’s visual prompt builder—and Flow , which turns text into compelling AI-powered animations.

Now, we turn our focus to ImageFX —possibly the easiest and most powerful AI image generation tool small business marketers can use today without a paid subscription. Let’s take a deep dive into what makes ImageFX different, why it matters to your marketing, and how to start using it right away.

Why Small Businesses Need a Great AI Image Generator

Let’s be real: small businesses don’t have a design team sitting in the next room ready to create scroll-stopping images for every blog, social post, or ad. And stock images? They’re either expensive, overused, or feel like they were shot in 2006.

This is where AI image generation comes in—especially when powered by a tool as intuitive and advanced as ImageFX. Here’s why this matters for you:

Save time and money by skipping design software and expensive freelancers.
Create unique, brand-aligned visuals without relying on generic stock photos.
Experiment freely with visual concepts for campaigns, thumbnails, blogs, and more.
Speed up creative workflows , especially for lean marketing teams and solopreneurs.

Whether you’re designing a social post for your new product, testing ad visuals, or just need a fresh look for your landing page—ImageFX makes it fast, easy, and free.

PROMPT: A friendly animated alligator sitting at a home office desk, working on a laptop with a big smile. The alligator is wearing glasses and a hoodie, sipping coffee from a mug that says “Marketing Pro.” Sticky notes and charts surround the desk. Sunlight streams in through a nearby window. Rendered in Pixar-style 3D animation with expressive eyes, warm lighting, and soft textures. Cozy and productive vibe, cartoon realism.

ImageFX Features: What Makes It Stand Out?

Google’s ImageFX isn’t just another text-to-image tool. It’s purpose-built for accessibility, visual richness, and creative control—without overwhelming you with complexity. Here’s what sets it apart:

AI-Powered Image Generation

At the heart of ImageFX is Google’s Imagen 3 , one of the most sophisticated models available for generating images from text. Just describe what you want to see, and it builds it—often with photorealistic results , sharp text rendering, and remarkably accurate visuals.

Expressive Chips

One of the most innovative features in ImageFX is its “chips” system . These small, clickable tags suggest different moods, styles, and variations based on your original prompt. Want your image to feel cinematic, whimsical, or surreal? Just click a chip and let the AI reimagine your idea.

User-Friendly Interface

If you've ever been intimidated by AI tools, this one's different. The layout is clean, responsive, and intuitive. There's no learning curve—just type, click, and go.

High-Quality Outputs

From product mockups to illustrations and even realistic scenes with text overlays, the quality of ImageFX outputs is more than good enough for client presentations, blog headers, and organic social media content.

Prompt: A cheerful, animated otter in Pixar-style standing in a creative studio, holding an open glowing toolbox labeled “ImageFX.” Bright, colorful marketing visuals float out of the box—email headers, product mockups, social media icons, YouTube thumbnails, and website hero images. The otter wears glasses and a cozy hoodie, looking proud and excited. The room features a computer, art supplies, and creative posters on the wall. Warm lighting, soft textures, and a cartoon-realistic aesthetic like a Pixar film.

Why Choose ImageFX for Your Marketing Toolkit?

Here’s the part that really makes ImageFX stand out:

Completely Free : No paywalls, no trials, no watermarks. You can use the full feature set without restrictions.
Versatile Use Cases : Generate imagery for:
Email headers
Product promos
Brand storytelling
YouTube thumbnails
Website hero images
Continuous Innovation : Google’s AI Labs regularly updates ImageFX with new styles, smarter chips, and better rendering quality.

No matter your industry, if you need fast, custom visuals that don’t look like every other Canva template, ImageFX might become your new best friend.

How to Use ImageFX: Step-by-Step Instructions

Getting started with ImageFX is as easy as it gets. Follow these steps to create your first AI-generated image:

1. Go to the ImageFX Tool

Visit labs.google/fx/tools/image-fx
You'll be prompted to sign in with your Google account.

2. Enter a Text Prompt

Write a clear, descriptive prompt. Good AI prompts include:

Specific nouns : “Golden retriever” is better than just “dog.”
Adjectives and style : Add context like “in watercolor style” or “in a dark studio with moody lighting.”
Optional context : Add “for Instagram post,” “for product ad,” or “minimalist.”

Prompt example :

A small business owner smiling in a cozy home office, modern decor, natural light, for website header

3. Adjust Settings (Optional)

Use these controls to fine-tune your image:

Seed : Keeps results consistent or random.
Model : Stick with the default Imagen 3 unless experimenting.
Aspect Ratio : Choose between square, portrait, landscape, or widescreen depending on your use case.

4. Click “Create”

ImageFX will instantly generate four image variations based on your prompt.

5. Download or Explore More

Click the download button on any image to save it to your device. Or click “prompt further” to add chips or adjust your text for different variations.

6. Need Help?

Visit the official FAQ page for troubleshooting and advanced tips.

Real-World Ideas for Using ImageFX in Your Business

Here are some powerful ways ImageFX can be used for your day-to-day marketing:

PROMPT: Grid of 3 mini scenes: blog header, Instagram reel, seasonal graphic, event promo — each one visually distinct, shown on devices (laptop, phone, tablet) Style: vibrant flat lay natural light photography neon light

Need help brainstorming prompts? Check out our Whisk article for visual prompt inspiration.

Join Our Weekly AI Marketing Workshop

Ready to explore more AI tools like ImageFX, Flow, and Whisk?

We host a Weekly Marketing Workshop every Friday at 2 PM EST , dedicated to practical, hands-on training with new tools from Google FX Labs and beyond .

Here’s what you get:

A new AI tool demo every week
Real-world use cases tailored for small business
Live Q&A and walkthroughs
Actionable ideas for content marketing, social media, and advertising

Your first 3 sessions are free
After that, join for just $10/month to keep the insights flowing.

Sign up here to reserve your spot

Additional Resources

Integrating ImageFX Into Your Content
Google’s ImageFX makes it easier than ever for small businesses to create visually engaging content —without needing a graphic designer or paying for AI credits. If you’re just getting started with AI in your marketing workflow, this tool is a fantastic (and free) way to step into the future of content creation.

Still stuck? That’s why we host the workshop. Sign up now and let’s build smarter, faster, better marketing together.

Google Flow AI Video Tool: What to Know

Tue, 08 Jul 2025 20:14:01 GMT

Explore Google's Flow AI video tool powered by Veo. Learn how to use it for content creation, social posts, and digital marketing.

Exploring Google’s AI Suite: Flow by Veo for Video Creation

�� Now You Can Listen!

We’ve been diving deep into the world of Google’s AI suite of tools, FX , in our weekly series on content creation and marketing with artificial intelligence. Each week, we test what’s worth your time—and what’s just shiny hype.

This week, we’re tackling a question we hear often: In the age of AI, how do you know which tools are actually good for content creation?

Between blogging, social media, video, and email campaigns, small businesses are busier than ever trying to stay relevant. And now, the flood of AI tools promises more speed and convenience—but it can also feel overwhelming.

That’s why we’re breaking it down for you.

Google Flow: A Highlight from Google FX

This week’s standout tool is Flow , Google's brand-new AI video generator powered by Veo . It’s part of the Google Labs FX collection and it’s built to help creators generate high-quality videos from text and image prompts.

So what’s the appeal for small business owners?

Simple: Flow helps you tell your story visually—faster. Whether you're creating content for:

Social media campaigns
Email marketing
Blog intros or explainer videos
Display and video ads

Flow can produce video clips in minutes, saving time on filming, editing, and finding stock footage. Think of it like having your own mini production studio—without the overhead.

Step-by-Step Guide: How to Try Google Flow for Free

Flow is still in early access via Google Labs FX, but you can try it. Just follow these steps:

1. Visit the Official Flow Tool Page

Head to labs.google/fx/tools/flow and click on Get Started .

2. Sign In with Your Google Account

You’ll need to sign in and accept the invite to the tool.

3. Start Your Free Trial

You will need to click on the subscribe button.

Flow gives you one free month to experiment. But there are a couple of caveats:

You’ll need to enter credit card information .
You receive a limited number of generation credits (use them wisely!).
If you don’t cancel before the month ends, your card will be charged.

Important tip: Set a calendar reminder to cancel if you don’t plan to continue.

4. Begin Creating

Once you’re in, you can start building your first AI video using either:

Text prompts only
Text and image combinations for more refined control

We’ll show you how to use both methods next.

Using Text and Images to Prompt Flow Video Creation

One of Flow’s strengths is how intuitive it feels. You can guide the look and tone of your video using both descriptive prompts and uploaded images . Here's how to get the most out of it:

Start with a Clear Prompt

Use natural language. For example: “Create a 30-second video of a woman running on the beach at sunrise with calm music.” Flow will interpret and generate a video based on this scene.

You can also use tools like ChatGPT or Gemini to create the prompts for you. Ask them to “Create a prompt for Flow for me about a woman running on the beach at sunrise with calm music.”

Upload a Visual Guide

Add an image that matches your vision—a product photo, a mood board, or a branded visual.

This helps Flow:

Match colors and style
Focus on the right subject
Nail your brand feel

Refine and Regenerate

If the first result isn’t perfect, you can tweak your prompt and regenerate until you’re happy with the result (as long as you have credits).

Pro Tip: Try Scripts for Email and Blog

You can repurpose your Flow videos across multiple platforms. For example:

Use a Flow video at the top of a blog post
Add it as a GIF or clip in an email campaign
Share it as a teaser on Facebook or Instagram

Try using it with text generated in Google Gemini or ChatGPT to maintain message consistency across your channels. For more tips, check out THE KEYWORD from Google .

Watch the walkthrough video:

What We Think: Is Google Flow Worth Trying?

If you’re a content creator, solopreneur, or small business owner, Flow is worth testing out—especially during the free trial .

Here’s why:

It eliminates the need for expensive editing tools or video stock subscriptions
It allows you to scale up short-form video content fast
It helps you match visuals with your brand voice

But— watch your usage. The credit system can burn fast if you’re testing a lot of versions. Plan your prompts and get specific.

Want to see how we’re using tools like Flow in real time?

Join Our Weekly Marketing Workshop

We meet every Friday at 2 PM EST to explore a new AI tool from Google FX and beyond.

Hosted by Web Education Services , your first three workshops are free to attend and packed with insights on how to apply these tools to real-world marketing. After that, you can become a member for as little as $10 per month.

�� Sign up here to reserve your spot

Struggling with AI Image Prompts? Whisk Might Be the Fix

Wed, 25 Jun 2025 20:06:21 GMT

Discover how Whisk by Google makes AI image generation and animation easier, more intuitive, and more powerful.

Whisk: Google's Visual AI Tool for Stunning Images

�� Now You Can Listen!

If you've ever tried to use an AI image generator, you've probably run into this problem: you know what you want in your head, but you can’t quite get the tool to understand you. You type out a prompt, it gives you something close—but not close enough. So you tweak the words, try a different angle, and still, it’s not quite right.

You're not alone.

AI image generation has always required a kind of magic language. Describe things too vaguely, and the output is blurry. Get too specific, and it falls apart. What if there was a better way to tell the AI what you want—one that didn’t require trial and error or mastering the perfect phrase?

That’s where Whisk , Google's newest addition to its AI suite, comes in.

What Is Whisk? Google’s Visual AI Tool for Prompting

Whisk is an AI-powered image generation and animation tool that’s radically simplifying the creative process. Unlike traditional AI generators that rely on long text prompts, Whisk uses a new, intuitive format. Instead of just typing what you want, you can actually show it .

Whisk allows you to upload your own subject , choose a scene , and define a style . That means the creative input becomes more visual and less about guessing which words the AI might respond to best.

It’s part of Google’s growing ecosystem of AI-first tools that include NotebookLM, MusicFX, and ImageFX, all designed to make your content creation process faster and more powerful. But Whisk is doing something especially interesting for marketers, designers, and educators alike.

The Best of Both Worlds: Subject, Scene, and Style

What sets Whisk apart is its use of modular visual prompting —breaking down your image into three distinct building blocks:

1. Subject

This is what the image is about. A person, an object, a logo, a product. You can upload a photo of your dog, your face, or your company’s packaging. Whisk uses this input as a foundational reference.

Example: Upload your business’s logo to place it inside a digital billboard scene.

2. Scene

This is the setting or background —where the image is placed or staged. Think of a snowy mountain, a cozy coffee shop, a sunset beach, or a vibrant marketplace.

Example: Choose a "modern office" as the scene, and your subject will be realistically placed into that space.

3. Style

This is the artistic vibe or feel. You can select anything from watercolor or cyberpunk to Pixar-style 3D or hand-drawn sketches. It lets you match your brand’s tone or campaign mood.

Example: Apply a minimalist Japanese ink style or a bold neon comic-book look.

These three layers let you blend precision and creativity—giving you the power to control the direction of your image without needing to perfect a 12-word sentence prompt.

Whisk Animations: Bring Static Images to Life

As if high-quality visuals weren’t enough, Whisk also includes a built-in animation engine that lets you add motion to your generated images.

With 10 free animations per month on the free plan, you can:

Make your image glow or pulse
Add camera zooms, pans, or sways
Animate the background or foreground separately

Whether you're making social content, explainer videos, or animated ads, you no longer need separate software to turn a still image into something that captures attention.

Animations can be exported as short video clips or GIFs, making them ready for platforms like Instagram, LinkedIn, or your website.

Why Whisk Works for Marketers and Creators

For marketers, entrepreneurs, and educators, Whisk is more than just an image generator. It’s a full-blown visual communication tool .

No design background? Doesn’t matter. Upload and style instead of spending hours in Photoshop.
Need brand consistency? Whisk lets you reuse the same subject and apply it across different scenes or campaigns.
Working with a small team? Your content can stay dynamic and creative without relying on outside design help.

Want to keep exploring Google’s suite of AI creative tools? Don’t miss our breakdown of NotebookLM .

Join Our Free Friday Workshops

At Web Education Services , we host a free, live workshop every Friday to break down a new AI tool, content strategy, or marketing platform. If you liked learning about Whisk, you’ll love what we’re covering next.

�� Sign up here to get the schedule

We’ll email you weekly topics, plus links to replays and bonus tutorials.

In the meantime, check out past sessions:

Final Thoughts: A Tool That Understands What You Mean

Whisk isn’t just another AI image generator. It represents a shift—from trying to describe what you want, to showing what you mean. With its subject-scene-style model and built-in animations, Whisk helps creators move faster with more precision.

If AI image tools have frustrated you in the past, Whisk is your fresh start.

And if you're ready to level up how you use tools like this in your marketing, we’re here to help.

Join the next workshop →

Best AI Tools for Small Biz Marketing

Thu, 19 Jun 2025 23:46:49 GMT

Overwhelmed by AI tools? Try Google’s AI Suite, FX.

�� Prefer to listen?
This blog is also available as a podcast-style audio! Whether you're on a walk, commuting, or multitasking, you can hear a narrated version of this post and start exploring Google’s AI tools hands-free. Just press play and learn on the go.

Small businesses today face a paradox: there's no shortage of AI tools for marketing, but figuring out which ones actually work is overwhelming. You want tools that are affordable, easy to adopt, and deliver real impact—boosting brand visuals, content, and storytelling without steep learning curves or budgets. Enter Google’s labs.google/fx , home to four powerful generative AI experiments— Whisk , Flow , ImageFX , and MusicFX . Each tool supports a different marketing channel—visuals, video, audio, narrative—with intuitive design and startup agility in mind. In this blog, we'll explore how each tool helps small businesses amplify their marketing strategy. Plus, we'll provide actionable steps to start using them today.

Introducing Our Google Labs FX Series

This article kicks off a new series where we’ll explore Google Labs' suite of creative AI tools —Whisk, Flow, ImageFX, and MusicFX—and how small businesses can use them to level up their marketing. In today’s post, we’ll give you a high-level overview of each tool and how they fit into a modern content strategy. But this is just the beginning.

Over the next few weeks, we’ll take a deeper dive into each tool individually , sharing step-by-step tutorials, real-world use cases, and optimization tips to help you get the most out of every click and prompt. So if you're curious about how these experiments can become everyday assets for your business, stay tuned. There's a lot more to come.

labs.google/fx: A Home for AI Marketing Tools

The labs.google/fx playground is where Google tests its latest generative AI tech. It offers early access to four distinct tools – visual mixing with Whisk , cinematic clip creation with Flow , image generation via text with ImageFX , and soundtrack creation using MusicFx. . All are free to try, accessible in supported countries, and designed for rapid prototyping—perfect for marketing teams experimenting with content ideas without a designer or a studio budget .

Whisk – image remix from image prompts
Flow – generate short video clips
ImageFX – text-to-image generation
MusicFX – text-to-music loops up to 70 seconds

Each tool is built for simple input → quick output—a boon for busy small business operations.

Whisk: Remix Your Visuals with AI

Why use Whisk for marketing visuals?

Perfect for quick ideation—brand mood boards, social assets, or product mock-ups
No design team? No problem—remix existing visuals effortlessly
Supports creative experimentation with almost zero learning curve

How Whisk works

Drag-and-drop any image for subject , scene , and style.
Behind the scenes, Gemini creates captions, then Imagen 3 (or 4) generates your remixed output
Final image captures essence—not exact details—allowing imaginative results.
Prompt transparency lets you review and tweak the underlying AI prompt

Steps to use Whisk

Head to labs.google/fx , click Whisk
Click on the ENTER TOOL button and complete the privacy policy acknowledgement.
Once in the tool, click on the black cirlce with an arrow in it. This is located in the upper left corner of the app.
You can use text prompts or upload or drag visuals into slots: subject/scene/style
Generate and review results
Optional: edit the AI prompt for tweaks
Download and use the images for posts, ads, banners

Prompting Tips

To make the most of Whisk, choose distinct images that each clearly represent your subject, setting, and artistic style. Think intentionally about the emotion or theme you want the final output to capture. After uploading, Whisk auto-generates a prompt that can be edited—this is where refinement pays off. Try adjusting tone, mood, or even adding descriptors like "in golden hour light" or "inspired by watercolor illustrations" to help guide the AI.

Using ChatGPT

ChatGPT is a great companion for building or enhancing Whisk prompts. If you're not sure how to describe an image concept, just ask: “Can you describe a serene mountain lake scene in an editorial photography style?” You can also request mood-specific variants, like “Make this description feel more bold and energetic.” Use the resulting text to replace or refine Whisk’s generated caption for more on-brand results.

Flow: Produce Cinematic Clips in Minutes

Why use Flow?

Ideal for bite-size marketing content—teasers, story clips, product highlights
No video production team needed; just input a prompt and go
Keeps brand consistency across clips with unified AI models

How Flow works

Choose Flow from labs.google
Provide prompts or a script
AI model (e.g. Veo 3) generates short clips (no audio yet)
Reach out to edit direction or prompt
Download clips for platforms like Instagram or ads

Steps to use Flow (you can sign up for 1 month free)

Log in at labs, accept terms
Click on the Subscribe button and follow prompts if not already subscribed
Resize browser window if “Get started” button is hidden
Enter prompt; e.g.,
Bright, modern workspace. A laptop screen playing a cool AI video of a monkey.

Voice-Over (8 Seconds):
“Meet Whisk, Flow, ImageFX, and MusicFX—Google’s new AI tools. This is just the beginning.”
Click on the equalizer icon and choose Veo 3 -quality
Preview generated clip
Refine or download the video

Prompting Tips

AVOID TEXT OVERLAYS. When writing prompts for Flow, visualize the camera. Describe what it sees, how it moves, and the overall emotion of the scene. A strong Flow prompt includes elements like setting, movement, lighting, and tone—e.g., “A slow pan across a sunlit coffee shop as steam rises from cups and people chat at wooden tables.” The more visual your language, the better the results.

Using ChatGPT

ChatGPT helps bring structure and clarity to your video ideas. If you only have a vague concept—say, “something modern and calm”—ChatGPT can convert that into a director-style prompt. Try: “Write a cinematic prompt for a 5-second video that conveys innovation in a clean, modern workspace.” You can also ask for multiple variations that match different campaign goals, such as “Make it feel playful” or “Add more movement.”

ImageFX: Transform Text into Images

Why use ImageFX?

Quick creation of brand visuals—ads, hero images, thumbnails
Promotes visual experimentation with expressive style controls
Synthetic watermark ensures transparency and authenticity

How ImageFX works

Powered by Imagen 2 , Google’s advanced text-to-image model
Users type prompts and tweak via “expressive chips” to adjust aesthetic
Generates high-quality images with safety filters and SynthID watermark

Steps to use ImageFX

Launch via labs.google/fx → ImageFX
Type your prompt, e.g.,
"Modern minimalist workspace with a laptop open to a colorful screen that says 'Google Labs AI Tools'. Natural sunlight streams in from a window. On the desk: coffee mug, notepad, phone, and creative tools like a camera or sketchbook. Clean background. Warm tones. Inspirational and professional vibe.""
Click generate, then use chips to refine style
Download and integrate into campaigns

Prompting Tips

To generate great results, write with specificity. Include the subject, context, lighting, and artistic style. A generic prompt like “a person in an office” can be transformed into “a young entrepreneur working at a minimalist desk, early morning light streaming in, cinematic photo style.” Think in visual layers—what’s in the scene, what mood should it convey, and how should it feel?

Using ChatGPT

If you're unsure how to construct your prompt or want to elevate a basic idea, ChatGPT can help. Ask for help with something like: “Write a descriptive image prompt for a blog about remote work culture that feels inspiring and professional.” You can also request stylistic variations, compare prompt options, or ask ChatGPT to refine tone, e.g., “Make this more editorial” or “Add an ethereal vibe.”

MusicFX: Add Sound to Your Brand

Why use MusicFX?

Adds audio branding—podcast intros, ads, store ambiance
Provides high-quality loops (60–70 seconds), generated quickly
Enhances engagement across multimedia touchpoints

How MusicFX works

Input a textual prompt (“upbeat lounge track with bells and bass”)
MusicLM generates audio loops, with expressive chips for variation
Outputs include SynthID watermark for identifiability

Steps to use MusicFX

Select MusicFX from labs page
Enter prompt, like Upbeat electronic jingle with soft synths, digital beeps, and light percussion. Catchy, modern, and tech-forward vibe. Inspired by startup branding and innovation. Loopable, 70 seconds. Bright and professional tone with a hint of curiosity. Ideal for introducing new tech tools or AI content.
Generate and listen to loops
Download and integrate into videos, stores, presentations

Start Innovating Now

Ready to bring AI into your small business marketing toolkit? Here's how to begin:

Visit labs.google/fx (external link) and sign in
Pick a tool based on your campaign goal:
Whisk for image remix
ImageFX for text‑to‑image assets
Flow for video clips
MusicFX for audio backgrounds
Generate content, experiment with prompts and chips
Download outputs and integrate into social media, ads, website
Gather audience feedback and iterate fast

These tools are experimental—but they give you a sandbox to test creative ideas without hiring.

Why This Helps Your Small Biz

Low cost : no licenses or subscriptions
Speed : go from idea to asset in minutes
Versatility : cover visual, audio, video, and brand storytelling
Control : tweak AI prompts, transparently review output

Embracing labs.google/fx allows you to compete with larger brands without massive budgets—ideal for marketing agility.

Final Thoughts: Experiment to Win

Exploring Whisk , Flow , ImageFX , and MusicFX gives you a no-risk, high-impact way to modernize marketing efforts. By experimenting with these AI tools, you can generate custom content, refine brand voice, and adapt faster—all without steep costs. Start prototyping content today in just a few clicks.

�� labs.google/fx

Thanks for reading! For more insights on integrating AI into your strategy, dive into our posts on social media AI tips, video marketing, and content workflows.

Want to See These Tools in Action?

Join us for our free Friday workshop , where we’ll show you how to use AI tools like Whisk, Flow, ImageFX, and MusicFX to create powerful marketing content—fast. Whether you're brand new to AI or looking to sharpen your skills, this hands-on session will give you the clarity and confidence to start creating.

�� Every Friday at 2 PM EST

�� Hosted by Web Education Services

�� Sign up here to reserve your spot!

Sounding Real Matters: The Problem with Robotic Voiceovers

Thu, 12 Jun 2025 20:19:07 GMT

ElevenLabs: Free Text to Speech & AI Voice Generator

You’ve heard it before. Maybe on a Reel, maybe in a YouTube Short. That buttery-smooth, engaging voiceover that makes the content pop. Then you try to recreate it yourself—only to end up with something stiff, robotic, and instantly skippable. It’s frustrating, especially when you're trying to make your content stand out. AI voiceovers have come a long way, but finding one that feels real, dynamic, and human has often felt out of reach—until now.

Enter ElevenLabs.

Learn how to use it:

One of the best parts about ElevenLabs is that you can try it out immediately— without signing in or providing any personal info. Just go to https://elevenlabs.io , scroll to the demo section, and you’ll see a text box ready to use.

Here’s how to use it:

Go to the Homepage
Navigate to elevenlabs.io on your browser.
Enter Your Text
Type or paste up to 1,000 characters of text. This is typically enough for a 30-second voiceover.
Choose a Voice
The voices rotate frequently in the free demo. You may find realistic male, female, and accented voices—but the selection changes regularly , so you can't always expect consistency between uses.
Generate and Listen
Click the play button to generate your audio. Within seconds, you’ll get a lifelike voiceover that sounds much more natural than what older AI tools offer.

⚠️ Limitations of the Free Demo:

No customization or prompting : You can't control tone, emotion, or pacing.
Limited characters : Only 1,000 characters per generation.
Inconsistent voices : Since the available voices vary, it’s difficult to create a consistent brand sound across multiple projects.

For anyone testing voiceovers for Reels, Shorts, or quick intros, it’s an excellent entry point. But if you need control and reliability, you’ll want to explore the paid plans.

Prompting for Eleven V3: Emotional Control & Voice Direction

Before you read about prompting, take a listen to what we were able to create for Web Education Services:

Once you create an account and switch to Version 3 (V3) , you unlock a powerful feature called prompting . This allows you to direct the AI voice actor’s tone, emotion, delivery speed, and even add sound effects using simple text-based tags.

✅ You MUST be in V3 to use prompts.

Prompting is not supported in V2 or earlier versions.

Voice Prompting Tags in V3

You can embed any of the following tags into your text to influence how the AI delivers the line:

�� Emotion & Delivery Style

[excited]
[curious]
[sarcastic]
[sincere]
[mischievously]
[crying]

��️ Vocal Sounds & Reactions

[laughs], [laughs harder], [starts laughing], [wheezing]
[sighs], [exhales]
[snorts]
[swallows], [gulps]

�� Whispering

[whispers]

�� Accents

[strong French accent], [strong German accent], etc.

�� Musical/Performance

[sings], [woo], [fart] (yes, seriously)

�� Sound Effects

[clapping], [applause], [explosion], [gunshot]

These tags can be used inline for dynamic control:

csharp

CopyEdit

[excited] You’re going to love what’s coming next.

[whispers] Just between us, this tool is a game-changer.

Character Limits by Version:

Version 3 (V3) : 3,000 characters per voice generation with full prompting support.
Version 2 (V2) : 5,000 characters per generation—but no prompting capability.

If your content depends on nuanced delivery, V3 is the better choice despite the lower character limit.

Using the Free ElevenLabs Account After You Sign Up

Once you’ve signed up for a free ElevenLabs account, you unlock far more than the demo on their homepage. The dashboard gives you access to Studio , Instant Voice Cloning , and basic text-to-speech generation —all with more control and a cleaner workflow.

Here’s how to make the most of it:

Step 1: Sign Up for a Free Account

Head to elevenlabs.io and click “Sign Up.” All you need is an email address and password to get started. No credit card required.

Step 2: Open the Speech Synthesis Studio

Once logged in, you’ll land on your personal dashboard. From the menu, select “Speech Synthesis” under the Studio section. This is where you can generate voiceovers from your scripts using ElevenLabs’ realistic voices.

Step 3: Choose Your Voice

You’ll see a variety of preset AI voices, and new ones are added often. Each voice comes with a sample playback option, so you can choose the tone and delivery that suits your project.

Pro tip: Since you’re on the free plan, you don’t have access to voice cloning yet—but the built-in voices are still remarkably lifelike.

Step 4: Paste Your Script

You can paste up to 1,000 characters per generation . That’s roughly 30–60 seconds of audio, depending on pacing and punctuation. If your script is longer, you’ll need to split it into smaller chunks.

Step 5: Hit Generate

Click “Generate” and wait a few seconds. Your audio will appear as a downloadable file you can preview, download as MP3, or use in your content.

What You Can and Can’t Do on the Free Plan

✅ What’s Included:

10,000 credits/month (~10 minutes of text-to-speech)
Use of all available stock voices
Access to Studio interface
Audio file downloads for non-commercial use
Speech-to-text and limited AI conversation tools

Voice prompting

If you're just experimenting , the free version is a great place to start. You can produce high-quality samples, test your content’s audio impact, and get a feel for what’s possible—all without spending a dime.

When you’re ready for longer scripts, brand consistency, or commercial rights, upgrading to Starter or Creator makes the workflow even smoother.

ElevenLabs Pricing: Plans for Every Creator

We have no affiliation with ElevenLabs, and there are no affiliate links on our site. We do this because we are trying to sell our Marketing Essentials course. That’s just the truth. This is all part of our content marketing strategy.

With that said here’s the pricing breakdown.

ElevenLabs offers a generous free tier , but once you want consistency, voice cloning, and longer scripts, upgrading makes a lot of sense. Here’s a breakdown of their pricing as of June 2025:

Free — $0/month

For testing and experimentation

10,000 credits/month (about 10 minutes TTS)
Text to Speech, Speech to Text, Conversational AI, Studio, Dubbing, API Access

Starter — $5/month ($1 first month)

For hobbyists

30,000 credits/month (30 minutes TTS)
Commercial license
Instant Voice Cloning
20 Studio projects
Dubbing Studio

Creator — $22/month ($11 first month)

Pro — $99/month

For serious content production

500,000 credits/month (500 minutes TTS)
44.1kHz PCM audio via API

With flexible pricing and a robust feature set, ElevenLabs scales with you—from your first Reel to your tenth product launch.

Sign Up for Office Hours: Learn to Use Tools Like a Pro

We don’t just tell you what tools to use—we show you how to use them. Sign up for our free weekly Marketing Office Hours , where we dive into tools like ElevenLabs and show you how to integrate them into your business strategy.

You’ll learn how to:

Write scripts that sound great aloud
Use prompting to create engaging narration
Combine audio with visuals for short-form content

�� Reserve your seat for our next live session here.

Explore More Marketing Tools

Check out our other resources:

And don’t forget— ElevenLabs.io is the place to start if you want your voiceovers to finally sound human.

NotebookLM for Smarter Content Creation

Thu, 05 Jun 2025 16:58:02 GMT

Learn how NotebookLM helps you turn articles, PDFs, and links into fresh marketing content for blogs, emails, and more.

Want to Listen Instead? Try This NotebookLM Example

If you’d rather hear this article than read it—or want to see NotebookLM in action—check out this real-life demo. Using the Google NotebookLM podcast feature, we generated an AI-hosted conversation based on the exact content of this post.

�� Listen Below ��

Content Marketing Is Changing-Here’s How to Keep Up

The era of quick posts and surface-level lead gen is over. Content marketing today is all about showing up in the right format, at the right time, on the right channel. That means your content can’t just live in one place or take one shape. Some people read blogs. Others watch short-form videos, scroll Instagram carousels, or prefer PDF downloads and podcasts. If you’re going to win at content marketing now, you need to meet people where they are—and they are everywhere.

But here’s the challenge: Creating that much content takes time. A lot of time. That’s where tools like NotebookLM come in. This isn’t just another AI tool; it’s a content marketer’s shortcut to strategic, multi-format media creation.

Jumping Ahead: How NotebookLM Supercharges Content Creation

Before we break down what NotebookLM is, let’s talk about what it does . This is one of those tools where the benefit becomes immediately obvious once you start using it. Here’s the high-level tactic:

NotebookLM allows you to load in large amounts of information and generate usable, ready-to-deploy content.

That includes:

Uploading PDFs like real estate market reports , whitepapers , or data sets
Dropping links to articles you want to reference
Copy-pasting plain text or transcripts
Grouping all of that information into a “notebook” organized by topic

Once your data is loaded, NotebookLM acts like your personal research assistant. It gives you:

Summaries of complex topics
Suggested blog outlines
Email marketing content
Social media posts
FAQs
Ideas for lead magnets and downloads

Instead of spending hours reading and extracting insights, NotebookLM hands you a ready-to-use content pack—rooted in your actual research. That’s a big win for content teams, solo creators, real estate agents, coaches, and course builders.

Podcast Generation with NotebookLM

One of the most innovative features of NotebookLM is its ability to generate custom AI-hosted podcasts based on your uploaded content. This isn’t just a robotic text-to-speech playback or a dry read-through of your notes. It’s a full-on conversation—two lifelike AI voices discussing your documents as if they were podcast hosts.

Think of it like this: You upload a market report, service guide, or collection of blog posts, and NotebookLM produces a podcast episode where the hosts explain, debate, and break down the highlights. It sounds remarkably human, with natural pacing, inflection, and even personality in the delivery.

This feature is perfect for:

Quick content repurposing into audio format
Internal reviews of long-form reports
Giving clients or teams an easy way to digest complex info
Creating audio posts to embed on blog pages or newsletters

Whether you're using it as a supplement to your own podcast or as a standalone audio resource, this feature opens up a new, accessible channel for your audience—and does it without extra recording equipment, editing software, or scripting time.

If you're trying to expand into multi-format media (and you should be), this is one of the fastest ways to get high-quality audio content without hiring a team.

What Other Kind of Content Can NotebookLM Generate?

Once you’ve loaded up your sources, NotebookLM becomes your creative partner. Here’s a quick look at the kinds of content it can help you create:

✅ Blog Articles

Ask it to create a blog post based on a market trend, service, or common customer problem. It’ll use your uploaded sources to write with context.

✅ Email Marketing Copy

Create a newsletter, a drip sequence, or a “what you missed” weekly recap. It can help turn complex ideas into simple, reader-friendly updates.

✅ Social Media Captions

Generate short posts for LinkedIn, Instagram, or Facebook that pull highlights and statistics from your uploaded documents.

✅ FAQs & Customer Support Scripts

NotebookLM can extract key questions and generate easy-to-understand answers—perfect for customer onboarding or knowledge base content.

✅ Ad Copy

Use it to write Google Ads, Facebook Ads, or even text for promoted YouTube videos.

✅ Scripts & Video Outlines

You can generate a script for a 60-second video based on your notebook, or even a longer presentation outline.

✅ Lead Magnet & Resource Ideas

It can propose outlines for eBooks, checklists, and downloadable guides—based on content you already have.

All of this is done using your own material, so you stay on brand and relevant to your audience.

So, What Is NotebookLM?

Let’s rewind for a second and talk about what NotebookLM actually is . NotebookLM (short for “Language Model”) is a free tool by Google designed to make working with large bodies of information easier.

Think of it as a smarter, more focused version of a digital notebook—powered by artificial intelligence.

How it works:

Create a Notebook: Start a new project and give it a name.
Add Sources: You can upload PDFs, paste raw text, or add URLs. NotebookLM pulls the full content into your notebook.
Ask Questions or Request Content: Once your data is in, you can ask NotebookLM questions like, “Summarize this report,” “Write a blog based on this,” or “What are 5 takeaways from this guide?”
It Responds with Context: Because it only pulls from the sources you upload, NotebookLM is focused, not vague. Your outputs are always relevant.

It's not a replacement for good writing, but it’s an accelerator—especially when you're working with a lot of data or need to create multiple content formats quickly.

Why NotebookLM Should Be in Your Marketing Stack

Content creators are stretched thin. Between strategy, writing, design, and promotion—it’s a lot to manage. NotebookLM is one of the few tools that doesn’t just promise help; it actually delivers.

Here’s why we love it:

Time-Saving: You can create a week’s worth of content in an afternoon.
Research-Based: Outputs are tied to the documents and data you upload.
Multi-Format Support: From blogs to reels, it gets you started faster.

No Extra Cost: As of now, it’s free to use.

Want to See It in Action?

We’re teaching a free workshop this Friday to show you exactly how to use NotebookLM in your content workflow. Bring a PDF, a blog post, or even a YouTube transcript—and we’ll show you how to turn it into a week’s worth of content.

�� All workshops are free… for now.

Reserve your spot here:
�� https://www.webeducationservices.com/sign-up

Can’t make it this week? We host free workshops every Friday , and you can always view upcoming topics, explore our Marketing Launchpad Course, or check out our blog for tips on digital marketing and AI tools.

AI Voice-Over in Canva: Easy Video Upgrade

Thu, 29 May 2025 17:44:37 GMT

The Secret to More Impactful Videos? It’s All in the Voice

You spend all that time making a video—picking the right images, laying out text, maybe even adding music—and it still doesn’t hit on Reels, YouTube Shorts, Facebook, or TikTok. You scroll past someone else’s video and boom , it just sounds better. It has that smooth voice-over that walks you through the content in 30 seconds flat. It feels professional, even if the visuals are simple.

I used to wonder how they were pulling it off. I’d try to record my own voice—fumbling over words, re-recording takes, and hating how I sounded. I'm not a voice actor. Most of us aren’t. And recording clean audio with the right energy, clarity, and timing? It's a skillset all on its own. But now, Canva is making it easier than ever to close that gap—with AI-generated voice-overs built right into your video editing tools.

How AI Voice-Overs Improve Your Video Content

Voice-overs do something music and visuals alone can’t—they guide your viewer’s attention. They create structure. They add personality. They tell a story. And when done well, they hold people’s attention longer, which is exactly what the algorithms want.

Here’s what voice-overs help with:

Improved Engagement : People are more likely to watch until the end.
Clarity : Voice-overs help explain what’s happening without cluttering the screen with text.
Professionalism : A clean narration makes your content feel more polished.
Accessibility : Not everyone processes visuals the same way. Some need audio cues to stay engaged.

And the best part? You don’t need a microphone, recording setup, or acting chops to do it anymore. New AI tools can generate natural-sounding voice-overs from your script—fast.

Canva's Built-In AI Voice-Over Feature (Yes, Even in the Free Version)

Canva quietly rolled out an update to its Audio app , and it includes a Generate AI Voice option. Even free users can now access two built-in AI voices —a friendly female and a calm male narrator—that are surprisingly realistic for everyday videos.

Here’s what Canva now offers:

Instant voice-over generation from a short script.
Two default voices available for free users.
Direct integration into your Canva video project —no external software required.
Easy editing if you want to reword or re-time your narration.

This is a game-changer, especially if you’re making Instagram Reels, Facebook Ads, or TikToks and just want a clean 30-second explanation without recording yourself.

Step-by-Step: Create a Video with AI Voice-Over in Canva

Want to try it? Here’s how I build short-form videos in Canva using the new voice-over tool.

1. Start a New Video Project

Open Canva and choose either:

Mobile Video (for Reels, TikTok, Shorts)
Video (Landscape) (for YouTube, Facebook)

These presets help you size your video for the platform you want.

2. Layout Your Visuals

Drag in your photos or video clips. If you’re doing a 30-second explainer, I like to use:

6 slides total
5 seconds per slide
Each slide has a headline, subtext, and 1 engaging image

Use Canva's animation tools or zoom-in effects for movement. Keep it simple.

3. Add the Audio App

If you haven’t added it yet:

Click “Apps” in the left menu
Search for “Audio”
Add it to your project

You’ll now see the voice-over tool appear in your audio options.

4. Generate AI Voice from Your Script

Click on the audio App.

Click “Generate AI Voice” .

You’ll be prompted to:

Paste in your script
Choose the voice (two available for free users)
Click Generate

No script? Jump over to ChatGPT and prompt:

“Write a 30-second voice-over script about [your topic] for social media.”

Once your voice-over is generated, it’s dropped right into your timeline.

5. Sync the Voice-Over with Your Visuals

Trim your slides to match the pacing of your audio. Add background music if you want (just lower the volume so it doesn’t overpower the voice).

That’s it. You’ve just created a voice-over video without a mic, studio, or awkward recordings.

Prefer to watch the step? Click below.

Want Help Making Better Videos? Join Us Friday at 2 PM

Every Friday at 2 PM , I host a free virtual workshop where we walk through tools like this. Whether you want to

If you found this helpful, join our free Marketing Essentials Office Hours every Friday at 2 p.m. EST. We host live Q&As, show real examples, and offer personalized advice for your business—whether you’re DIYing your marketing or just want to stay ahead of the game.

�� Register here and join us this Friday

Let’s make marketing easier, one tool at a time.

Create a Free Voiceover in Minutes with ChatGPT + Chrome Extension

Fri, 23 May 2025 01:33:23 GMT

How to Create a Professional Voiceover for Your Business -Without Hiring a Voice Actor

If you’ve ever needed a voiceover for a product video, social media ad, or customer support message, you know it can be expensive—or intimidating if you're doing it yourself. But here’s the good news: you can now create high-quality voiceovers for free , using just a few easy tools.

In this guide, we’ll walk you through how to use ChatGPT to write your script, read it aloud using AI, and record it effortlessly using a free Chrome extension.

Prefer to Watch Instead?

If you’d rather see the process in action, you can watch our step-by-step video walkthrough below .

Or, continue reading to follow along with the full written guide.

Let’s dive in.

Step 1: Write Your Script with ChatGPT

The hardest part of creating a voiceover? Writing the script. But ChatGPT makes it incredibly simple.

Visit chat.openai.com .
Sign up if you don’t have an account—it's free. Note: there are limitations to the free account.
If you’re a ChatGPT Plus subscriber, you’ll also get access to voice features like Read Aloud .

Pro Tip: Type something like:

“Write a 30-second voiceover script for a small bakery advertising fresh muffins and coffee.”

Within seconds, you’ll get a polished script ready to go.

Step 2: Use the Read Aloud Feature

Once your script is ready, you can preview how it sounds before recording.

Look for the headphone icon or volume/speaker icon just below ChatGPT’s response.
Click it, and the AI will read your script aloud.
If you would like to change the voice: Click on your name, go to Settings , then select Speech to choose a different voice if you’d like a different tone or speaking style. This lets you hear how your message will sound in real time.

Step 3: Install Chrome Audio Capture

To record the voiceover, all you need is a free Chrome extension.

Go to the Chrome Web Store
Search for Chrome Audio Capture
Click Add to Chrome , then Add Extension

You’ll now see a small red-and-white icon in your browser toolbar—this is your audio recorder.

Step 4: Record the Voiceover

Here’s how to record your voiceover directly from ChatGPT:

Click the Chrome Audio Capture icon in your toolbar
Click Start Capture
Go back to ChatGPT and play your script using the Read Aloud feature
When it finishes, click the extension icon again
Click Save Capture

Your audio will download as an MP3 file , ready to use in your next video, ad, or customer interaction.

You’re Done!

Just like that, you’ve:

Written a professional script
Heard it read aloud
Recorded it—all without hiring a voice actor or paying for software

Want Help Turning Your Script Into a Full Campaign?

We’re here to help. Whether you want to build a full video ad, set up an email sequence, or polish your branding—let us know. We specialize in helping small businesses make a big impact with simple tools .

Join Us Fridays to Learn More

This is just one of many ways we use AI to save time, lower costs, and help small businesses look polished and professional online.

�� Register here and join us this Friday

AI Headshots | Create Professional Photos

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 16 May 2025 17:47:52 GMT

Learn how to use AI tools like ChatGPT to generate professional staff photos without the hassle or cost.

How to Use AI to Create Professional Photos of You and Your Staff

Too Busy (or Broke) for a Photo Shoot? Try This Instead

If you’re like most business owners, you’ve had at least one of these problems: you want great staff photos for your website or social media, but it’s too expensive, too time-consuming, or too unpredictable with staff turnover. Maybe you booked a photo shoot months ago, only to have your office manager leave the next week. Maybe you’ve been meaning to schedule something for your team, but someone’s always out sick or on vacation.

The good news? You don’t need to wait anymore. Using AI tools like ChatGPT, you can create stunning, professional-looking staff images from a single uploaded photo—and do it all in minutes. It’s a fun, cost-effective way to get consistent visuals for your marketing, and I’m going to show you how to get started.

Use ChatGPT to Create AI-Enhanced Staff Photos

Yes, ChatGPT can actually help you create marketing photos. Through built-in tools like image generation and editing, you can upload a real photo of yourself or your team member and then generate dozens of variations: different outfits, settings, backdrops, poses, even professional “headshots” or lifestyle shots that look ready for your website or LinkedIn.

AI-Enhanced photos are perfect for:

Creating consistent team bios and staff pages
Swapping seasonal outfits or backgrounds
Building graphics for speaking events, reels, or flyers
Replacing outdated staff images without scheduling a new shoot

You can generate your images with just a few clicks—and if you’re already using ChatGPT Plus, it’s built right in.

Upload Tips: What Photos Work Best with AI?

Not every photo is ideal for AI generation, so here are a few tips to help the tech do its best work:

Use a clear, well-lit photo. Natural light works great. Make sure your face is fully visible, not obscured by hats or sunglasses.
Face the camera. Head-on or slightly angled photos tend to work better than extreme profiles.
Simple backgrounds. A plain wall or outdoor shot with minimal distractions helps the AI focus on you.
Upload a solo photo. For best results, use a picture where only one person is present—group shots tend to confuse the generator.

Once you’ve uploaded your photo, you can start prompting the AI for what you want. You don’t need to be technical. You just describe the image you’re looking for—and the AI handles the rest.

Try These Fun AI Photo Prompts

Once your image is uploaded, try prompts like these to create variations:

Branded Office Wall
Put me standing confidently in front of a modern office wall with a visible company logo. The space should feature a clean, minimal design with soft overhead lighting and a polished, professional atmosphere. I'm wearing business casual attire, such as a collared shirt or polo, and the background includes subtle reflections or glass elements. The style should be clean, crisp, and corporate.
Professional Headshot with Soft Gray Background
Make this a professional headshot with a soft, neutral gray background. Use even studio lighting and frame the upper torso. My expression is relaxed with a slight smile. I’m wearing a navy or charcoal blazer or a collared shirt. The overall look should be clean, polished, and LinkedIn-ready.
Sunny Outdoor with Palm Trees
Turn this into a photo of me standing outdoors in bright natural sunlight. Palm trees should sway gently in the background, under a vibrant blue sky with a few soft clouds. I should look relaxed but confident, wearing smart casual attire. The lighting is warm and golden, with a lifestyle branding vibe.
Speaking on Stage
Make this a photo of me delivering a keynote speech on stage under a dramatic spotlight. I'm mid-gesture, speaking confidently to an audience that's softly blurred in the background. The stage lighting should have warm or cinematic tones. I'm dressed in business casual or a branded polo, and the setting should feel like a real professional event or TED-style talk.
Lifestyle Brand Kitchen
Put me in a bright, modern kitchen with clean white countertops and cabinets. Natural daylight should stream in from a nearby window, creating a soft, airy feel. Add a few lifestyle touches like small plants or a coffee mug. I'm dressed casually, smiling or in a relaxed pose, with a magazine-style, brand-friendly look.

You can even get creative and say:

“Make me look like a real estate agent standing in front of a luxury home.”
“Create a fun team photo background with everyone smiling at a ribbon cutting.”

You’ll be amazed at what’s possible—and how fast you can get the results you need for your next email, flyer, or landing page.

Join Us Fridays to Learn More

This is just one of many ways we use AI to save time, lower costs, and help small businesses look polished and professional online.

�� Register here and join us this Friday

The 3 Most Overlooked Website Mistakes Small Businesses Make and How to Fix them Fast

rachelle@webeducationservices.com (Rachelle Babcock) — Wed, 07 May 2025 18:27:26 GMT

Make your website work harder (and smarter) with these simple, high-impact fixes

�� Would you prefer to listen to this article instead?
We've turned it into a short podcast episode so you can absorb the tips while you're walking the dog, driving to work, or just multitasking.

�� Listen Below!

Don’t Let These Website Mistakes Cost You Clicks

You don’t need to be a professional web designer to know when a website feels “off.” Maybe it’s slow to load, hard to navigate, or just… kind of bland. As a social media marketer and designer, I see it all the time: business owners pour effort into social media, but their website is silently turning visitors away.

Let’s fix that.

These are the three most common mistakes I see on small business websites—and the fast fixes that can make a big difference in your leads, engagement, and search results.

Website Mistake #1: No Clear Call-to-Action (CTA)

You’ve got a homepage, maybe an About section, even a gallery—but what do you want people to do?

Whether it’s “Book Now,” “Get a Quote,” or “Shop the Sale,” your website needs one crystal-clear call-to-action that guides visitors. Without it, they bounce.

The Fix:

Add a bold CTA button above the fold on your homepage. Use action-driven language like:

“Schedule Your Free Consult”
“Start Your Order”
“Claim Your Discount”

Bonus tip: Repeat your CTA in at least two other spots—footer and service/product pages.

Website Mistake #2: Mobile? Not Really

Most people visit your website from their phone. But if your site isn’t optimized for mobile, you’re losing them fast.

Common red flags:

Text too small to read
Buttons too tiny to tap
Images loading out of order

The Fix:

Open your website on your phone and check for:

Easy-to-read font (minimum 16px)
Buttons that are thumb-friendly (at least 44px tall)
Fast loading (test with PageSpeed Insights)

Website Mistake #3: Not Connecting Website and Socials

Your social media is where you build relationships. Your website is where you close the deal. But too often, they’re not linked properly.

The Fix:

Make sure every social platform you use links to your website—and that your website links back to them. Add social icons to your site header or footer.

Even better: embed your Instagram feed or latest TikTok to show you're active and engaging.

Let’s Make Your Website Work for You

Your website doesn’t have to be perfect—but it should be purposeful. With just a few tweaks, you can turn it into a 24/7 marketing tool that actually converts.

�� Want help applying these tips?

Join our free Marketing Essentials Office Hours every Friday at 2 p.m. EST for personalized help, live Q&A, and real examples.

�� Register here and join us this Friday.

��️ Bonus Content: Want a checklist version of these website must-haves? Download our free “Homepage Audit Checklist for Small Biz Owners” and start optimizing in minutes.

Send us a quick email and we will send it over!

ChatGPT Voice Mode: Conversing with AI

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 02 May 2025 21:09:11 GMT

Learn how to use ChatGPT voice mode. Overcome tech fear, try voice mode, and join our free Friday workshop.

How to Talk to ChatGPT: Starting an Artificial Conversation

New technology moves fast. Sometimes it feels like everyone else is two steps ahead, and you’re still stuck figuring out yesterday’s updates. AI is one of those shifts—suddenly, tools like ChatGPT are everywhere, and people are using them to write, plan, brainstorm, and even talk. But if you’re not sure how to start, or what to say, you’re not alone. Talking to AI isn’t hard—it just takes a little curiosity and a willingness to try.

Let’s walk through how to make it easy, useful, and even a little fun.

You’re Not Behind—You’re Right on Time to Learn ChatGPT Voice Mode

One of the biggest blockers for learning new tech isn’t the technology itself—it’s the mindset. That fear of missing out, of being too late or too old or too out of the loop, is totally normal. But here’s the truth: everyone is still figuring this out. Even the so-called “experts” are experimenting and learning on the fly.

Instead of letting fear of being left behind take over, shift your mindset to one of curiosity. AI and ChatGPT Voice Mode isn’t something to fear—it’s something to explore. Whether you’re a small business owner, a teacher, a retiree, or just someone who wants to be a little more efficient, now is the perfect time to start.

The sooner you stop worrying about being perfect, the sooner you’ll realize just how easy it is to get started.

Using ChatGPT’s Voice Mode

Talking to ChatGPT is as simple as having a conversation—but even easier when you use voice mode. Here’s how it works:

Step 1: Open the ChatGPT app on your phone. Voice is currently available on the mobile app for iOS and Android .
Step 2: Tap the audio icon (featured below) on the bottom right. This activates voice mode.

Mobile Voice Mode

Desktop Voice Mode

Step 3: Start talking. Just like you would with a friend, ask a question or give a command. For example:
“What can I do to help grow my business?”
“What should I make for dinner with only eggs, rice, and spinach?”
Step 4: ChatGPT will respond with a voice answer , and you can follow up by speaking naturally.

No typing, no stress—just a simple back-and-forth.

A Fun Example: ChatGPT, Your Business Growth Buddy

You’re driving between job sites or sipping your morning coffee before a busy day.

You open the ChatGPT app, tap the voice icon, and ask: “Hey ChatGPT, how can I grow my home inspection business?”

ChatGPT replies, “There are several strategies worth exploring—like building relationships with real estate agents, optimizing your Google Business listing, and offering add-on services like wind mitigation or mold testing. Would you like help drafting a marketing plan?”

You respond, “Yes, and maybe some social media post ideas too?”

“Sure. How about a ‘Myth vs. Fact’ series on home inspections for first-time buyers? I can help you write a few to start with.”

Just like that, your AI assistant becomes a marketing coach in your pocket.

Want to try it yourself?

Here are 5 fun prompts to say to ChatGPT using voice mode:

“Tell me a silly joke to start my day.”
“Give me a pep talk before a big meeting.”
“Can you explain Bitcoin like I’m five?”
“What’s a healthy lunch I can make in under 10 minutes?”
“Teach me how to say ‘good morning’ in five different languages.”

Join Our Free Marketing Workshop Every Friday

Getting the hang of talking to AI is just the beginning. Want to go further and learn how AI can help you with your business?

Every Friday from 2 to 3 p.m. EST , we host a free workshop on Zoom focused on marketing for small businesses . It’s fun, casual, and packed with practical tips.

�� Register here and join us this Friday.

Let’s explore what’s possible—together.

How to Get Started with Email Marketing

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 23 Apr 2025 19:37:46 GMT

Learn how to start email marketing—from writing content to choosing platforms and sending your first campaign.

Email marketing is one of the most affordable and effective ways to connect with your audience, drive repeat business, and build long-term relationships with customers. But if you’re just getting started, it can feel overwhelming. You might wonder: What should I write? What software should I use? How do I even get my contacts into the system?

In this guide, we’ll walk you through the first steps to launching your email marketing strategy—from creating compelling content to choosing the right platform and sending your first campaign. Whether you're a small business owner, solo entrepreneur, or marketer just starting out, this article will help you build a strong email foundation.

Step 1: Write Email Content That Isn’t Spammy

The success of your email marketing starts with what you write. If your message feels too promotional or impersonal, it’s likely to be ignored—or worse, flagged as spam. Good email content should sound like a helpful note from someone your subscriber trusts.

Here are some key tips for writing effective emails:

Craft a clear subject line. Keep it under 50 characters, and make sure it tells readers what to expect. Examples: “3 Ways to Save Time This Week” or “How to Choose the Right Shoes for Running.”
Personalize your opening. Use the recipient’s name if possible. Most platforms offer easy personalization tokens.
Keep your tone conversational. Write like you're speaking to a friend. Avoid jargon and keep your message friendly and easy to read.
Make your content useful. Think value-first: educational tips, helpful resources, product advice, how-tos, or exclusive offers that your audience will appreciate.
Avoid long paragraphs. Use short sentences, bullet points, and white space to improve readability.
Include one clear call to action. Ask the reader to click, reply, book a call, or read a blog. Keep it simple and focused.

Tip: Before sending, ask yourself, “Would I be happy to receive this email?”

Step 2: Choose the Right Email Marketing Platform

Your content is only as powerful as the tool you use to deliver it. There are several email marketing platforms to choose from—each with different features, pricing, and learning curves. Let’s compare three of the most popular options for beginners.

Pro tip: Start with a free plan to get familiar. You can always switch or upgrade later as your list and needs grow.

Step 3: Gather and Import Your Email Contacts

Now that you’ve chosen a platform, it’s time to start building your list. You probably already have contacts in your email account—here’s how to export them and get them into your email software.

Export Contacts from Google (Gmail):

Visit Google Contacts .
On the left sidebar, click the Export icon.
Choose your contact group or “All contacts.”
Export as a CSV file (recommended for email platforms).
Save and upload the CSV to your platform of choice.
Not seeing all your contacts? Visit Other Contacts and repeat the steps above.

Export Contacts from Outlook:

Open Outlook.
Go to File > Open & Export > Import/Export .
Choose Export to a file , then select Comma Separated Values (CSV) .
Select your contacts folder and choose a save location.
Upload your CSV file into your email tool.

Make sure you have permission to email everyone on your list. If you’ve collected emails from customers, leads, or people who’ve opted in via forms, you’re in the clear. Avoid importing random email addresses or scraped lists—it’s not worth the risk to your sender reputation.

Step 4: Send Your First Email Campaign

With your contacts imported and your message written, it’s time to send your first campaign.

Most platforms make this process easy with visual editors, templates, and preview tools. You’ll typically:

Choose your audience segment (who you’re emailing)
Select or design your email layout
Customize your content
Preview and test the email
Schedule or send immediately

Here are direct links to helpful tutorials for sending your first email campaign:

Don’t worry if it’s not perfect—just getting started is the most important part.

Join Us for Free Marketing Office Hours

Still feeling stuck? Want help choosing a platform or writing your first campaign?

Come hang out with us every Friday at 2 p.m. during our free office hours. Ask your questions, learn best practices, and get advice.

�� Sign up here

By following these four steps, you’ll have a working email marketing system you can build on. With time, you’ll learn how to segment your list, automate your campaigns, and turn email into a consistent growth channel for your business. Start simple, stay consistent, and remember—we’re here to help.

Just Getting Started?

LinkedIn Articles: Alternative Blogging, How-to, & More

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 17 Apr 2025 18:15:41 GMT

Learn how to use LinkedIn Articles to build your audience, share detailed insights, and boost your brand even without a website.

Build Your Audience with LinkedIn Articles:

A Smarter Way to Share Insights and Grow

If you’ve ever found yourself thinking, “I have so much more to say, but social media feels too short for real conversations,” you're not alone. A lot of professionals feel stuck between wanting to post deeper, more meaningful information and the reality that social platforms are built for quick updates.

At the same time, building an audience—whether for your personal brand, your business, or your career—depends on consistency. You need something efficient, something that lets you share real value without spending hours a day writing or managing a website.

That’s where LinkedIn Articles come in.

They offer an incredible way to share detailed insights, build a real following, and do it all inside the platform where your audience is already spending time.

Let’s dive into why LinkedIn Articles are so powerful, how they work, and how you can start using them to build your brand today.

Why LinkedIn Articles Are a Great Tool for Growing Your Audience

You might already post occasionally on LinkedIn—maybe you share quick updates, reshare industry news, or comment on others’ posts. But articles are different. They allow you to go deeper and offer richer, more valuable content.

Here’s why LinkedIn Articles are worth your attention:

Built-In Audience Access

When you publish an article, it doesn't just sit hidden somewhere. LinkedIn shares it with your connections, notifies people who follow you, and even suggests your article to others based on their interests. Your audience is right there—and so is the potential for discovery.

Long-Term Visibility

A regular LinkedIn post usually fades within a few days. But articles live permanently on your LinkedIn profile. Anyone who visits your profile can see your articles like a portfolio of your expertise. It’s a smart way to leave a lasting impression.

Professional Context

LinkedIn is a place for career-minded, growth-focused people. Users come here looking for real advice, industry news, and thought leadership. Sharing articles positions you exactly where you want to be: as someone with valuable ideas and expertise.

Organic Growth Opportunities

Every article you post opens doors for engagement. People can like, comment, share, and even subscribe to your future posts. Over time, consistent publishing leads to steady audience growth without spending a dime on ads.

Bonus: SEO Benefits

LinkedIn Articles are searchable through Google. When you post a well-written, keyword-optimized article, you increase your chances of being found not just on LinkedIn—but across the internet.

Bottom Line:
If you're serious about building a professional presence online, LinkedIn Articles offer one of the easiest and most effective ways to do it.

LinkedIn Articles: A Perfect Blogging Alternative (Especially If You Don’t Have a Website)

Starting a blog can feel overwhelming. You need a domain name, hosting, a platform, a design, and regular tech upkeep. If you don't have all that ready—or if you just want to focus on writing without the headaches—LinkedIn Articles are a powerful substitute.

Why LinkedIn Is a Great Alternative to a Traditional Blog:

No Tech Setup Needed: You don't need to buy hosting, install WordPress, or learn design skills. You can literally start today.
Immediate Audience: You’re writing inside a platform that already has your ideal readers.
Professional Branding: Each article reinforces your brand and expertise without needing a separate brand website.
Content Library: Articles stay organized on your LinkedIn profile, making it easy for people to browse your knowledge.
Lead Opportunities: Well-written articles can attract connection requests, partnership opportunities, and even client leads.

In short, LinkedIn turns your profile into a dynamic portfolio of your insights, building trust with your audience even before you ever meet them.

Pro Tip:
If you eventually launch your own website, you can repurpose these articles later for your blog or newsletter with just a little editing.

How to Post an Article on LinkedIn: Step-by-Step

Not sure where to begin? Posting an article on LinkedIn is simpler than you might think.

Here's exactly how to do it:

Go to your LinkedIn Homepage.
From your desktop, look for the area at the top where you would normally start a new post.
Click “Write article.”
This option is usually right under the regular post box. It will take you into the article editor.
Choose your author profile.
You can publish as yourself or, if you manage a company page, as your business.
Create a strong title.
Your title should be clear, engaging, and focused on your audience’s interest.
Add a cover image.
Choose an image that fits the theme of your article. It’s the first thing people will see.
Write your article.
Use headings to break up sections, keep paragraphs short for readability, and use bullet points where helpful.
Enhance with links, media, and formatting.
You can add videos, hyperlinks, quotes, and images to make your article more interactive and visually appealing.
Preview before publishing.
Make sure everything looks good on both desktop and mobile.
Publish—and share!
After publishing, create a regular LinkedIn post linking to your article to give it an initial boost.

Bonus Tip:
End your article with a call to action . Invite readers to comment, connect with you, visit your website, or read more articles.

Ready to Try? We Can Help!

If you’re excited to start writing LinkedIn Articles but still feel a little stuck, don’t worry—you don’t have to figure it all out alone.

Join us every Friday at 2 PM EST during our Marketing Essentials Office Hours.

We’ll answer your questions live and help you get the most out of your marketing tools —so your next LinkedIn Article, blog post , or AI image actually looks exactly like what you imagined.

�� Click here to reserve your spot now

3 Free AI Image Tools and 1 Hack for Better Prompts

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 09 Apr 2025 13:53:15 GMT

Discover 3 free AI image generators and a powerful prompt-writing hack to create stunning visuals for your content.

AI Image Tools and Better Prompts

Creating good AI images shouldn’t feel like solving a puzzle. You’ve probably seen incredible AI-generated visuals on social media and thought, “Why don’t mine look like that?” Or worse—maybe you tried a “free” tool only to be hit with a paywall before you could even download your image. I get it. That’s why I’m sharing our 3 favorite free AI image tools and one simple hack that will completely change the way you generate prompts. Whether you're creating content for your business or just exploring your creative side, this guide will help you get better results with fewer headaches.

Hack: How to Write Better AI Prompts Using ChatGPT

Here’s the truth—your image is only as good as your prompt. And if you’ve ever tried typing “dog in space” and got back something that looked like a 1990s sci-fi meme, this trick is for you.

Go to chatgpt.com and open a new chat. In your own words, describe what you want the image to look like. Something like, “I want a peaceful mountain landscape at sunrise with a deer in the foreground.”

Now, just type into the chat field: “Can you write an image prompt for me based on this idea?” Click the send icon —a circle with an up arrow in the lower right corner—and you’ll get back a much more detailed, structured prompt.

Think of ChatGPT as your personal AI prompt stylist. You can copy and use it immediately, or revise it to suit your brand’s tone.

AI Image Tool #1: ChatGPT’s Built-In Image Generator

What most people don’t know is that ChatGPT itself can generate images if you have access to the image generation feature. After ChatGPT gives you a refined image prompt, just type:

“Please create this image.”

If you're using a version of ChatGPT with image generation enabled (like GPT-4 with tools), it will generate the visual for you right there in the chat. You can even go back and say, “Make it more colorful” or “Add a rainbow in the background,” and it will revise it.

It’s seamless and fast—and great for quick ideas or visuals for blog posts, social media, or ad mockups.

AI Image Tool #2: How to Use Ideogram for Free Image Creation

Next up is one of our favorite creative tools: Ideogram . What makes this one stand out is its ability to stylize text and generate truly artistic images .

Here’s how to use it:

Copy the image prompt you created with ChatGPT.
Go to ideogram.ai .
Paste your prompt into the prompt box on their site.
Click Generate and watch the magic happen.

Ideogram is great if you want logos, text-based art, or highly stylized photos . It also offers some pre-set styles you can toggle through. Best of all, it’s currently free and easy to use with no surprise paywalls.

AI Image Tool #3: Canva Dream Lab for Branded Visuals

Canva is already a favorite for marketers and small business owners, but Canva Dream Lab takes things to another level. This tool lives inside Canva’s Dream Lab , where you can generate AI images that match your design aesthetic.

Here’s how to use it:

Open canva.com/dream-lab .
Copy the prompt you got from ChatGPT.
Paste it into Canva Dream Lab’s image generator field.
Hit Generate to see a gallery of image options.

The best part? Once the image is created, it drops right into your Canva canvas, where you can customize, brand, and publish. Canva Dream Lab is perfect for marketers who want brand-friendly visuals in minutes .

Try These Tools Out and Join Us Live on Fridays!

If you loved these tips and want even more step-by-step help, you might want to check out our Marketing Essentials Course . It’s designed to walk you through AI tools, SEO, ads, and content strategies with hands-on guidance.

�� Sign up for the Marketing Essentials Course powered by Web Education Services

Still stuck or have questions? Come hang out with us every Friday at 2 pm EST during our Marketing Essentials Office Hours .

�� Reserve your spot

We’ll answer your questions live and help you get the most out of your tools—so your next AI image actually looks like the one in your head.

Bonus Content: check out the AI images that were generated for this post using these tools and this process...

The Key Variables to a Successful Facebook Ad: What Makes or Breaks Your Campaign

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 14 Oct 2024 19:41:56 GMT

Key Variables to a Successful Facebook Ad

Running a Facebook ad campaign can be a powerful way to grow your business, but it’s not as simple as boosting a post and waiting for leads to roll in. Many factors determine whether a Facebook ad will perform well or fall short. From the objective you choose to the external factors that influence your audience, each element plays a crucial role in driving success. Let’s break down the key variables that can make or break your Facebook ad campaign.

1. Defining the Right Objective

The first and most critical step when creating a Facebook ad is choosing the correct objective. Facebook offers a variety of objectives—such as brand awareness, traffic, engagement, lead generation, or conversions—and selecting the wrong one can mean wasted ad spend. For example, if your goal is to generate leads, but you choose an objective focused on page likes, you may attract an audience that interacts with your page but doesn’t convert.

Make sure your objective aligns with your end goals. Are you aiming to get more website visitors? Focus on traffic. Want more email sign-ups? Lead generation is your best bet. Your objective sets the tone for everything else in your campaign.

2. Targeting the Right Audience

Even the best-designed ad won’t perform well if it’s shown to the wrong audience. Facebook’s advanced targeting tools allow you to zero in on specific demographics, interests, behaviors, and more. However, overly broad targeting can dilute your results, while too narrow targeting can limit your ad’s reach.

The key is to strike the right balance by understanding your buyer personas. Who is your ideal customer? What interests, age ranges, and locations are relevant to them? Facebook's Lookalike Audiences, for instance, help expand your reach by finding users similar to your current customers. The more refined your targeting, the more relevant your ad will be to the audience seeing it.

3. Engaging Visuals: Images and Videos

Facebook is a visually driven platform, so the quality and relevance of your visuals are paramount. Whether you're using images, carousel ads, or video, your visuals need to grab attention within seconds. Here are a few things to consider:

High-Quality Imagery: Pixelated or stocky images can undermine your ad. Invest in quality visuals that reflect your brand and message.
Video Content: Videos tend to outperform static images, especially if they are short, engaging, and deliver a clear message. Keep in mind that many users watch videos without sound, so adding subtitles can boost engagement.
Consistency: Ensure your visuals align with your overall branding. This builds trust and recognition.

4. Crafting Effective Ad Copy

Your ad copy must be compelling, concise, and aligned with the visual content. In Facebook ads, you don’t have much space to convey your message, so every word counts. Here’s what to focus on:

Clarity: Clearly state what the user will gain by clicking the ad. Avoid jargon and keep the language simple and direct.
Emotional Appeal: Tapping into emotions can drive action. Whether it's urgency, curiosity, or joy, emotional triggers can significantly improve engagement.
Benefit-Driven Copy: Highlight how your product or service solves a problem or improves the user's life. Show, don’t tell.

5. A Clear and Compelling Call-to-Action (CTA)

Your CTA is what ultimately drives users to take action. Whether it's "Learn More," "Sign Up," or "Shop Now," your CTA must be crystal clear and aligned with the ad’s objective. It should create urgency and entice users to take the next step. Be sure that the action you're asking users to take makes sense in the context of the ad and the audience's needs.

For example, if you’re targeting first-time visitors to your website, “Buy Now” might feel too aggressive. “Learn More” or “Get Started” could be more appropriate, allowing them to explore your offering before committing.

6. Does the Next Step Make Sense for Your Audience?

Your ad doesn’t exist in a vacuum. The user journey after clicking your ad should be seamless and logical. Ensure the landing page or next step delivers what the ad promised. If users are taken to a cluttered page or a site irrelevant to the ad they clicked, they’ll bounce, and your ad budget will be wasted.

7. External Factors: Marketplace, Pricing, and Brand Trust

Sometimes, even if your ad is perfectly crafted, external factors can influence its success:

Marketplace Conditions: If the market is saturated, it may be harder to stand out. Keeping an eye on competitors’ campaigns can help you adjust your strategy.
Pricing: If your pricing isn’t competitive, even the best ad won’t convert. Make sure your product or service is priced appropriately for your target audience.
Brand Trust: Building brand trust is crucial for conversion. Ads are more likely to perform well if your audience already has a positive perception of your brand. Including testimonials, reviews, or trust signals in your ad or landing page can help build credibility.

Testing and Optimizing for Success

No ad is perfect from the start, which is why continuous testing and optimization are crucial. A/B testing different elements—like your visuals, copy, targeting, and CTA—can reveal what works best for your audience. By carefully monitoring key metrics like click-through rate (CTR), conversion rate, and cost per acquisition (CPA), you can tweak your campaign for better results.

Successful Facebook ads are a blend of strategy, creativity, and an understanding of external factors. By considering the variables outlined here, you can increase the chances that your next Facebook ad campaign will hit its target, engage your audience, and deliver real results for your business.

Take Your Marketing to the Next Level

If you’re ready to create content that gets noticed and ranks well, sign up for our Content Creation Course! Each week, we’ll send you a video and activities that will help you refine your marketing strategy and produce high-quality content. From blog topics to email campaigns, this course will give you the tools to take your marketing to the next level!

How to Use Google Keyword Planner to Pick the Best Content Topics

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 09 Oct 2024 15:15:44 GMT

Struggling to Pick a Content Topic? Google Keyword Planner Can Help!

One of the most frustrating parts of creating marketing content—whether for blogs, emails, or social media posts—is picking the right topic. You know the importance of engaging your audience, but how do you decide what will capture their attention?

You may have plenty of ideas floating around, but without knowing what people are actively searching for, your content might not hit the mark. That’s where Google Keyword Planner steps in. It's a powerful tool designed to help you discover the right topics based on what people are searching for, making the process of choosing a topic easier and more data-driven.

Watch our video below for step by step instructions.

Why Google Keyword Planner Is Essential for Your Business

Google Keyword Planner isn’t just a tool to find keywords—it’s a business resource that can give you a deep understanding of what your customers are looking for. Imagine being able to see exactly what your target audience is searching for, from broad terms to specific phrases. This kind of insight can help you shape your marketing strategy around real demand, ensuring your content is relevant and aligned with your audience’s needs.

Additionally, the Keyword Planner gives you an advantage by providing data on search volume and competition, so you can select keywords that not only fit your business but are also easier to rank for. Whether you're writing a blog post, crafting a social media update, or planning an email campaign, the Keyword Planner helps ensure your content resonates with your audience and improves your SEO efforts.

Getting Started with Google Keyword Planner

Picking a topic for your marketing campaign can be a tough choice. But Google Keyword Planner can make it a lot easier for you. Here’s what you need to do:

Create a Google Account
First, you’ll need a Google account—either a personal Gmail account or a Google Workspace account. Click here for instructions.
Set Up a Google Ads Account
After signing in, you’ll also need a Google Ads account to access Keyword Planner. If you need help with either of these, there are setup guides available online to walk you through the process. Click here for Instructions.

Discover Keywords That Matter

Once you're set up, it's time to dive into the Keyword Planner. Click on “Discover Keywords,” which opens up a tool to help you search for keywords related to your industry. These are the terms that your customers and clients are already talking about, making it easier for you to tap into ongoing conversations.

For example, if your business is centered around digital marketing, a basic keyword like “SEO” (Search Engine Optimization) might be a good starting point. But the real power comes from refining these keywords. After selecting your broad keyword, you can set your target area. For instance, if your business operates in Florida, you can narrow your focus to that state. This provides more relevant data, allowing you to localize your content and marketing efforts.

Analyze Search Volume and Trends

Once you’ve selected your target area and keywords, the next step is to review the search volume. In Keyword Planner, click on “Average Monthly Searches” to get a sense of how popular your selected keywords are. This will help you identify which terms are trending in your target market.

For instance, by analyzing the data for “SEO” in Florida, you may discover that more people are specifically searching for “SEO services” or “SEO marketing.” You can use this insight to refine your content strategy, tailoring it to what people are searching for most.

Leverage Keywords for Content Marketing

Now that you’ve identified the right keywords, it’s time to apply them. Use these keywords to create targeted content that resonates with your audience. Remember, it’s not just about search engine optimization (SEO); it’s about creating content that meets your audience’s needs.

For example, if “SEO marketing” is trending, you could write a blog post or social media update offering tips on SEO best practices, or even an email newsletter featuring an SEO checklist.

By incorporating these relevant keywords, your content will naturally rank higher in search results, bringing more visibility and traffic to your business.

Take Your Marketing to the Next Level

With Google Keyword Planner, choosing the right topics for your content becomes simple and effective. Whether you’re new to marketing or a seasoned pro, this tool provides invaluable insights that help shape successful campaigns. Let the data guide your creativity, and watch your content perform better than ever!

SEO Task List by Service Type: Know What You're Buying

Thu, 12 Sep 2024 13:34:20 GMT

Technical SEO: What It Is and Why It Matters

What is Technical SEO?

Technical SEO refers to the optimization of your website’s backend structure to make it easier for search engines to crawl, index, and rank your content. Think of it as the foundation of your website; without a solid technical base, even the best content and marketing efforts can struggle to perform.

Tasks Included in Technical SEO:

Improving Site Speed: Optimizing images, compressing files, and utilizing browser caching to ensure faster page loading.
Fixing Crawl Errors: Ensuring search engines can properly crawl your website without encountering broken links or other issues.
Implementing SSL Certificates: Securing your website with HTTPS to build trust and improve rankings.
Mobile Optimization: Making your website responsive and functional on all devices, especially mobile.

What to Expect When You Improve Technical SEO:

After addressing technical SEO, you can expect smoother website performance, faster load times, and improved visibility in search engine results. These changes can result in a more user-friendly experience, which in turn reduces bounce rates and boosts engagement.

On-Page SEO: Optimizing Content for Success

What is On-Page SEO?

On-page SEO focuses on optimizing individual pages of your website, ensuring the content is relevant, high-quality, and well-structured for both users and search engines. This includes everything from keyword usage to meta tags and content hierarchy.

Tasks Included in On-Page SEO:

Keyword Optimization: Placing relevant keywords in strategic locations like headers, meta descriptions, and image alt tags.
Content Updates: Ensuring your content is fresh, valuable, and optimized for user intent.
Internal Linking: Creating a strong internal link structure to help search engines understand your content hierarchy.
Meta Tags & Descriptions: Crafting concise, keyword-rich meta titles and descriptions to improve click-through rates.

What to Expect When You Improve On-Page SEO:

Optimizing on-page SEO leads to better keyword rankings, increased organic traffic, and enhanced user engagement. You’ll also see improved readability and search engine comprehension of your website’s content, which contributes to long-term SEO success.

Off-Page SEO: Building Authority and Trust

What is Off-Page SEO?

Off-page SEO refers to the actions taken outside of your website to build its authority, trustworthiness, and relevance. These efforts focus largely on acquiring high-quality backlinks and building your online reputation.

Tasks Included in Off-Page SEO:

Link Building: Earning links from reputable websites that point back to your site.
Social Media Signals: Encouraging social sharing and engagement, which can indirectly impact your rankings.
Guest Blogging: Publishing content on other websites with a backlink to your site.
Directory Submissions: Submitting your website to industry-specific directories to increase its visibility.

What to Expect When You Improve Off-Page SEO:

As your off-page SEO improves, your website will gain more credibility and authority in the eyes of search engines. This leads to higher rankings, greater brand visibility, and a stronger reputation in your industry.

Understanding the Core SEO Services

A Breakdown of Key Tasks for Maximum Impact

When diving into the world of SEO, the sheer volume of tasks and services can feel overwhelming. Without a clear understanding of what each service entails, you might struggle to see how SEO efforts align with your marketing goals.

That’s why it's crucial to know the specific tasks that come with different SEO service types.

Whether it's technical adjustments that make your website more accessible to search engines, on-page enhancements that optimize your content for users, or off-page efforts that boost your site’s authority, each aspect plays a vital role in driving traffic and improving rankings. Below is a breakdown of essential SEO tasks by service type, giving you a better understanding of what you're investing in when you hire an SEO expert.

Technical SEO

Website Speed Optimization: Improving the load time of web pages to enhance user experience and search engine rankings.
Mobile-Friendliness: Ensuring the website is fully responsive and functional on all mobile devices.
XML Sitemap Creation: Developing an XML sitemap to help search engines index the website more effectively.
Robots.txt Optimization: Configuring the robots.txt file to control how search engines crawl the site.
HTTPS Implementation: Securing the website with an SSL certificate to protect user data and improve trustworthiness.
URL Structure Optimization: Creating clean, descriptive, and SEO-friendly URLs.
Canonicalization: Using canonical tags to avoid duplicate content issues.
Schema Markup: Implementing structured data to enhance search engine understanding of the content.
Fixing Crawl Errors: Identifying and resolving errors that prevent search engines from crawling the site efficiently.
Optimizing Site Architecture: Structuring the website in a logical, user-friendly manner to improve navigation and indexing.
Breadcrumb Navigation: Adding breadcrumb trails to enhance user navigation and improve internal linking.
Image Compression: Reducing the file size of images to improve load times without sacrificing quality.
Server Log Analysis: Analyzing server logs to understand how search engines interact with the website.

On-Page SEO

Keyword Research: Identifying relevant keywords to target in content and meta tags.
Title Tag Optimization: Crafting compelling and keyword-rich title tags for each page.
Meta Description Optimization: Writing concise, persuasive meta descriptions that include targeted keywords.
Header Tag Optimization: Using H1, H2, and H3 tags effectively to structure content and highlight important information.
Content Quality: Creating high-quality, original content that provides value to users and answers their queries.
Internal Linking: Strategically linking to other relevant pages within the website to improve navigation and SEO.
Image Alt Text Optimization: Adding descriptive alt text to images to improve accessibility and search engine understanding.
Keyword Density: Maintaining an appropriate keyword density without keyword stuffing.
Content Formatting: Using bullet points, lists, and short paragraphs to enhance readability.
User Experience (UX): Ensuring the website is user-friendly, with easy navigation and a clear call to action.
Outbound Links: Linking to authoritative external websites to add credibility to your content.
Updating Old Content: Regularly refreshing and updating existing content to keep it relevant and accurate.
Multimedia Content: Incorporating images, videos, and infographics to make content more engaging.
Readability Optimization: Writing content that is easy to read and understand, suitable for the target audience.

Off-Page SEO

Backlink Building: Acquiring high-quality backlinks from reputable websites to improve domain authority.
Social Media Marketing: Promoting content on social media platforms to increase visibility and drive traffic.
Guest Blogging: Writing articles for other websites in exchange for backlinks and increased exposure.
Influencer Outreach: Collaborating with influencers to promote your content and website.
Forum Participation: Engaging in online forums and communities relevant to your industry to build credibility and generate backlinks.
Directory Submissions: Submitting the website to reputable online directories to improve visibility.
Content Syndication: Republishing content on third-party sites to reach a broader audience.
Press Releases: Distributing press releases to announce news and updates, gaining backlinks and media coverage.
Local SEO: Optimizing for local search by creating and managing listings on Google My Business and other local directories.
Review Management: Encouraging and responding to customer reviews on platforms like Google, Yelp, and industry-specific sites.
Podcast Appearances: Participating in podcasts to increase brand exposure and gain backlinks.
Q&A Sites: Answering questions on sites like Quora to showcase expertise and drive traffic to the website.
Content Marketing: Creating and sharing valuable content to attract and engage the target audience.
Competitor Analysis: Monitoring competitors' SEO strategies to identify opportunities and threats.
Link Reclamation : Identifying and fixing broken links that point to your site to regain lost link equity.

Ready to Become an Informed SEO Consumer?

Don’t let SEO jargon overwhelm you. Our Marketing Launchpad Program equips you with the knowledge and tools to understand what you’re buying when you invest in SEO services. Take control of your marketing strategy by becoming a smarter, more informed consumer. Ready to get started? Contact us today!

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Understanding Markets vs Marketing: Environment & Active

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 04 Oct 2023 13:33:22 GMT

In the complex world of business, understanding the distinction between market behavior and marketing actions is paramount. Often, newcomers to the marketing realm are confounded by the unpredictability of the market and how it sometimes seems to defy their marketing efforts. A simple, yet enlightening analogy can help elucidate this - think of the market as the weather and marketing as farming.

Marketing and Farming: Navigating the Weather of Business

In the complex world of business, understanding the distinction between market behavior and marketing actions is paramount.

Often, newcomers to the marketing realm are confounded by the unpredictability of the market and how it sometimes seems to defy their marketing efforts. A simple, yet enlightening analogy can help elucidate this - think of the market as the weather and marketing as farming.

The Market as Weather: Unpredictable and Volatile

We all know the weather can be fickle. Despite having access to meteorological data, forecasts, and predictions, nature occasionally surprises us. Similarly, the market behaves in an unpredictable fashion. Factors such as geopolitical events, global health crises, technological breakthroughs, and shifts in consumer sentiment, among countless others, create a market that’s always in flux.

No matter how advanced our tools become, there's always an element of unpredictability. Just as a sudden rainstorm can catch a city unawares, market changes, positive or negative, can emerge from seemingly nowhere. And much like weather, the market isn't always rational.

Marketing as Farming: Preparing and Tending to Your Business Landscape

While the weather remains out of our control, farmers have mastered the art of working with it. Similarly, as businesses, we can't dictate market conditions, but we can design our marketing strategies to navigate it effectively.

1. Planting Seeds (Targeted Advertising)

The Right Soil: Farmers recognize that certain soils are better suited for specific crops. In the marketing world, this translates to identifying the ideal platforms or channels for your ads. Where does your audience spend most of their time? Is it on social media, blogs, or industry-specific forums?

Seasonal Considerations: Just as some seeds are best sown in spring and others in autumn, certain marketing messages may be more effective during specific seasons or around particular events. Holiday promotions or back-to-school campaigns are examples of seasonally targeted advertising.

2. Watering (Engaging Content)

Consistency is Key: Farmers ensure a steady supply of water to their crops, neither flooding them nor letting them go dry. Similarly, feeding your audience with a consistent flow of content keeps them engaged without overwhelming them.

Quality Matters: Just as crops thrive better with clean, mineral-rich water, the content you provide should be of high quality, relevant, and add value to your audience. It's not just about quantity, but the relevance and usefulness of what you're offering.

3. Hoeing and Weeding (Market Research)

Spotting the Weeds Early: A farmer walking through their field will immediately spot a weed. The sooner it's removed, the less harm it does. Regular market research allows businesses to identify issues early on, whether it's a product feature that's not resonating or a shift in industry trends.

Tools and Techniques: Just as there are various tools for hoeing and weeding, there are numerous market research methods, from surveys and focus groups to data analytics. Selecting the right method can make the process more efficient and the insights more actionable.

4. Sheltering from Bad Weather (Strategic Pivots)

Preparation: Farmers keep a close eye on weather forecasts to prepare for upcoming storms. Similarly, keeping abreast of market trends, competitor actions, and consumer sentiment allows businesses to foresee potential challenges and prepare for them.

Agility: Sometimes, despite the best preparations, unforeseen events occur. In such instances, a farmer might use covers or relocate their livestock. In the business landscape, this agility translates into rapidly adjusting marketing strategies, reallocating budgets, or even repositioning products.

Harvesting: Reaping the Results of Good Marketing

After months of tending to crops, farmers enjoy the fruits of their labor during the harvest. Similarly, with diligent and adaptive marketing, businesses can reap rich rewards in the form of leads, conversions, and loyal customers. But it's crucial to remember: just as every harvest depends on both the farmer’s skill and the weather's mercy, successful marketing is a blend of strategic effort and market conditions.

Why This Anology Will Help You Think About Markets vs Marketing

While the whims of the market are beyond our control, effective marketing ensures that we're never left entirely at its mercy. By understanding the difference between the two, businesses can optimize their marketing activities, ensuring they're sowing the right seeds, tending to their growth, and ultimately, reaping the rewards in any market condition.

In the end, it's not about battling the market or the weather, but understanding and working with them. Just as farmers have thrived by respecting nature and adapting their techniques, businesses can flourish by tuning into the market's nuances and aligning their marketing strategies accordingly.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

New Port Richey Web Designer

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 18 Jul 2023 00:29:58 GMT

A website isn't just a nice-to-have for businesses these days, it's a must-have. A well-designed website enhances your brand's online presence, paves the way for customer engagement, and business growth. In this article, we explore the 7 qualities you should look for in a New Port Richey web designer. We will also introduce you to Web Education Services - a Google 5-star rated web design agency.

Does Your Web Designer Demonstrated Proficiency and Effective Strategies?

Your web designer should possess an impressive skill set and a clear methodology. If all they do is talk about ranking without details, speficicity, or defining what keywords you can rank for, they might not be a good fit.

With Web Education Services, you'll work with designers who can easily articulate their knowledge, methodologies, and strategies. Our effective and efficient communication ensures you're part of the process, which paves the way for a website that truly represents your brand.

Fair Pricing and Outstanding Value

It's essential to work with a web designer who offers both affordability and value.

When we speak of affordability, we are primarily referring to the pricing structure that the web designer offers for their services. It's essential to find a web designer whose rates align with your budget. However, it's also crucial to remember that affordable shouldn't mean cheap. A low-cost service might also mean low quality or fewer services, which might end up costing you more in the long run.

In terms of value, it's about what you receive in return for your investment. Value encompasses not just the final product - a well-designed, functional, and aesthetically pleasing website - but also the overall experience of working with the designer. This includes aspects such as the designer's professionalism, the level of communication, their ability to meet deadlines, and their willingness to understand and cater to your unique needs and preferences.

When a web designer offers both affordability and value, it means that they provide high-quality services at a price point that makes sense for your business. It means you're not just getting a deal in terms of cost, but also gaining significant benefits such as a well-crafted website that helps improve your online presence, boost customer engagement, and ultimately drive business growth.

Web Education Services provides high-quality services at competitive rates in New Port Richey. We firmly believe that our clients should get value for their investment, and we ensure this by delivering designs that exceed expectations.

Trust Your Instincts

Your confidence in a web designer is paramount. At Web Education Services, we pride ourselves on being a team that our clients trust. We understand that you know your business best, and that's why we're committed to working closely with you to bring your vision to life.

Expertise in Your Industry

The strength of a web designer often lies in their versatility and depth of industry-specific experience. This is where Web Education Services, a leading New Port Richey web designer, truly shines.

Over the years, Web Education Services has worked with local service businesses and trades. This extensive industry experience has provided a rich tapestry of knowledge, allowing us to understand the unique dynamics, challenges, and opportunities of local businesses in the New Port Richey area. This is a crucial aspect because each industry has specific needs, customer behavior patterns, regulations, and competitive landscapes which should be taken into account when designing a website.

Comprehensive Range of Services

In addition to web design, Web Education Services offers a range of complementary services, including SEO, content creation, and social media marketing. Our holistic approach ensures a robust and well-rounded online presence for your business.

Diverse and Impressive Portfolio

At Web Education Services, we believe our work speaks for itself. Our expansive portfolio showcases our capabilities and versatility. With our diverse experience, we're confident in our ability to create a website that not only meets your needs but also captivates your audience.

Reliable Website Maintenance Services

Once your website is live, its maintenance becomes crucial for optimal performance. At Web Education Services, we understand this and offer reliable website maintenance services. Our commitment doesn't end with creating your website; we're here for the long haul to ensure your site continues to deliver results.

The online face of your business should reflect its core values, objectives, and identity.

Web Education Services, your trusted New Port Richey web designer, is here to create a website that does just that. Contact us today to get started on this exciting journey.

We can't wait to collaborate with you and bring your vision to life.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Making the Right Choice: Building a Website Yourself or Hiring a Designer

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 12 Jul 2023 11:42:15 GMT

In the ever-evolving digital landscape, establishing an online presence is paramount for every business. A well-structured and designed website can greatly enhance your brand's visibility and credibility. However, the process of creating a website can be daunting, especially when confronted with decisions like the cost of hiring a designer, how to find a suitable one, or opting for a do-it-yourself (DIY) approach using website builders like Wix or Squarespace. Making an informed choice can be challenging, but it's not impossible.

Figuring Out Your Budget and Time: The Classic Decision

Building a website involves an investment of both time and money. Hiring a designer can cost between $100 to $200 per website page, whereas setting up a website yourself might consume around 4 hours per page. It's a classic time or money conundrum that forces you to reassess your priorities.

Do you have the design skills to build a website yourself? If not, using DIY applications may extend the time it takes for you to establish your online presence. However, if your budget is tight, investing your time into learning and implementing the process might be a viable option.

DIY Website Builders: A Blessing or a Curse?

Website builders like Wix, Squarespace, and WordPress have made website creation accessible to everyone, regardless of technical expertise. But are they always the best choice?

Wix

Pros: Wix offers an intuitive drag-and-drop interface and a variety of templates, which make it easy for beginners to create a website. It also provides advanced features for more seasoned users.

Cons: The flexibility of Wix can also be its downfall, as the wide range of options can be overwhelming. Its SEO capabilities have been criticized, and the free plan comes with ads.

Squarespace

Pros: Squarespace is known for its sleek, professional design templates. It offers comprehensive features and excellent customer support.

Cons: Squarespace's pricing is slightly higher compared to other builders, and the platform can be less intuitive for first-time users.

WordPress

Pros: WordPress offers incredible flexibility and control, with thousands of themes and plugins. It's a great choice for blogs due to its strong content management system.

Cons: WordPress has a steeper learning curve compared to other builders, and you may need to handle updates and security measures manually.

Hiring a Designer: The Professional Touch

At our company, we offer a range of affordable website design packages, starting with a one-page website for $350, and our 15-page site for $1450. The advantage of hiring a professional designer is that you get a custom-built website tailored to your business needs, with high-quality design and user-friendly navigation.

Unlike the limitations of DIY website design , a professional web designer can infuse your brand's unique style and ethos into the website. Plus, we provide continued support and superior search engine optimization (SEO) to ensure your website ranks high in search results.

Take the Next Step: Explore Our Programs and Processes

In the end, choosing between a DIY website builder and hiring a professional web designer depends on your budget, skills, and time commitment. If you're ready to take your business to the next level, we're here to help. Schedule a call to learn more about our programs and processes. We can provide the guidance and expertise needed to make your website building journey a successful one.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

How to Set Up a Display Ad in Google Ads: A Step-by-Step Guide

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 28 Jun 2023 19:31:23 GMT

Google Ads is an essential tool for any digital marketer looking to drive traffic, generate leads, or increase conversions. Setting up a display ad is straightforward once you understand the steps involved. Follow this guide to create your display ad and optimize it for the best results.

Step 1: Creating a New Campaign

Start by signing into your Google Ads account. If you do not have an account, you can create one at ads.google.com .

Once you're in your Google Ads account, navigate to the "Campaigns" section on the left side of your screen. Click the "+ New Campaign" button. This button is typically located in the main body of the "Campaigns" page, though the exact location might change due to updates.This button may also appear as a blue plus sign. The video above will show you specifically where to click.

Depending on your marketing objectives, select the goal that suits your needs. Google Ads provides options like Sales, Leads, Website traffic, Product and brand consideration, Brand awareness and reach, or App promotion.

If you're new to Google Ads, select 'Website Traffic' for your new campaign. For those already comfortable with Google Ads, select 'Leads' (assuming you have leads connected into your Google Ads account).

Step 2: Choosing Display Ads

Next, select the 'Display' option. Paste in the link of the page or product you want to promote in the link field. If a pop-up window appears, you can simply close it.

Step 3: Naming Your Campaign

Give your campaign a name. Ideally, this should be the same as your blog or the particular project you're working on.

Step 4: Setting the Location

Google Ads will prompt you to choose a target location. Click on add another location. This can be the county you're operating in, or you can choose a radius around your business location. Click on 'radius', input your address, and select the miles target to establish your service area.

Step 5: Language and Budget

Set your language preference and daily budget for the ad campaign. For beginners, you might want to start with English and a budget of a dollar a day, but feel free to adjust these settings based on your specific needs and strategy.

Step 6: Selecting Your Audience

Next, click on your audience segments. You can target audience segments by demographics or keywords. If you're new to this, it's recommended to stick with audience segments that align with your business.

Step 7: Adding More Targeting

For advanced targeting, click on 'Add targeting' and select your demographics. For example, you might want to exclude certain age groups, like 18 to 24 year-olds. Once you've made your selection, click on 'Done'.

Step 8: Setting up Your Ad

The final step involves setting up your actual ad. Start by adding your business name, and then select your images. You can either use free stock images provided in Google Ads or upload your own. Make sure to load at least 15 images to maximize your ad's effectiveness.

You can also add a logo and video content. If you have a relevant video, search for it on YouTube and link it to your ad.

Finally, add your headlines and descriptions. Aim for five headlines and five descriptions to maximize your ad strength. You can use pre-made headlines provided by Google, or create your own.

Your 'Long Headline' should be consistent with the campaign name. Ensure that you add your descriptions the same way you added your headlines, aiming for five descriptions to get your ad strength up to excellent.

Once everything is set, rename your ad group (typically the same name as your campaign) and click on 'Publish Campaign'.

Now, your ad is live! Remember, the key to a successful display ad campaign is continual optimization and experimentation. Happy advertising! And if you need any help with your display ads, you know where to find us. Contact Web Education Services.

If you are not a fan of blog posts and step by step articles, check out our comprehensive 13-week marketing course. It includes one to one instruction and account set up for all those frustrating marketing applications. Click here for the Marketing Launchpad Course outline.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Email Marketing With ChatGPT: Create Marketing Emails from Blog Posts

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 13 Jun 2023 21:57:57 GMT

How to Create Marketing Emails from Blogs using ChatGPT: A Step-by-Step Guide

Want to get your blog posts in front of more eyeballs? Well, how about turning them into marketing emails with the help of ChatGPT , the AI tool from OpenAI? Let's dive in.

Step 1: Pick Your Favorite Blog Post

So, you've got a blog post that you're particularly proud of, right? It's time to share it with the world! Go ahead and copy all the content from the blog post you've chosen - we'll need it for the next steps.

No blog post? No problem, check out our last article " How to Talk to Chat GPT So You Get The Blog Article You Want " and get the blog article you want!

Step 2: Visit chat.openAI.com

Now, head over to chat.openAI.com . This is the place where you'll meet ChatGPT, your AI assistant that's going to help you create some amazing marketing emails.

Step 3: Ask ChatGPT for Help

Here's where you ask ChatGPT to work its magic. Simply write: "Can you write a marketing email that teases this blog?" Then paste your copied blog post right after that. ChatGPT will understand what you need and get to work on your marketing email.

Step 4: Watch the Magic Happen

After you've sent your request, just sit back and watch as ChatGPT transforms your blog into an engaging email. It's kind of like watching a magic show, but with words!

Step 5: Give It a Personal Touch

While ChatGPT is smart, it might not capture your brand's voice perfectly. So, take a look at the generated email and tweak it as needed to really make it sound like you.

Step 6: Use Evernote to Fine-Tune Your Email

We recommend using Evernote to fine-tune your email. You can paste the draft into Evernote, make your tweaks, and keep everything nicely organized.

Step 7: Transfer Your Email to Your Marketing Software

Once you've polished up your email and it sounds just right, move it into your preferred email marketing software. This is where you'll make it look pretty and prepare it for sending.

Need more tips on sending marketing emails? Don't forget to check out our post on The Basics Of Sending A Marketing Email . It's full of helpful info to make your email marketing journey easier.

Step 8: Send It Off to Your Readers

Now comes the fun part – hitting the 'send' button and sending your newly crafted email off into the inboxes of your audience.

And there you have it! Turning your blog posts into marketing emails is a fun, effective way to reach more readers and drive more traffic to your blog. Happy emailing!

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Harold the SEO Hero: Vanquishing the Villainous Spammy in the Battle for Webville's Rankings

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 28 Mar 2023 19:27:13 GMT

Once upon a time in the bustling city of Webville, there lived a wise business owner named Harold. He had built his empire on hard work, dedication, and a deep understanding of the mysterious world of search engine optimization. His business flourished, thanks to his mastery of fat head, chunky middle, and long-tail keywords.

In the dark corners of the city, a sinister character named Spammy lurked, preying on unsuspecting business owners. Spammy spread chaos with false promises of getting their websites to rank on the first page of Google by using magical key phrases.

However, little did they know, Spammy's methods lacked substance and understanding of the true art of SEO.

One day, Harold received an email from Spammy, claiming that his site wasn't ranking well on Google. Intrigued by the bold claim, Harold decided to play a game with the villain. He replied to the email, asking Spammy about the key phrases he had analyzed, his strategies for magically boosting rankings, and how he quantified his claims. He demanded context and evidence to support the villain's assertions.

While awaiting a response, Harold turned to his trusty tools: Google Analytics and Google Search Console. He studied the data, analyzed user behavior, and identified areas for improvement. With renewed confidence, Harold continued to hone his SEO strategy to drive more traffic, leads, and sales.

Meanwhile, Spammy struggled to provide a coherent response to Harold's questions. He realized that his methods couldn't stand up to the scrutiny of a true SEO master like Harold. Defeated, Spammy slunk back into the shadows, seeking easier prey.

With his site's rankings steadily improving, Harold decided to share his knowledge with other business owners in Webville. He offered to review their Google Analytics and Search Console data, helping them better understand their website's performance and develop more effective SEO strategies.

And so, the legend of Harold the SEO Hero spread throughout the city, empowering business owners to stand up against the empty promises of villains like Spammy. In the end, the business owners of Webville thrived, guided by a deeper understanding of key phrases, context, and the importance of focusing on what truly matters – driving traffic, leads, and sales.

Want to take the first step in becoming Harold? Read our latest blog about The Truth Behind the First Page of Google Rankings .

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Debunking SPAM Solicitations: The Truth Behind the First Page of Google Rankings

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 28 Mar 2023 15:10:15 GMT

The internet is filled with SPAM solicitations claiming they can get your website to the first page of Google for specific key phrases . While ranking on the first page of Google may sound enticing, it's essential to understand that not all keywords are created equal. In this blog article, we will discuss the diversity of key phrases, the importance of context, the futility of ranking for keywords with no search volume, and the true meaning of success when it comes to Google rankings. We'll also delve into fat head keywords, the chunky middle, and long-tail keywords, which are crucial concepts to consider for an effective SEO strategy.

The Diversity of Key Phrases and How People Search

People search for information in various ways, using a wide array of key phrases. These phrases can range from specific long-tail keywords (e.g., "affordable SEO services for small businesses") to broad, more generic terms (e.g., "SEO"). It's crucial to recognize that the search intent and competition for each keyword can be vastly different, which makes a one-size-fits-all approach to ranking on Google ineffective.

Fat Head Keywords: Fat head keywords are highly popular and sought-after search terms that users frequently input into search engines. These keywords generally consist of one to three words and attract significant traffic. However, their high competition level makes it challenging for smaller businesses and websites to rank for them. For example, in the travel industry, a fat head keyword might be "cheap flights" or "best hotels."
The Chunky Middle: Chunky middle keywords find the sweet spot between search volume and competition. These terms typically comprise four to seven words and maintain a considerable search volume, while being less competitive than fat head keywords. This makes them an ideal target for businesses looking to enhance visibility without vying against industry behemoths. For instance, in the travel industry, a chunky middle keyword might be "affordable family vacation packages" or "best weekend getaways for couples."
Long-Tail Keywords: Long-tail keywords are highly specific, lower-volume search queries that usually contain four or more words. Although these keywords have less search volume, they offer lower competition and higher conversion rates due to their ability to cater to users with a more defined search intent. For example, in the travel industry, a long-tail keyword could be "budget-friendly eco-resorts in Costa Rica" or "luxury boutique hotels in Paris for honeymooners."

The Importance of Context

Ranking on the first page of Google without considering the context of the keywords is meaningless. It's essential to understand the search intent behind each keyword and how relevant it is to your target audience. For example, if you're a small business offering SEO services, ranking for the keyword "free SEO tools" may not be helpful, as it doesn't align with your business's offerings or your target audience's needs. By focusing on context, you can identify the most valuable keywords for your business, regardless of whether they're fat head, chunky middle, or long-tail keywords.

Keywords With No Search Volume

While SPAM solicitations might promise to rank your website for specific keywords, it's vital to consider the search volume for those keywords. Ranking on the first page of Google for keywords with low or no search volume will not drive traffic to your website, nor will it help your business grow. Instead, focus on keywords with substantial search volume and relevance to your target audience. A balanced approach that targets fat head keywords, the chunky middle, and long-tail keywords will provide a more comprehensive SEO strategy, ensuring a steady flow of organic traffic.

The True Measure of Success: Traffic, Leads, and Sales

The ultimate goal of any SEO strategy should be to increase traffic, generate leads, and drive sales. The only way rankings matter is if they impact these metrics positively. To achieve this, you need to analyze your current traffic, understand how it converts to leads and sales, and optimize your website to improve upon this process. By concentrating on keywords that resonate with your target audience, such as fat head, chunky middle, or long-tail keywords, you can attract more qualified leads that convert better, ultimately leading to increased sales and revenue.

Understanding Google Analytics and Google Search Console

To accurately measure the success of your SEO efforts, you must familiarize yourself with Google Analytics and Google Search Console. These tools provide valuable insights into your website's performance, user behavior, and keyword rankings. By analyzing this data, you can identify areas of improvement and develop a more effective SEO strategy tailored to your specific goals and target audience.

Google Analytics: This tool helps you track website traffic, monitor user behavior, and analyze the effectiveness of your SEO efforts. By understanding which keywords drive the most traffic and which pages have the highest conversion rates, you can make data-driven decisions to optimize your website for better results.
Google Search Console: This tool allows you to monitor your website's performance in Google search results. It provides information on your website's visibility, indexing status, and any technical issues that may affect your rankings. Additionally, it offers insights into the keywords that drive traffic to your website, allowing you to fine-tune your SEO strategy further.

By leveraging these tools and understanding the data they provide, you can create a well-rounded SEO strategy that targets the right mix of fat head, chunky middle, and long-tail keywords to drive traffic, leads, and sales.

Your Site Isn't Ranking Well On Google

So, the next time you receive one of those lovely emails stating, "your site isn't ranking well," why not play a little game? Start by grilling them about key phrases – which ones they examined, how they plan to magically boost your rankings, and how they're quantifying their claims of "good" or "not good." Don't forget to demand context, too. But hey, let's be real – you're already on top of your game, measuring all these things and knowing precisely what's working, what's not, and how to elevate your site to new heights. So, maybe just chuckle at their audacity and hit "delete."

If you need some help reviewing your Google Analytics and reading your Google Search Console. Give us a call, 727.222.6984 . We'd be happy to look over things with you. You can also get on our calendar by clicking here .

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Efficient Marketing: How to Organize the Typical Marketing Workflow for Small Businesses

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 20 Feb 2023 17:05:43 GMT

Content marketing is an essential aspect of marketing that involves creating and distributing valuable, relevant, and consistent content to attract and retain a clearly defined audience . Developing a marketing workflow can help you build brand awareness, generate leads, and drive conversions. In this article, we'll explore the typical workflow for a content marketing campaign and provide tips to help you execute each step effectively.

Step 1: Define the Campaign Goals and Target Audience

The first step in creating a content marketing campaign is to define the campaign's goals and target audience. This step involves identifying the objectives of the campaign, such as generating leads, building brand awareness, or driving sales. The goals you set should be specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound (SMART). It's essential to have a clear understanding of your campaign's goals as they will guide the entire campaign.

Once you have defined your campaign goals, the next step is to identify your target audience. This step involves researching your audience's demographics, such as age, gender, location, and interests. You can use tools like Google Analytics, social media analytics, and customer surveys to gain insights into your audience's preferences and behaviors. The more you know about your target audience, the better you can create content that resonates with them.

Step 2: Research and Create a Content Strategy

The next step in creating a content marketing campaign is to research and create a content strategy. This step involves identifying the topics and formats that will resonate with your target audience. You can use keyword research to identify the search terms your audience is using to find information related to your industry. This information can help you create content that meets your audience's needs.

Once you have identified the topics, the next step is to determine the best formats for your content. The most common formats for content marketing include blog posts, videos, infographics, e-books, and webinars. The format you choose should align with your campaign goals and your audience's preferences.

Step 3: Create the Content

After creating the content strategy, the next step is to create the content . This step involves producing the content, such as blog posts, videos, infographics, and more, based on the content strategy. You can use tools like content calendars to organize your content production process and ensure that you are meeting your deadlines.

When creating your content, it's important to ensure that it is of high quality and provides value to your audience. You should also optimize your content for search engines by using relevant keywords in your headlines, subheadings, and body copy. Additionally, you should ensure that your content is mobile-friendly and easy to read.

Step 4: Distribute the Content

Once you have created the content, the next step is to distribute it. This step involves promoting the content through various channels, such as social media, email, and paid advertising. You can use tools like social media management software and email marketing software to automate the distribution process.

When distributing your content, it's essential to tailor your approach to each channel. For example, you can use hashtags on social media to make your content more discoverable. You can also use email marketing to target specific segments of your audience with personalized content.

Step 5: Measure and Analyze the Results

After distributing the content, the next step is to measure and analyze the results. This step involves tracking the performance of the campaign, analyzing the data, and making adjustments as needed. You can use tools like Google Analytics , social media analytics, and email marketing software to measure the campaign's performance.

When analyzing the data, it's essential to look for patterns and trends that can help you optimize the campaign. For example, you can analyze which content formats are performing well, which channels are driving the most traffic, and which pieces of content are generating the most engagement. By analyzing the data, you can make data-driven decisions to optimize the campaign.

Step 6: Optimize and Repeat

The final step in creating a content marketing campaign is to optimize and repeat. This step involves using the data collected in the previous step to optimize the campaign by making changes to the content, distribution channels, targeting and more. Repeat the process to improve the results over time.

When optimizing your campaign, it's essential to test and iterate your approach. For example, you can A/B test different headlines to see which one performs better, or test different ad formats to see which one generates more clicks. By testing and iterating your approach, you can continually improve the campaign and achieve better results.

Tips for Executing a Successful Content Marketing Campaign

Here are some tips to help you execute each step of a content marketing campaign effectively:

Set SMART Goals: Ensure that your campaign goals are specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound.
Know Your Audience: Use customer surveys and analytics tools to gain insights into your audience's preferences and behaviors.
Create a Content Strategy: Use keyword research and topic ideation tools to identify the topics and formats that will resonate with your audience.
Produce High-Quality Content: Ensure that your content provides value to your audience and is optimized for search engines.
Promote Your Content: Tailor your approach to each channel and use automation tools to distribute your content more efficiently.
Measure and Analyze the Results: Use analytics tools to track the performance of the campaign and make data-driven decisions to optimize it.
Test and Iterate: Continually test and iterate your approach to improve the campaign over time.

Typical Marketing Workflow Takeaways

A successful content marketing campaign requires a systematic approach that involves several steps, from defining your campaign goals and target audience to optimizing and repeating the process. By following the steps outlined in this article and using the tips provided, you can create a successful content marketing campaign that generates leads, builds brand awareness, and drives conversions. Remember to measure your results and iterate your approach to achieve better results over time.

Next Steps For Creating Your Marketing Workflow

Want to make the most of your marketing efforts without burning out? Join our 13-week Marketing Launchpad program and learn how to streamline your workflow, create effective marketing strategies, and grow your small business. Head to the Marketing Launchpad Course Outline to see the course outline.

Or, sign-up for our free content creation training .

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

How to Talk to Chat GPT So You Get The Blog Article You Want

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 14 Feb 2023 18:05:22 GMT

Chat GPT is a hot topic right now. But, it can be frustrating for the average user. You use Chat GPT and get great ideas .

You get great content.

But it's just not structured right.

To get your content to produce leads, you will need to talk to (prompt) Chat GPT with better requests. Keep reading, and I will show you how to make Chat GPT create engaging blog articles with great calls to action.

Where To Start: How To Structure Your Ideas Before Opening Chat GPT

Let's start by defining what you want before you type anything into the Chatbot.

Do you want Chat GPT to create a 2500-word blog with an intro paragraph that states a problem for the reader? Do you want the chat to answer a question? Do you want the Chatbot to give more details about a topic? Do you want a call to action that engages the reader to take the next step? Lastly, do you really want some excellent H2 headers for on-page SEO to be included in the article?

Yeah, you probably want all that. Here's what to do next.

How To Start With Chat GPT: Writing Your First Request

You can start building this blog article by letting Chat GPT know a little more about yourself, your audience , and what you are trying to accomplish.

I'm a [insert job title]. My company [insert your product or service]. We are trying to [insert whom you are trying to connect with and how you help them]. I would like to write an article for them. What topics would they be interested in?

How To Structure Your Blog Article: How To Make Requests Of Chat GPT For Better Content

Chat GPT will respond with several ideas for blog topics and what your audience is interested in. Bonus content, try asking Chat GPT for 5 frequently asked questions about this topic. Chat GPT will let you know FAQs on a given topic, so you can make your article more engaging.

How To Prompt Chat GPT For Better Content

Now that Chat GPT knows who you are, the bot knows what topic you want to discuss, and has an idea of your audience's needs. You can ask it to write for you.

Try this query...

Can you write an article about [insert topic] and answer the question [insert question]? Please, separate the article into sections using H2 tags.

How To Prompt Chat GPT To Revise Your Content

You can get Chat GPT to continue to revise your article. Modifying your article is vital for creating a unique tone and style for your business.

Try asking Chat GPT to...

Can you add a problem statement to the beginning focusing on the problem my audience is facing?

Can you add headers to the article focusing on the keywords " [insert your keywords] "

Can you add a call to action for [insert business name] ? Our number is [insert phone number] , and our website is [insert website] .

Bonus…

Can you write 5 shorter Facebook posts that tease this article? Please include hashtags.

What You Should Know About Chat GPT

Chat GPT is a powerful tool for businesses looking to create high-quality content faster and more accurately than manual content creation. By understanding how to structure your ideas and make requests of Chat GPT, you can generate blog articles with great calls to action and improved SEO. Whether you're a marketer, business owner, or content creator, incorporating Chat GPT into your workflow can help you produce engaging and compelling content in less time.

If you're interested in learning more about how Chat GPT can help with your content creation, reach out to the experts at Web Education Services. Our team can help guide you through the process and provide you with the support you need to get started.

Contact us today at 727.222.6984 or check out our Marketing Launchpad Program . Take advantage of the opportunity to streamline your content creation process and achieve better results for your business.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Two Things You Must Prepare Before Going To A Networking Event

justin@webeducationservices.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 13 Jan 2023 22:19:22 GMT

Networking events can be a great opportunity to make new connections in your industry, but simply exchanging business cards and making small talk is not enough to build a strong relationship. Scheduling a one-to-one meeting after a networking event is a powerful tool for developing meaningful connections. In this post, we will explore the benefits of scheduling a follow-up meeting, including the ability to have a more in-depth conversation, show your commitment to building a relationship, discover new opportunities, and ultimately help you build your professional network.

Crafting a Compelling Elevator Pitch: Tips and Tricks

An elevator pitch is a brief, persuasive speech that you use to spark interest in what you're selling or promoting. The goal is to quickly grab the attention of your listener and convince them that what you have to offer is worth their time and effort. Here are a few tips for giving a successful elevator pitch:

Keep it short and sweet: Aim for a 30-second pitch that is concise and to the point.

Know your audience: Tailor your pitch to the person you're speaking with, highlighting the benefits and features that will be most relevant to them.

Start with a hook: Use a strong opening line to grab the attention of your listener and make them want to hear more.

State your value proposition: Clearly articulate the value that your product or service offers and how it meets the needs of your audience.

Use storytelling: Use examples and anecdotes to illustrate your points and make your pitch more memorable.

Practice, practice, practice: Rehearse your pitch until it feels natural and you can deliver it smoothly and confidently.

Crafting a Compelling Elevator Pitch: Tips and Tricks

Attending networking events can be a great way to meet new people and build relationships in your industry. However, simply exchanging business cards and making small talk at the event itself is not enough to build a strong connection with someone. That's where scheduling a one-to-one meeting can be useful.

Here are a few reasons why it's important to schedule a one-to-one meeting after a networking event:

It allows you to have a more in-depth conversation: Networking events are often crowded and noisy, which can make it difficult to have a meaningful conversation. Scheduling a one-to-one meeting gives you the opportunity to have a more focused, productive discussion.

It shows that you are serious about building a relationship: By making the effort to schedule a follow-up meeting, you demonstrate that you are interested in learning more about the person and exploring potential opportunities for collaboration.

It can lead to new opportunities: One-to-one meetings are a great way to learn more about someone's work and see if there are any potential opportunities for collaboration or referral.

It helps you build your network: Building a strong network is about more than just meeting a lot of people. It's about cultivating meaningful relationships. Scheduling a one-to-one meeting after a networking event is a great way to take the first step towards building a long-term professional connection.

In conclusion, both elevator pitches and one-to-one meetings are important tools for building professional connections. An effective elevator pitch can quickly grab the attention of your listener and convince them that what you have to offer is worth their time and effort.

Scheduling a one-to-one meeting after a networking event allows you to have a more in-depth conversation, demonstrate your interest in building a relationship, explore potential opportunities for collaboration, and ultimately help you build your professional network. By keeping these tips in mind and practicing them, you will be well on your way to making valuable connections in your industry.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Free Content Writing Workshop: Unlock the Power of ChatGPT, Answer the Public, and Canva.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 13 Jan 2023 17:38:48 GMT

Next-level content creation skills. We got you covered with our free content creation lesson! Our instructors are here to offer you a 45-min training session covering our greatest tricks and tips for writing.

Whether you're a business owner looking to improve your website's content, a marketer looking to create more engaging social media posts, or just someone looking to improve their writing skills, this is for you.

Here's a sneak peek at what you can expect to learn:

Keyword Research: The Foundation of Great Content

The first step in creating great content is understanding what your audience is looking for.

That's where the amazing app Answer The Public comes in.

You'll learn how to use Answer the Public , a powerful keyword research tool, to identify the topics and phrases that are most relevant to your audience.

With this information, you'll be able to create content that is tailored to their needs and interests.

Visually Appealing Content: Tips and Tricks

Creating visually appealing content is essential for engaging your audience and making your content stand out. You'll learn how to use Canva, a user-friendly graphic design tool, to create eye-catching images and graphics for your blog, social media, and other marketing materials. With Canva, you don't need to be a professional designer to create great-looking content.

Copywriting with GPT-3 Language Model Chat GPT

Copywriting is one of the most important aspects of content creation, and it's not always easy. Fortunately, you'll learn how to use GPT-3 based language model Chat GPT to generate high-quality copy for your blog, social media, and email marketing campaigns. With this powerful tool, you'll be able to create compelling and engaging content with ease.

At the end of the lesson, you'll have the opportunity to ask our experts any questions you may have about content creation. Plus, you'll receive a free Marketing Launchpad Demo account to help you put what you've learned into practice.

Don't miss out on this incredible opportunity to improve your content creation skills!

Sign up for the free content creation lesson today and start creating better content now. Time slots are limited, so don't wait! Click on the button below to sign up and start your content writing free training now.

Eliminate “SHOULD” From Your Marketing Strategy

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 09 Dec 2022 20:59:30 GMT

Should is a word that can hold you back.

It's a psychological dead end.

The word should is a limiting word because it creates a feeling of obligation, which stops you from following through on things that are important to you. When you say "I should do this," what you mean is "I'm supposed to do this." And when we feel obligated to do something, we often don't follow through with it—we just don't feel like doing it.

"Should" Means There's No Point And Is A Marketing Dead End

When you tell yourself that you should be doing something, your brain gets the message that there's no point in trying because it's not what you really want or need—it's just something you feel obligated to do. So instead of making progress toward your goal, all that thinking about what you "should be doing" actually stops progress in its tracks!

Real Marketing Progress Is About Change

You see, real progress is about identifying what you want to change. It's not just about saying what you "should" do and hopefully doing it. Strategy and change is about figuring out where your business is going and deciding how best to get there.

So instead of "shoulding" like: "We should post more to social media." Try something more along the lines of: "Our company wants to increase sales by 20%. We believe we can increase sales by bringing in new customers through social media."

That way, when you're looking at your strategy later on down the line and things don't go according to plan (which will happen), you'll have a much better idea of where things went wrong—and be able to fix them!

Goals, Measurements, and Marketing Tactics

Real change comes from a sound strategy, and a sound strategy comes from identifying a goal, figuring out how to measure that goal, and trying tactics that will affect that measurement.

The first step is to define the change you want to see. What is it that you'd like to get done? What is it that needs fixing? What do you wish was different?

Once you've defined your goal, the next step is figuring out how you're going to measure it—that is, what will happen when you reach this goal? This might seem obvious, but sometimes we don't think about things in terms of numbers or data points because we're so focused on just making sure things get done. But if we don't know what success looks like, how can we know if we're getting there?

So now that you've identified your goal and figured out how to measure it, it's time for the fun part: trying tactics that will affect that measurement! This might sound like an overwhelming task (and sometimes it can be), but don't worry—you don't have to try everything at once! Start with one thing at a time; figure out what works for your business; and then move on from there.

If you need a little strategic push, download the EOS 2-page business plan. If you need help, give us a call (727) 222-6984.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Plan For 2023 In Two Hours With This Strategic Tool

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 02 Dec 2022 20:06:55 GMT

Planning for the year ahead can be a daunting task. Even if you have a lot of experience, it can still be hard to know where to start and how to organize your thoughts.

And if you are like most businesses, the planning process starts in January, February, or gets forgotten altogether. All you are left with is Einstein's definition of insanity, "doing the same thing over and over and expecting different results.”

Two Page-business Planning Template For Small Businesses

This week I want to introduce you to a better way. Unfortunately, this is not one of our programs, but I believe in EOS so much I want you to take two hours before the new year and try out this great organization tool!

Download the EOS two-page business plan , and organize your thoughts for 2023.

This two-page business plan is a strategic tool that lets you focus on what's important and ensures that your organization stays on track throughout the year.

Defining Your Business Strategy

EOS two-page business plan helps you define your strategy by:

- Identifying your core values

- Documenting your core focus

- Defining your 10-year target

- Developing your marketing strategy

- And, mapping your 3-year picture

Turning Your Business Strategy Into Action

The best part about this 2-page business plan is that it helps you turn your strategy into action by:

- Developing your 1-year plan

- Documenting your 90-day rocks (quarterly milestones)

- And, defining your organizational issues

The 2-page business plan helps you take all those ideas for your business and articulate them into a road map for the future.

Get The 2-page Business Plan Template

Click here to get your 2-page PDF.

For more information give me a call at 727.222.6984 and I'll let you know about my personal experience with EOS or visit:

eosworldwide.com/blog/test-driving-vto

to learn more about Traction & The Entrepreneurial Operating System.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Are You Asking, Why Does Google My Business Look Different?

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 10 Nov 2022 13:05:25 GMT

Google My Business has moved from a dashboard to Google Search. For the last few months, you had an option of how you wanted to edit your listing. Now, Google is forcing users to the new interface.

Here's what you need to know.

The interface for Google My Business has changed, but don't worry—it's still the same great service. The new design is set up to make it easier for you to manage your business information from Google Search or Google Maps.

The best part is posting quickly.

You can go to https://business.google.com/locations and click on the post an update icon.

Post Update Icon In Google My Business

From the pop-up, you can add a picture, write a post, and add a call to action button.

Click on your location to make revisions to your profile, read reviews, look at your messages, add photos, view performance, edit products, edit services, revise your booking link, view your call log, add an update, add an event, or get your review link.

You can also access your business settings, add a new location, access help and support, or view the terms of service from the new Google My Business Interface.

Everything from the old Google My Business Dashboard is available to you. It's just shifted around a little.

Hopefully, the new layout is intuitive. If it's not, schedule a free training call with us, click here .

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Simplify Your Content Creation Process With These 3 Apps

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 12 Oct 2022 16:17:19 GMT

Content marketing can be tough for a few reasons. 1) It takes work to find a good topic. 2) Crafting your topic and message into a coherent article can be difficult. 3) Finding the right image or video to accompany the post can be time-consuming.

Fortunately, there are modern content marketing apps to help you tackle the hard work and turn marketing chaos into a simple process.

Here's what you can do.

1) Topic Research Shortcut For Figuring Out What To Write

Finding a topic for content marketing is hard. It's really, really hard. You can spend hours and hours searching for the right thing to write about. And then once you do find a topic that sounds good, you wonder if it is interesting enough.

What if there was a better way? What if there was a way to hack into Google Search? What if you could know what people are searching for every day?

Now you can!

Let me introduce you to our favorite app for finding topics in seconds, Answer The Public .

Answer The Public is a tool that helps you find topics for content marketing by showing you what people are searching for online. You just type in a phrase and see what comes up! It's so simple.

Answer The Public will help you find topics so that your content is relevant and engaging. You'll never have to worry about writing an article that no one wants to read again!

This brings us to app #2, Copy AI .

2) Writing Shortcut—AI Writing Tool For Content Marketing

The trouble with writing is that it's hard to do well. That's especially true if you're not a writer.

But don't worry! There are lots of ways to make your writing better, and Copy AI is one of them.

Copy AI is an amazing tool that will help you write more easily, and make your writing more engaging and effective. It's so easy to use: just type your topic and bullet points into the content generator, click "Create Content," and then watch as Copy AI takes over. In no time at all, you'll have a beautifully written piece of content that will look like it was written by a professional.

Unfortunately, even the best article needs some imagery to make it stand out among the dozens of other posts flying past your audience.

And, this brings up app #3. Our favorite graphic design app, Canva .

3) Graphic Design Shortcut—Templated Design App For Content Marketing

It's hard to create engaging graphics if you don't have the skills or experience to do so. That's where Canva comes in!

Canva is an online design tool that helps people who aren't designers create beautiful, eye-catching images and graphics for their marketing materials and digital posts.

You can use the templates provided by Canva to create social media posts , infographics, presentations, and more. The platform also offers a huge library of free clip art and fonts to help you create your work quickly and easily. If you want to get fancy with your designs but don't feel like spending hours learning how to use Photoshop or Illustrator, Canva is for you!

The Drawback Of These Apps

Learning new apps can be a pain in the neck—you have to spend hours just getting the hang of it, and then you have to figure out how to use it for your business. It's not always easy, but there are ways to make it easier on yourself.

Learning from someone else is one of the best ways to learn faster and more easily. If you learn from an instructor who has been there before and knows what they're doing, you'll be able to get up and running with your marketing in no time. You'll be able to focus on what matters most: using the apps outlined above to help your business grow!

If you've been struggling with this process, let us know! We're here to help. Check out our Marketing Launchpad Program and see if it is a good fit for you.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

The Trouble With Your DIY Marketing Plan

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 22 Sep 2022 17:34:04 GMT

It's not uncommon to see small businesses scrambling to develop their marketing strategy. You know what you do every day & how you help, but you don't know how to communicate "how you help" to new customers.

You may have even tried some things on your own, and the marketing tactics didn't work out. So you try something else… and then something else… and then something else again.

The problem with this approach is that it can lead to a lot of wasted time and money.

Your marketing topics are disorganized and subjective
Your marketing applications are disjointed and incomplete
You don't understand your analytics and have no clue if your efforts affect anything

But what can you do? You don't have the resources or expertise to develop an effective marketing campaign.

Fortunately, there is an easy way to get organized, get trained, and start to take control of your marketing.

It's called the Marketing Launchpad.

The Marketing Launchpad combines helpful technology, in-depth one-to-one training, and marketing organization that helps you become a better marketer for your small business.

Schedule a Demo today, and we'll show you the power of learning combined with the power of technology.

Web Education Services, where we'll teach you how to market :-).

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Get Leads From Your Facebook Ads By Following These Simple Steps

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 15 Sep 2022 17:54:22 GMT

Facebook Ads are a combination of budget, audience, and content. When creating your ad, you need to decide how much money you want to spend on it and who you want to reach. Most importantly, the ad better have content that converts.

Here's what you need to consider.

Facebook Ads require a budget.

You can't just create a Facebook Ad and hope it works. You need to have a budget in mind before you get started.

If you're doing the ad yourself, you'll want to start small and scale up as needed. We suggest starting with just a dollar a day. That way, you will become familiar with the platform, get used to reading the analytics, and learn what to do without breaking the bank. Every week add new Facebook at $1 per day. Once you reach 5 ads, start turning off the lease-performing ad and post your new ad. The best ads will naturally rise to the top.

A good Facebook ad targets the right people.

The best way to target your audience is by using interest-based targeting. For example, if you're selling new homes in Atlanta, Georgia, target people who like real estate or home improvement sites or blogs. The more specific your targeting is, the better results you'll get from your Facebook Ads campaign.

You also want to target by location. Again, if you are selling a new home in Georgia, you might not want to spend your ad budget in Colorado.

Great content turns a Facebook ad into a lead generation machine.

If people see an ad that looks interesting or useful enough to share with their friends or family members, it will increase engagement with your brand. This is where great copywriting comes in handy — if it sounds useful and you have a great call-to-action, you can start to drive people to your product and service. Images & videos that look and feel like your audience's needs and wants also help convert those Facebook users into leads and sales.

To learn more about how to create the content for your Facebook Ad, check out our cornerstone content create blogs:

Topics: Keyword And Topic Research In Under A Minute.
Writing: Writing Tools That Can Simplify Your Marketing.
Images: Create Marketing Graphics In Under 2 Minutes With This Simple Process!

Now that you have content, you can post to Facebook by watching our video and following along with our written instructions.

�� Go to your Marketing Launchpad account. If you don't have an account, use our demo account .

�� Go to your Marketing Launchpad account. If you don't have an account, use our mo account .

�� Scroll down to the Write A Post section. Left-click on the Evernote logo, and open your post copy.

Note: if you haven't written anything to go along with your YouTube video, head back to the "write a post title" section and follow the instructions.

�� Scroll down to the Create an Image and/or Video section. Left-click on Canva, and download your image and video.

Note: if you haven't created a video an image, head back to the "Create an Image and/or Video" section and follow the instructions.

�� Scroll down to the Post Digital Ads section of the Marketing Launchpad. Left-click on the Facebook Ads Logo.

�� Click on next in the upper right-hand corner.

�� Hover over top of the Ad Template or Your previous ad and click on the duplicate link. You will get a pop-up. Click on the create new campaign radial, and then click on the duplicate button in the lower right-hand corner. If you do not have any ads to duplicate, schedule a free call with us or read our blog about setting up your first Facebook Ad.

�� Delete the old campaign name and paste your title into the campaign name field. Click on 1 Ad Set at the top-middle of your screen.

�� Delete the old Ad Set name and paste your title into the Ad set name field. [optional] Adjust your audience targeting if needed. Click on 1 Ad at the top-middle of your screen.

�� Delete the old Ad name and paste your title into the Ad name field. Scroll past the identity fields & ad setup fields. In the Media field click on the edit media drop-down and select change video. Upload your new video.

�� Scroll down to the Primary text field. Delete the old text. Paste the text from your post into the primary text field. [optional] revise your headlines, descriptions, and call to action.

�� Click on the publish button in the lower right-hand corner.

Congratulations if you were following along because you just posted to a Facebook Ad from your computer.

If all you need is our written instructions and video, great! If you would prefer to have a marketing instructor show you what to do, it might be time to schedule with us.

Our marketing instructors are experts who specialize in showing you how to create content, post, and analyze your efforts.

Click the links below to learn more about our training programs.

Or schedule a Marketing Launchpad Demo today.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Post To TikTok From Your Desktop

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 08 Sep 2022 17:29:05 GMT

TikTok is one of the most downloaded apps in the Google Play Store, and the app has a user base of over 1 billion people. So, it’s no surprise that businesses are taking advantage of this platform to reach out to their target audience.

If your business is not on TikTok, it's probably because you don't know how to manage the account. After all, who is going to be the person responsible for downloading and learning how to use the app?

You are worried that managing a TikTok account is going to be a headache.

Fortunately, TikTok has solved this management problem by offering a desktop posting feature.

Here's what you can do.

�� Go to https://www.tiktok.com/upload?lang=en .

�� Click on the Select File Button.

�� Select your video from your computer.

�� Copy and paste your title and hashtags into the Caption field.

�� [optional] Drag your cover sector to the frame you wish to use as your thumbnail.

�� Click on the Post button

Congratulations if you were following along because you just posted to TikTok from your computer.

If all you need is our written instructions and video, great! If you would prefer to have a marketing instructor show you what to do, it might be time to schedule with us.

Our marketing instructors are experts who specialize in showing you how to create content, post, and analyze your efforts.

Click the links below to learn more about our training programs.

Or schedule a Marketing Launchpad Demo today.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Get Seen On GMB By Creating A Post

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 24 Aug 2022 19:51:08 GMT

Posting to Google My Business is one of the most important things you can do for your business. GMB posts are indexed by Google and used in both organic and local search results.

If you don't use GMB, you're missing out on a lot of traffic and leads.

Posting Builds Your Location Authority

Google uses location data from GMB posts to help determine your location's authority in search results. If you have a lot of high-quality posts, this can help your local pack ranking and organic rankings as well.

Posting Increases Local Pack Ranking Signals

Because local pack results are based on the quality of your location's listing, it's very important that your listing has a high number of positive signals like reviews and photos. Posts are one more piece of that puzzle that can help boost your local pack ranking position!

Posting Helps Your Maps & SERPS Visibility

The search engine results page (SERP) is a mix of Google Ads, Maps Results, and organic results. Oftentimes, map results can outweigh page results and appear at the top of Google. This is even more apparent when a business has geographic constraints like a restaurant, pool service, general contractor, or any other type of local business.

Maps visibility is important because it helps people find your business easily. The more visible your business is on Google Maps, the more likely a customer is to visit your location and make a purchase from you.

The Best Part About Google My Business Posts

The best part, it is free promotion! Your business listing shows up in search results for your name and address (as well as other information about your business) which gives potential customers a way to find out more about what you do, who you are, and why they should choose you over another company offering similar services/products.

Here's what you can do to start posting to Google My Business!

Note: if you don't have an account, check out our blog Beginners Guide To Creating A Google My Business Listing .

�� Go to https://business.google.com/locations .

�� Click on the post icon to the right of your location row next to the see your profile button.

�� Paste your text into the "add a description" field.

�� Click on the add a button dropdown and select Call Now.

�� click on the Add Photos icon

�� Select the image or video from your computer.

�� Click on the post button in the lower right-hand corner of the post.

Congratulations if you were following along because you just posted to Google My Business from your computer.

If all you need is our written instructions and video, great! If you would prefer to have a marketing instructor show you what to do, it might be time to schedule with us.

Our marketing instructors are experts who specialize in showing you how to create content, post, and analyze your efforts.

Click the links below to learn more about our training programs.

Or schedule a Marketing Launchpad Demo today.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Increase Your LinkedIn Engagement By Posting Videos

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 19 Aug 2022 18:56:24 GMT

It's not surprising that posts with videos get more engagement on LinkedIn than those without.

Videos, even short animations grab people's attention. They're also a great way to add some personality to your content, which is something that can be lacking on LinkedIn.

Engaging content gets people to click & relevant content gets people to take action. If you have a video about a topic that your target market is interested in, they'll be much more likely to click and watch.

End your video and post with a strong call to action to get people to take the next step.

And finally, follow these simple steps to quickly post your video from your computer.

�� Go to linkedin.com/feed/ .

�� Click on the video button under the start a post field at the top of your feed.

�� Click on the "Select video to share" link.

�� Select the video from your computer.

�� [optional] Scroll down, click on the "Select Thumbnail" link, and load your image.

�� Click on the done button in the lower right-hand corner of the post.

�� Paste your text into the "what do you want to talk about?" field.

�� Click on the post button in the lower right-hand corner of the post.

Congratulations if you were following along because you just posted to LinkedIn from your computer.

If all you need is our written instructions and video, great! If you would prefer to have a marketing instructor show you what to do, it might be time to schedule with us.

Our marketing instructors are experts who specialize in showing you how to create content, post, and analyze your efforts.

Click the links below to learn more about our training programs.

Or schedule a Marketing Launchpad Demo today.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Post To Your Business Instagram Account Faster Using Your Computer

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 11 Aug 2022 20:41:27 GMT

Post To Your Business Instagram Account Faster Using Your Computer

Sometimes, it's just faster to post an image or video to Instagram on your computer.

Unfortunately, this just wasn't an option on Instagram until October of 2021. You were stuck, transferring files and text from your computer to your phone-a complete nightmare for business accounts, small business owners, and social media managers.

One of the biggest problems with Instagram is that most people still think it's only available on a mobile device. But, IGs browser-based version can access the social network on a desktop computer. The web version of Instagram lets you post photos and videos in a matter of seconds — no need to switch devices over and over again.

Here's what you can do.

�� Go to instagram.com .

�� Click on the plus sign in the upper right-hand corner.

�� Drag and drop your photo into Instagram (alternatively, you can click on the "select from computer" button).

�� [optional] click on the resize button in the lower left-hand corner and crop as needed.

�� Click on next in the upper right-hand corner.

�� [optional] Add filters and make lighting adjustments.

�� Click on next in the upper right-hand corner.

�� Paste your text into the "write a caption..." field.

�� [optional] Click on add a location and add your business location.

�� Click on share in the upper right-hand corner.

Congratulations if you were following along because you just posted to Instagram from your computer.

If all you need is our written instructions and video, great! If you would prefer to have a marketing instructor show you what to do, it might be time to schedule with us.

Our marketing instructors are experts who specialize in showing you how to create content, post, and analyze your efforts.

Click the links below to learn more about our training programs.

Or schedule a Marketing Launchpad Demo today.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Are Your Facebook Posts Lacking? Try This.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 03 Aug 2022 15:19:14 GMT

It's a question we've all asked ourselves at one point or another, especially after we've posted something and thought it was great, and then wondered why the phone didn't ring.

If this has happened to you, you might be missing one of three things.

1) You never identified the reader's curiosity, desire, pain, or fear.

If you are trying to sell a product or service, you need to identify the why first. Why does someone want to purchase from you? The top reasons have to do with a person's curiosity, pain point, desire, or some type of fear.

For example, Amazon wanted to announce its same-day delivery at retail stores. Did they start the post with "Same-Day Delivery"? No! They started with,

"Something new for our favorite people (that's you��)."

There's a little bit of FOMO in this headline. If you don't pay attention to the post, what are you missing? You are also a bit curious about something new, and a little flattered that you are one of Amazon's favorite people. All a little tongue in cheek, but fun.

How do you start your posts? Try starting with the readers' curiosity, desire, pain, or fear next time.

Another reason your posts might be falling flat is...

2) You never offered a solution that meant something to the reader.

If you start a post by introducing a point of curiosity, desire, pain, or fear you need to expand into some type of resolution. Ideally, this will be the product or service you are promoting. Back to our Amazon example:

Something new for our favorite people (that's you��).

We've expanded our Same-Day Delivery to select retail stores across 10+ cities in the U.S. That means you can use our app to shop other brands and have your order delivered (or ready for pickup in some spots) within hours.

Amazon lets you know about the new service, but quickly transitions to what that new service means to you. Why do they do this? Because the reader doesn't really care about Amazon. They care about how Amazon can make their lives easier.

Another reason your post might be falling flat.

3) You never explicitly or implicitly told the reader what to do.

If you put together a great, engaging post, but never give the reader a chance to take action, nothing happens.

Back to our example:

Something new for our favorite people (that's you��).

https://www.aboutamazon.com/news/transportation/get-same-day-delivery-from-your-favorite-retail-stores

Yep, it was as simple as adding a link to a 2-min blog post about same-day delivery. Notice Amazon didn't link directly into the same-day delivery store, https://amazon.com/samedaystore . Instead, Amazon used the post to tease you with more information that led to shopping.

Amazon and many other brands use this same technique in their post, so next time you go to post ask yourself, "

Did I identify the curiosity, desire, pain, or fear in the first sentence?
Did I present a solution?
Did I give an explicit or implicit call to action?

If any of these things are missing from your post, you might come up short.

For more information about how to post to Facebook, check out our video below. Or try our marketing launchpad and see how you can improve your marketing efforts.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

The Basics Of Sending A Marketing Email

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 25 Jul 2022 18:50:52 GMT

Email marketing is still one of the most effective ways to reach your customers. It is simple, cost-effective, and if you have the right content, the ROI is amazing.

When I talk about email marketing, I'm not talking about SPAM emails. Those are emails that come from a stranger to a stranger. They are rarely effective.

Good email marketing is all about sending valuable content to your past customers and leads you've generated through other marketing efforts.

To learn more about how to create the content for your email, check out our cornerstone content create blogs:

Topics: Keyword And Topic Research In Under A Minute.
Writing: Writing Tools That Can Simplify Your Marketing.
Images: Create Marketing Graphics In Under 2 Minutes With This Simple Process!

Now that you have content, you can watch our video below, and follow along with our written instructions.

Step 1: Go to your Marketing Launchpad account. If you don't have an account, use our demo account .

Step 2: Scroll down to the Write A Post section. Left-click on the Evernote logo, and open your post copy.

Note: if you haven't written anything to go along with your YouTube video, head back to the "write a post title" section and follow the instructions.

Step 3: Scroll down to the Create an Image and/or Video section. Left-click on Canva, and download your image and video.

Note: if you haven't created a video an image, head back to the "Create an Image and/or Video" section and follow the instructions.

Step 4: Scroll down to the Email Marketing section of the Marketing Launchpad. Left-click on the Hubspot Logo.

Step 5: Hover over your last email or your email template & Left-click on the Clone button. If you don't have a template or previous email, you can schedule a support call with us and we will help you for free. Or, you can read our blog post " Sending A Marketing Email | A Beginners Step By Step Instructions And Video Tutorial "

Step 6: Left-click on the campaign name a the top of the email editor. Copy and paste your title into the campaign name field.

Step 7: Double click on the picture. Left-click on replace. Drag and drop your photo into the photo library in the bottom right-hand corner of the screen. Double click the photo to select it.

Step 8: Double click on the text box. Highlight the old text and delete it from the email. Copy and paste your new text into the text box.

Step 9: Double click on the button at the bottom of the email. Change the text and link as needed.

Step 10: Left-click the settings tab at the top of the email editor. Copy and paste your title into the subject line field. Copy and paste the first sentence from your post into the preview text field.

Step 11: Left-click on send or schedule at the top of the email editor. Verify the "sent to" list. If you need help setting up a list, you can read our blog post " Sending A Marketing Email | A Beginners Step By Step Instructions And Video Tutorial "

Step 12: Left-click on the review and send button in the upper right-hand corner. Left-click on the send button, and left-click on the send email now button.

Congratulations if you were following along because you just sent a marketing email!

If all you need is our written instructions and video, great! If you would prefer to have a marketing instructor show you what to do, it might be time to schedule a free support call.

Our marketing instructors are experts who specialize in showing you how to create content, post, and analyze your efforts.

Click the links below to learn more about our training programs.

Or schedule a Marketing Launchpad Demo today.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Posting To Your Blog, A Quick Video Walkthrough

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 15 Jul 2022 20:35:17 GMT

We all know that blogging is a powerful way to build your brand and engage with your audience. However, blogging can also be time-consuming and difficult to manage.

Luckily for you, we have some solutions.

If you are struggling to find a blog topic, check out our video Keyword And Topic Research In Under A Minute.

If you are having trouble writing, go to Writing Tools That Can Simplify Your Marketing.

And, if you need a graphic, watch our video Create Marketing Graphics In Under 2 Minutes With This Simple Process!.

Once you've got the content piece of the equation covered, you are ready to post.

If you have an account with us, follow the steps below. Otherwise, click on your website editor for instructions.

Watch our video below to see how easy it is to post to a blog, and follow along with our written instructions.

Step 1: Go to your Marketing Launchpad account. If you don't have an account, use our demo account .

Step 2: Scroll down to the Write A Post section. Left-click on the Evernote logo, and open your post copy.

Note: if you haven't written anything to go along with your YouTube video, head back to the "write a post title" section and follow the instructions.

Step 3: Scroll down to the Create an Image and/or Video section. Left-click on Canva, and download your image and video.

Note: if you haven't created a video an image, head back to the "Create an Image and/or Video" section and follow the instructions.

Step 4: Scroll down to the Blogging section of the Marketing Launchpad. Left-click on the WES icon.

Step 5: Left-click on the blog icon in the left-hand menu about halfway down the screen.

Step 6: Left-click on the duplicate icon next to your most recent blog post. It is the fourth icon from the left, next to the trashcan.

Step 7: Delete the title from your previous post. Copy and paste your new title into the title field.

Step 8: Left-click on the replace button next to the image. Left-click on the upload image button. Select your image. Left-click the done button in the lower left-hand corner of the pop-up.

Step 9: Delete the text from the old post. Copy and paste in the text from the new post. Replace images and videos if needed. Left-click on the publish button in the upper right-hand corner of the screen.

Step 10: Left-click on the gear icon at the top of the screen. Left-click on the copy button, and paste the blog URL into your notes.

And just like that, you have posted to your blog.

If all you need is our written instructions and video, great! If you would prefer to have a marketing instructor show you what to do, it might be time to schedule with us.

Our marketing instructors are experts who specialize in showing you how to create content, post, and analyze your efforts.

Click the links below to learn more about our training programs.

Or schedule a Marketing Launchpad Demo today.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Posting To YouTube, A Quick Video Walkthrough

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 07 Jul 2022 19:56:14 GMT

If you’re spending hours upon hours every week trying to figure out how to post, then you’re not doing your job. You should have a repeatable process that helps you promote your service or product and then get back to running your business.

That's why we have a series of videos in our Marketing Launchpad , designed to help you write, create, and post as quickly as possible.

Watch our video below to see how easy it is to post to YouTube, and follow along with our written instructions.

Step 1: Go to your Marketing Launchpad account. If you don't have an account, use our demo account .

Step 2: Scroll down to the Write A Post section. Left-click on the Evernote logo, and open your post copy.

Note: if you haven't written anything to go along with your YouTube video, head back to the "write a post title" section and follow the instructions.

Step 3: Scroll down to the Create an Image and/or Video section. Left-click on Canva, and download your image and video.

Note: if you haven't created a video an image, head back to the "Create an Image and/or Video" section and follow the instructions .

Step 4: Scroll down to the YouTube section of the Marketing Launchpad. Left-click on YouTube.

Step 5: Upload your video by left-clicking on the create icon in the upper right-hand corner. Left-click on the upload videos link. Drag and drop your video into the upload window.

Step 6: Complete the upload Form.

Copy and paste the title from your notes into the title field.
Copy and paste the description into the description field.
Click on Upload a thumbnail and upload your jpg file, click done.
Select playlist(s).
Select no this is not made for kids.
Click on more options.
Language is English (United States)
Set the record date to today
Location is [your Google My Business Listing]
Click next, Click next, Click next
Set the video to public and click on publish

And just like that, you have a video posted to YouTube

If all you need is our written instructions and video, great! If you would prefer to have a marketing instructor show you what to do, it might be time to schedule with us.

Our marketing instructors are experts who specialize in showing you how to create content, post, and analyze your efforts.

Click below to learn more about our...

Or schedule a Marketing Launchpad Demo today.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Create Marketing Graphics In Under 2 Minutes With This Simple Process!

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 30 Jun 2022 16:53:34 GMT

You don't have time to mess around. You need marketing graphics that look good, but you don't have the budget to buy graphics every time you want to post to social media.

To complicate things more, you know that your brand needs a consistent look across all of your marketing content. You need people to easily recognize and connect with your company. But how do you keep your brand's look consistent without spending hundreds of dollars on each graphic?

That's where Canva comes in. With just a few clicks in Canva's simple design editor, you can create beautiful marketing graphics in under two minutes!

Watch our video below to see how easy it is, and follow along with our written instructions below.

Step 1: Go to your The Marketing Launchpad account. If you don't have an account, use our demo account .

Step 2: Scroll down to the Images & Video section. Left-click on the Canva logo.

Note: if you haven't written anything to go along with your graphic, head back to the "write a post title" section and follow the Writing Instructions.

Step 3: Log into Canva if you haven't already. From the home page, scroll down to the Recent Designs Library. Find the design you like. Hover over the design. Left-click on the three dots in the upper right-hand corner of the design, and left-click on "make a copy".

Step 4: Left-click on the new design in your "Recent Designs" library. The thumbnail will be titled "Copy of..." and appear as the first thumbnail in your Recent Designs.

Step 5: Double-click on the design title at the top of the editor. Delete the old name of the design and replace it with your new title.

Step 6: Revise your design. You can revise your design by double-clicking on text boxes and revising titles, subtitles, and calls to action. You can replace pictures by uploading photos and dragging them over top of the photos you wish to replace.

Note: for a more in-depth explanation of creating and revising templates, check out our post How To Set Up Multiple Templates In Canva .

Step 7: Click on the Share button in the upper-right hand corner, click on the download menu, click on the file type drop-down menu, select MP4, and click on the download button.

Step 8: Click on the Share button in the upper-right hand corner, click on the download menu, click on the file type drop-down menu, select JPG, and click on the download button.

And just like that, you have a video and graphic to post!

If you have no trouble following along with our video, great! If you would prefer to have a marketing instructor show you what to do, it might be time to schedule with us.

Our marketing instructors are experts who specialize in showing you how to create content, post, and analyze your efforts. Our Marketing Launchpad makes it easy for you to learn and execute your marketing strategy.

Click below to learn more about our...

Or schedule a Marketing Launchpad Demo today.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Writing Tools That Can Simplify Your Marketing

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 21 Jun 2022 16:33:09 GMT

Copy.ai is a tool that can help you generate original content on any topic. It's the first AI-powered copywriting service, and it's free.

The way it works is pretty simple: You supply the ideas, and Copy.ai returns the writing.

You can use Copy.ai to write blog posts, social media posts, email newsletters, landing pages and more — in seconds. Copy.ai is powered by artificial intelligence and machine learning, so it gets better with each use.

Here's what you can do...

Step 1: Go to webeducationservices.com/demo .

Step 2: Scroll down to the Copy.ai logo.

Step 3: Click on the Copy.ai logo.

Step 4: Verify "bullet point to blog section" is highlighted. If not, click on blog tools and select "bullet point to blog section" in the left menu.

Step 5: Enter your post title. If you don't have a title yet, read our instructions and/or watch our video about finding a topic and writing a title.

Step 6: Enter your website and click create project.

Step 7: Enter your post title again in the Blog Topic field.

Step 8: Write 3 to 5 bullet points about the topic.

Step 9: Click on create copy.

You can copy and paste your favorite copy into Evernote or your favorite document management app like Word or Google Docs. Revise the post as needed and make sure you add a call to action like, "for more information call 727.222.6984 or visit us at webeducationservices.com ."

Watching Videos is great, but having a teacher is better. Sign up for your first marketing training session, FREE. Click on the link below.

Schedule A Training Session

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Keyword And Topic Research In Under A Minute

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 09 Jun 2022 17:42:56 GMT

I've talked about it before and I'll talk about it again. Answer The Public is a great resource for topic generation, keyword research, and well, just a great place to grab a sneak peek at what people are typing into Google.

Showing clients how to use Answer the Public is also the first step in our Marketing Launchpad Application — the easiest way to simplify your marketing.

Here's what you need to know...

Step 1: Go to the Marketing Launchpad Application the demo account is free.

Step 2: Left-click on the Answer the Public logo under the title Topic Generators

Step 3: Type your Keyword or Words into the search bar

Step 4: Wait for the generator to run

Step 5: Highlight and copy a topic for your title

Now that you have a topic, it is time to write. Hopefully, that last line didn't give you anxiety. If it did, even just a little, check out our blog article on How To Write A Completing Post . Spoiler, there is an app for that too!

If you hate figuring all this out on your own, feel disorganized, or just want to learn all this marketing stuff faster, schedule a free one-hour coaching session with us. We will run you through the Marketing Launchpad, help you out, and then try to sell you more consulting. <= just a little honesty for you, and hopefully you chuckled a little as well.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Create Unique Passwords That You Will Never Forget

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 02 Jun 2022 21:12:35 GMT

Unique passwords are a pain to remember. But they're also vital for protecting your online accounts.

If you use the same password for multiple websites, you could be putting yourself at risk of having all of your accounts hacked if one site is compromised. And if you write down your passwords, then you're making it easy for someone who finds the list to access all of your accounts.

Passwords are a pain in the neck because they need to be unique for every website and service that requires authentication. If you're like many people, you'll probably forget at least one of those passwords over time, which means you'll have to reset it or even create a new account.

Fortunately, there is a simple trick to having both a unique password AND an easy-to-remember password. I like to call it The Password MASH Trick.

Funniest Password Joke ��

Here's how it works. Let's say your favorite password is p@$$w0rd. You like to use p@$$w0rd everywhere. Unfortunately, cheepshoes.com just got hacked. Now everyone on the internet knows the email thisguy@gmail.com and p@$$w0rd will get you into Facebook, Instagram, and maybe even a bank account. Poor thisguy@gmail.com has to change his p@$$w0rd to p@$$w0rd1.

Best case scenario, wasted time changing passwords. Worst-case scenario, accounts get lost, money gets transferred, and some serious fraud occurs.

Now if thisguy@gmail.com would have known The Password MASH. He might have saved himself. To use the trick you first need a regular password like p@$$w0rd1. You then choose a MASH technique using the name of the website. For example, you might go to Facebook and put an F in the being of the password and the rest at the end.

F p@$$w0rd1 acebook

Or, you might just use the first three letters

F p@$$w0rd1 ac

Or, just the first three in the beginning

Fac p@$$w0rd1

Come up with your own MASH technique. This makes remembering your password easy AND you get all the advantages of having a unique password for every site.

And just for fun, here are the most common passwords for 2022 according to cybernews.com .

123456
123456789
qwerty
password
12345
qwerty123
1q2w3e
12345678
111111
1234567890

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

How To Amplify Your TikTok Video Using The Marketing Launchpad

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 27 May 2022 11:26:22 GMT

How To Amplify Your TikTok Video Using The Marketing Launchpad

TikTok is an excellent "newish" social media platform. But, if you only post to one platform, you only get in front of one audience. What if you could download your TikTok Video and post it EVERYWHERE, amplifying your Video and getting more views, more likes, and more marketing!

Well, you can. Watch our video below or follow the written instructions.

Step 1: Go To TikTok on your desktop, tiktok.com . Log in if you need to.

Step 2: Left-click on your profile picture in the upper right-hand corner of your browser.

Step 3: Left-click on view profile.

Step 4: Left-click on the Video you want to AMPLIFY.

Step 5: Right-click on the Video.

Step 6: Left-click on SAVE VIDEO AS... link. Generally, this is the 4th or 5th option from the top, depending on your computer settings.

Step 7: Left-click on the save button (optional: you can name the file in the "Save As:" field at the top of the pop-up)

Great you got a video! But, what are you going to write? TikTok is great because all it wants is a headline. Blogs, emails, YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, and other apps all require some or a lot of text.

Don't worry; we've got that covered too! Let AI write for you; here's how.

Go to copy.ai

Left-click on Log In in the upper right-hand corner.
If you have an account, click on continue with Google or enter your email and password and move to the next step. You may be logged in already; if so, you can skip this step.
If you don't have a free account, create an account by following the prompts from Copy.AI .
Create a new project by left-clicking on the plus sign in the top left-hand corner.
Write a title for your Video in the project title field
Enter your website in the relevant website field and click on create a project.
Look at the writing tool menu on the left of the browser
Find "Blog Tools" (it is halfway down the menu below "Start-up Tools" and "Website Copy."
Left-click on "blog tools" and left-click on "Bullet Points to Blog Section."
Retype your title into the "what is your product called" field.
Type three bullet points about your Video into the describe your product field.
Choose friendly as your tone. (this should be the default setting)
Click on the Create Copy button.

Sit back and watch the copywriting magic.

You will get three to seven results. You will need to revise the copy a little and include a call to action.

Now you have an entire post ready to go! Use the Marketing Launchpad to post to all your marketing platforms. You can post the Video to YouTube, send a marketing email, post to your blog, post to Facebook, post to Instagram, post to Twitter, post to LinkedIn, post to Google My Business, create a Facebook Ad, and/or a Google Ad.

Use our Marketing Launchpad Demo , complete with instructions to ensure everyone sees your Video!

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Successful Marketing, 4 Must-Have Skills

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 19 May 2022 17:50:29 GMT

You've heard it before and will hear it again–content is king. In today's marketing world, a strong content marketing strategy is vital for any company that wants to break through all of the noise on the web and stand out from their competition. But, without having a balance of four key skills, your content marketing efforts can fall flat on their face.

Here are your company's 4 must-have skills

Content Marketing Topic selection

Before you start, it's important to define your goals. Are you trying to generate sales? Increase traffic? Connect with an audience?

Good content marketing is all about engaging your audience. That's the purpose of content marketing. It raises your brand awareness and gives you the opportunity to educate and build trust with your readers which will eventually lead to increased conversions. But before you can effectively do any of that, you must first be able to clearly define the problem your content is trying to solve.

Make sure you:

Clearly define the problem your content is trying to solve.
What are the feelings your client has when dealing with the problem
Understand what your audience's goals are.

Be able to answer:

How do you solve your audience's problems and help them reach their goals?
What is your proven process?
What do you promise your audience after working with you or buying from you?

Do these three things, and you'll be able to produce more effective content and make sure it leads to sales conversations or purchases.

SECRETE SHORT CUT - use tools like answerthepublic.com to generate topics for you. You feed answer the public keywords and it returns what people are searching for on Google.

Writing

Writing is a skill that you must have at all times. Whether it's writing an email or a blog post, the ability to communicate effectively is essential. BUT, we aren't all writers. Fortunately, there are tools out there for the rest of us. Tools like Copy.ai .

Copy.ai allows you to feed the software a topic and an outline. The writing tool returns a daft. You can edit and revise as needed!

SECRETE SHORT CUT - Go to copy.ai , click on blog tools in the left-hand navigation bar, click on the bullet point to blog section, and follow the instructions.

Graphic Design

Everyone loves a good graphic that helps to get their message across. So, you better be able to create something that is going to make your audience stop and take notice. Thanks to technology, this skill is easy to master with a few hacks. Let me introduce you to Canva.com . Canva is an easy-to-use design system that allows anyone to create professional-looking graphics at no cost. Canva provides a wide range of templates for you to choose from which makes it easy for anyone to create a powerful image.

SECRETE SHORT CUT - go to canva.com , click on Instagram post square, click on the search bar in the upper right-hand corner, search for NEWS, and select your favorite template. Replace the text with the title from what you wrote. Use the stock photos in Canva to create engaging designs. Best of all, click on the animate button at the top of your design and turn your graphic into a video!

Posting

You have to post your content; otherwise, no one will see it. Consumers are exposed to more information than ever before from traditional and digital media. This means you have to promote your business through YouTube, emails, blogging, social media, and ads (amongst other things) Your visitors are inundated with different types of content from countless sources every day, and the only way to compete is to show up, and give them what they want.

SECRETE SHORT CUT - Use the Marketing Launchpad or Create a document with links to all your platforms. Link to your YouTube account, Blog, Email Marketing Software, Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Twitter, TikTok, and Google My Business listing.

Successful businesses have to have marketing skills in all of these areas.

Successful marketers have to have skills or employees who have skills in topic selection, writing, graphic design, and posting your content to relevant platforms.

Remember

Topic selection: You can't just write about whatever you feel like. Successful bloggers and writers need to know what their audience wants to read about, and then deliver that content.
Writing: Writing is the most important part of marketing for most businesses because a post or article is easy for people to read and share with others who might be interested in your product or service.
Graphic design: Having good graphic design skills means that when someone sees something that looks professional they will think it's trustworthy too!
Posting To Relevant Platforms: You have to promote your business through YouTube, emails, blogging, social media, and ads (amongst other things).

It is as easy as picking a topic, writing, creating a graphic, and posting. If you need help developing or learning these skills check out our 13-week Marketing Launchpad Program or demo our New Web App .

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Beginners Guide To Creating A Google My Business Listing

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 11 May 2022 18:55:41 GMT

If you are new to Google My Business and content marketing in general, you are probably feeling pretty overwhelmed. You're not sure if you are completing your profile correctly, and you are probably wondering if your efforts are worth it.

You are not alone.

Our clients struggle with the same issues. This is why we've put together this beginner's guide to setting up your Google My Business Listing.

Step 1: Go to Google Business Profile Manager on a desktop or laptop. You can set up your profile from a mobile phone; however, the process is a little more difficult. This guide is intended for setting up a profile from a desktop or laptop.

Step 2: Click on the add business button in the upper right hand corner of the screen. Click on add single business

Step 3: Type your business name into the "type your business name" search. Click on "create a business with this name" under your business name.

Step 4: Fill out every field you can in the create a profile form.

Step 5: Verify your business. Google My Business provides you with several ways to verify your business.

Once your profile is verified, you can complete your profile. Remember to submit everything Google asks for in the profile.

If you are still having trouble Schedule a session with us, and we will look it over with you for free.

For more great DIY marketing support, subscribe to our blog.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Google Analytics GA 4 - Beginners Guide To Interpreting Your Data

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 04 May 2022 21:14:23 GMT

The first thing you need to know about Google Analytics is that it's powerful. You can see how many people are coming to your website and where they are coming from. You can see how they interact with your site and how they convert. It's a huge amount of data, and it can be overwhelming if you don't know where to start.

So, let us help. Our Google Analytics GA4 beginner's guide to interpreting your data will help you get more insights.

That said, the main goal of Google Analytics is to show you what content people are interested in and what content they're not interested in. You can use that knowledge to create better content for your readers.

In this post, I'll show you a step-by-step process for getting started with Google Analytics.

Watch the video for more specific details.

Step 1: Go to Google Analytics . If you don't have a Google Analytics GA4 account, schedule a demo with us today, and we will help you set up your Google Analytics account for free.

Step 2: Click on the Reports tab located in the left navigation pane, second from the top.

Step 3: Click on the Acquisition tab under the Life Cycle header, then click on User acquisition.

Step 4: Click on the date range in the upper right-hand corner. Click on Last 28 days, click on the Compare toggle button and switch it from gray to blue—Click Apply in the lower right-hand corner of the box.

Step 5: Scroll down and look at what channels produce the most visitors. More importantly, how is each channel changing? Is it going up? Down? By how much? What can you do to influence these results?

Step 6: Click on the blue plus button at the top of the table, to the right, under the search bar. Click on page screen and click on landing page.

Step 7: Scroll down and look at what pages produce the most visitors. More importantly, how is each page changing? Is it going up? Down? By how much? What content can you create to drive more traffic to your website?

Step 8: Click on the Engagement tab located in the left navigation pane, third from the top, then click on the Conversions tab.

Step 9: Scroll down and look at what conversions produce the most leads. More importantly, how is each conversion changing? Is it going up? Down? By how much? What can you do to influence these results?

Step 10: Click on the blue plus button at the top of the table, to the right, under the search bar. Click on session acquisition and click on Session source / medium.

Step 11: Scroll down and see what sources and mediums produce the most conversions. What type of conversions are they creating? More importantly, how is each source changing? Is it going up? Down? By how much? What can you do to influence these results?

If you don't see conversions, your analytics and events might not be set up correctly. Schedule a session with us, and we will look it over with you for free.

Google Analytics collects a lot of information about the pages on your site, where the traffic comes from, and the conversions (if any) made on those pages. This guide is intended to help you become more failure with Google Analytics. If you are interested in advanced training, you can check out Google Analytics Academy . These classes are provided by Google and are free.

For more great DIY marketing support, subscribe to our blog.

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

The Marketing Message Every Business Owner Needs To Know

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:59:59 GMT

The short answer is... you need to know YOUR marketing message. We aren't talking about taglines or gimmicks. No, it's about genuinely understanding whom you want to work with. Whom you want to buy from you, and how you want to serve them.

Here's a Market Exercise that will help you know your marketing message, and it starts with understanding your ideal customer/client.

THE TARGET

download the handout to follow along with the exercise.

The most challenging concept for entrepreneurs is understanding that "not everyone is your customer." We are wired for opportunity. Our natural reaction is, "but they could be if." Our ability as entrepreneurs to add if to any statement makes us successful.

Targeting everyone is also what makes our marketing generic and uninspiring.

People want their products and services to look like them, reflect them, and be like them. You can't be unique and say, we're for everyone in the same breath. Not only is this ineffective, but you lose trust and credibility.

So, now what? - define your target.

Ask yourself, "Who is your perfect client/customer... gender, generation, job, income, etc." You might be wondering why this is important. Well, understanding your target demographics helps you target your ads better. It also enables you to pick better pictures, create better videos, and write better posts. We are wired to want to connect with people like us. If you are a young family buying a house, you want to see a young family buying a home.

Look at your handout or a blank piece of paper.

Close your eyes and picture the best client or customer you ever had. Why are they so fantastic? Did they tell their friends about you? Did they appreciate you and what you do? Were they excited by the results? Hold that image and that name in your mind.

Now. Write their name at the top of the paper.

Write down their:

Gender:
Age:
Married? Yes or No
Kids? Yes or No
Income?
Employment:

Again, you can use this for specific targeting in some apps, but the most important thing is your content should reflect this person. If you are marketing mommy and me yoga, you don't want a picture of a 20-something night on the town.

Now, ask yourself, "where are they... geographically, spending time online, socially, etc." Understanding "where they are" helps you understand where your marketing should be. If you are marketing tutoring to young children, a banner in the car line at an elementary is a great idea. PTA flyers and email blasts could be part of your marketing mix. Don't just default to typical media and social media outlets. Think about where they are and where you can be.

Now. Look a the name at the top of your handout . Picture your best customer/client in your mind. Use your imagination because you might not have all the answers, but imagine where this person might be.

Write down where:

They live:
They work:
Their online tendencies (social media, groups, websites they like):
What affiliations they have (sports, elks club, groups):
Their social habits:

Again, you can use where they are to determine where you market. If you target families, you can set up your Facebook ads to run only on Saturdays within a 1-mile radius around a local soccer field. Or you can sponsor a soccer tournament and get a banner or some print advertising.

You can see how defining your target builds upon itself.

You now know who your target is and where your target is. Next, we need to define what they are.

Ask yourself, "What makes them unique... their values, goals, desires, hobbies, etc." Understanding who they are helps you craft your message. What makes them unique is at the heart of your marketing and any marketing. You will let people know how your product or service can help them live a better life.

For example, "Wasting 2 hours on your lawn? Rather be with the family? Try our lawn services."

Notice the conflict? The potential customer values time with the family, but they choose to work on their lawn instead. They can do better, and lawn services is the solution. Lawn services resolves the conflict.

Look a the name at the top of your handout . Picture your best customer/client in your mind. Use your imagination because you might not have all the answers, but you can imagine what they are.

This can be the toughest part of the exercise. Remember, psychology is far from a perfect science, and you are just trying to get an idea of what your target is so you can put together better content for them. There is no right or wrong answer to this exercise.

Write down:

Their values:
Their desires:
Their goals:
Their interests:
Their hobbies:
Their life choices:

Which brings us to our last box on the first page of the handout , "where is the pain/the trigger?" Understanding the pain/the trigger helps you get people to pay attention. We are naturally wired to figure out how to avoid pain or elevate pain. It is a survival response in the amygdala , a part of our brain that controls stress and fight or flight responses. It is also a part of the limbic system that relays feelings. And when you make someone feel something, they are more likely to take action.

Again, Look a the name at the top of your handout . Picture your best customer/client in your mind. What brought them to you? What problem were they trying to solve? What was their goal? What did they want the future to look like? Even if it is something as simple as... "I called because my outlet stopped working, I heard a buzzing sound, I was worried about the electricity, so I called an electrician." The person still has values that are affected by their decision. They value their family and possessions. They are afraid of an electrical fire, and they need a service. Even the most straightforward purchasing decisions runs through the cycle of 1) a person 2) a value/desire/goal 3) a pain/trigger.

Write down the pain points or the triggers that lead to buying:

After completing the front page of the handout , you should have a good idea of your target. However, you may look at this tomorrow and want to revise it.

Please do! Marketing is a strange dichotomy of being flexible and fluid with the market but staying consistent with your customer/client. In other words, when the market moves, so should you. And, your clients/customers crave consistency, so be consistent.

Flip the handout over to the second page. It is time to work on your message.

Your Marketing Message

Defining your three uniques helps you differentiate your business from your competitors. The three uniques should also bring meaning and purpose to your company. Simon Sinek describes this as finding your WHY–watch his full TED talk here . Your 3 uniques should inspire you, inspire the people around you to contribute, and most importantly inspire your customers/clients to buy from you.

Write down your three uniques. Always revisit them. They should be more than words to you.

Now that you know why you do what you do, it is time to talk about how you do what you do. Write out 3 to 7 steps that you take to deliver your product or service to your customers/clients.

The proven process should be specific enough that someone gets a general idea of what you do. However, this is not a procedures book. This isn't a DIY situation. You want your proven process to make it easier to talk about what you do. The proven process keeps your message consistent, and best of all, a document proven process helps your entire company convey a consistent message from marketing to operations.

On your handout , write down your proven process.

The last step in the exercise is writing out your promise. Your promise should also be your customers/clients' goals, desires, and values. It should resolve any pain. Your promise should be the call to action on the majority of your content marketing assets. Finally, your promise should align with your target, your uniqueness, and your proven process.

I am Justin Babcock founder of Web Education Services. We help entrepreneurs and small business owners with DIY Marketing Support

Web Education Services lives to be the marketing folks you can call. We simplify your marketing and help you create a DIY marking process that works for you. We do this by organizing your marketing efforts, developing your marketing message, teaching you DIY marketing skills, and involving you throughout the process.

We promise to simplify your marketing through DIY marketing support.

If you are interested in learning more about our 3-week DIY marketing accelerator, our 13-week DIY marketing launchpad, or our website design and development options. Please call or text (727) 222-6984 .

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Website event tracking has gotten a lot easier; but, this might be holding you back.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 20 Apr 2022 18:24:43 GMT

Website event tracking can be a hugely beneficial way to measure the performance of your website, but it's not something that everyone can set up. If you don't have the resources or technical expertise to track events on your site, you're not alone — but it may be holding you back from reaching your full potential.

Why Tracking Events On Your Website Is Important

When someone fills out a form, clicks on a button, schedules an appointment, scrolls down a page, or does "something" on your website, you probably want to know about it. More importantly, you want to look at the data to answer important questions like:

how many people filled out a form last month?
how many people called me from my website?
where did those people come from, how did they find me?
what can I do to get more people calling, emailing, and connecting with me?

Fortunately with the release of GA4 and Google Tag Manager Event Tags, answering these questions has gotten a lot easier! So, why isn't everyone looking at this data?

You might have an old analytics account.

Old analytics accounts don't have the same power as GA4. In some cases, they are easier to use because of familiarity, but they lack the ability to manage conversions in a meaningful way. If you are unsure of what kind of account you have, contact your web developer. Or schedule a consultation with us.

You might have a skills gap that prevents you or your developer from setting up tracking.

Sometimes the person who builds your website can create something pretty but doesn't understand the technical side of setting up a website. They may not be as well versed in Google Tag Manager, Analytics, and Search Console. And without proper tracking, you can't answer the essential marketing questions.

What's working?
What's not working?
Where can I adjust?

This doesn't mean you need a new web guy. It just means you need to talk to someone who understands Google's new GA4 and how to take advantage of the new tracking technology.

You may not need new tracking technology.

One thing to always think about when there is something new, or just something new to you, "am I going to use it?" If you don't look at your analytics today if you don't track your marketing and sales efforts, will GA4 change your behavior? We see it all the time. The problem is a lack of business processes and responsibilities, but business owners try and fill the gap with technology. Too often, businesses have no marketing processes and a lot of cool tech/new apps. These days you need both, processes and tech. Check out our launchpad demo . We've combined the latest and greatest applications with easy-to-follow instructions and executable processes.

For more information about our launchpad, schedule a demo with us today, and SIMPLIFY YOUR MARKETING!

Want more helpful DIY Marketing articles delivered to your inbox? Click subscribe and join our DIY Marketing Squad.

Where's the pain? How To Write A Compelling Post.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 14 Apr 2022 21:56:09 GMT

You don't know what to write. Your posts are a mess. You don't know what to write next. You're sick of writing about stuff that makes you sound... like yourself. Your confidence is low and your motives are unclear.

But what if there was a simple framework to follow? A way to make sure your post was structured properly and contained all the right elements?

And let's not forget the title - you've crafted the per fect one, with laser precision, but then spent an age picking a picture that suits it perfectly.

Is there a quicker way of doing this?

Notice the copy above starts with a pain point, "you don't know what to write." We've used this topic several times because we know writing is the number one obstacle for our clients. We also know that all of our programs address the "what to write" problem.

You can use this same process when writing. And, yes, it is a quicker way!

Here's how we work through it with our clients.

Step 1: ask "where's the pain?"

What specifically were your customers struggling with before they met you?

Step 2: write it out in the most simple terms.

For this post, we used the following bullet points:

You don't know what to write
You don't know how to write
You don't have a picture or design
You need a process

Step 3: go to app.copy.ai and use the pain-agitate-solution writing tool.

You can sign in or sign up for copy.ai . Click on the sales copy drop-down in the left-hand menu and select pain-agitate-solution. Type your bullets from step 2 into the "describe your product" field. This works if you are selling a service or a product. To finish, click on Create Copy.

Step 4: Pick your favorite copy, revise, and post.

You can copy your favorite text and post it into a word doc, google doc, or into our favorite writing app evernote.com . Revise as needed.

Now you can pick a picture from a stock photo app like pexels.com or go to canva.com and create your own design.

Now it's posting time.

If this was great info, but you need a little more instruction, check out our marketing launchpad demo .

Or checkout our DIY marketing programs .

For more great info and to stay in the know, subscribe to our blog or follow us on your favorite Social Media Platform - YouTube , Facebook Page , Instagram , Twitter , LinkedIn , TikTok

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

The Google My Business App Is Being Replaced - What You Need To Know

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 07 Apr 2022 16:02:05 GMT

You may have received a worrisome email this week from Google with the headline "The Google My Business App Is Being Replaced." The attention-grabbing headline makes you think, Google My Business is going away. Some of my clients have reached out worried about changes to the way they interact with their Google listings.

Well, rest easy. If you are logging into business.google.com , nothing is changing. But, there are a few things you need to know.

Here's what's happening and how it affects small businesses.

Google My Business Branding and Phone App Are Changing

By now, you’ve probably heard of Google My Business. It’s the way for business owners to manage their businesses and information on Google search and maps.

What you may not have heard is that the Google My Business App is being rolled into two separate apps: Google Search, and Google Maps.

Both of these apps access the same business listing information, so you don't have to recreate your listing. And, you can still access your listing through business.google.com . But, sometime in 2022 (no official date yet), your Mobile App for Google My Business will no longer be available. Again, if you are accessing your listing on your desktop, nothing is changing.

It is also important to note, this change won’t affect customers or how they find or contact businesses using Google Maps or Google Search. But it will affect businesses who rely on the mobile app to manage their profiles and reply to customer reviews.

Google My Business is now Google Business Profile Manager

As you may be aware, Google is making some tweaks to how it manages business profiles. The app formerly known as "Google My Business" is getting a new name: "Google Business Profile Manager."

The functionality, however, will remain the same. And here's something that's new: in addition to accessing your profile from business.google.com , you'll also be able to manage it from the Google Maps App or in Google Search.

Edit info directly on your Business Profile

If you have the Google Maps app or you have a mobile chrome browser your apps will be automatically updated on your phone or tablet. You can edit your business hours, address, and phone number, add photos and videos, set a link to your website, and manage posts right on your Business Profile in the Google Maps app or from your chrome browser.

Promote your business with updates, offers, and ads

Again, from your mobile device using Google Maps or Google Search you can access promotion features for Google Listings. Keep customers in the know. Tell them about upcoming events, new products, or special offers with updates and posts on your Business Profile. And you can automatically share these updates with your followers in Google Search and Maps by turning on Promoted pins. You can also set up ads to increase customer visits to your business. Get more customers in the door with a business profile that helps people find what they need—including hours, reviews, photos, and more.

Google may migrate its listings to Google Search and Google Maps.

Getting away from their mobile app might be a signal that they will change desktop access as well. But for now, Google Business Profile Manager is safe (except for the name change). Don’t worry—the browser-based app you use to manage your listings, or your client’s listings, isn’t being replaced. You can continue using business.google.com .

If your head is spinning after this post, give us a call at (727) 222 6984 . Unlike most "techy" companies, we love phone support and are proud to be the guys you can call. We are a small business, so sometimes we need to call you back.

For more great info and to stay in the know, subscribe to our blog or follow us on your favorite Social Media Platform - YouTube , Facebook Page , Instagram , Twitter , LinkedIn , TikTok

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

How to set up multiple templates in Canva.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 31 Mar 2022 21:44:54 GMT

It's happening. You see your competition on Facebook, YouTube, TikTok, and other social media platforms. Their stuff looks great, and you think to yourself, "how do they have the money for a graphic designer," or "where are they finding the time to create these designs?

Yes, they might be spending lots of time and lots of money. Or, they are using technology to create quickly and get back to work.

Check out this option to create content quickly with a professional touch.

Creating Templates.

Step 1:

Go to Canva.com and set up several templates of different sizes. (see video for detailed instructions)

Step 2:

Configure your templates with brand colors and logos. (see video for detailed instructions)

Step 3:

Copy templates and use them to create different designs to accompany your posts. (see video for detailed instructions)

If you need help learning how to create and post content for your business, check out our marketing launchpad.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Three short-sighted expectations that Apps like Facebook, Canva, and Google assume you know.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 24 Mar 2022 19:38:31 GMT

Apps like Facebook, Canva, and Google Ads have certainly created opportunities. However, they often leave users feeling frustrated. These software companies assume everyone is great on a computer and provide little support.

Here are the three biggest DIY marketing complaints we hear from small business owners.

1) Tech companies expect you to know how to use their app without support.

The newest marketing tool always has great promise. But the developers all assume the same three things:

Our app is intuitive
Our app doesn't require support
If you can't figure it out, you aren't a good fit

This is no way to enter a market. Worse, it leaves lots of business owners frustrated.

2) They expect you to know how it all comes together.

You are trying to figure it all out. What are you going to say? What images should you use? And, then you have an application that is asking you to fill out all kinds of stuff. You don't even know what half of it means. You just pray that you didn't make a mistake. Worse, you wonder, "how is this going to turn into a paying customer?"

You are not alone!

All of our clients came to us because they were struggling with where to start. The tools assume you already have a process in place. The truth is, most small businesses have no marketing process.

3) They are always moving things in the app.

AND just when you thought you had it all together. They update the software and you have to figure it out all over again. So, all those things that the developer thought were intuitive and then realized it wasn't... they fixed it. But now, you are back to square one, wondering if you did it right.

WE HATE THIS! At Web Education Services, we want marketing to be simple, fun, and a way to take pride in your work.

So, we developed a solution... The Marketing Launchpad

We've organized all your marketing apps into one place. We've laid out the apps in a linear process, so each step builds upon the next. We created a checklist, so you never get lost as to where you are. And, we have instructions next to each app, so you know what to do next.

Best of all, we train you. Yep, one of our trainers will work with you so you understand both the big picture (your marketing strategy) and how to execute (your marketing tactics) In 3, 2-hour sessions, we will show you how to use your marketing launchpad.

Session 1: Structure

We will work together to set up and optimize your marketing platforms. Set up includes YouTube, Your Blog (a website is required), email marketing, Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, Google My Business, Facebook Ads Manager, and Google Ads Manager.

See The Demo Launchpad

Session 2: Strategy

We will develop your marketing message by defining your ideal customer, your 3 uniques, your proven process, and your guarantee.

Session 3: Application

We will create your first piece of content using your new launchpad. We will post your content to all of your Free marketing platforms. We will configure and post.

You can stop after block one and use the desktop app, or you can continue with the training.

Schedule a demo today and see what the marketing launchpad can do for you!

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

What Is The Best Way To Learn Copywriting?

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 17 Mar 2022 21:26:37 GMT

If you are an aspiring copywriter, you are going to want to take courses, find a mentor, and practice your craft.

If you are a business owner or marketer trying to write on budget, use these two apps instead.

Here's what you do:

Go to answerthepublic.com

Type keywords into the search bar. For example, if I was writing a post about "blog tools", I'd type this in and it would give me all the questions people are asking about blog tools. Copy a question from the results.

Go to copy.ai

Create a new project by clicking on the plus sign in the top right-hand corner. Paste in your topic from Answer The Public. Enter your website and click on create project. Choose "blog tools" and bullet points to blog section. Paste your topic. Enter your bullet points.

Then sit back and watch the copywriting magic.

You will get three to seven results that can get you started. You will need to revise the copy a little and make sure you include a call to action like...

If you need help navigating Copy.AI, Answer The Public, or would like to try out our proprietary Marketing Launchpad, schedule a call .

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails to help you and your business.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Three Changes You Can Make To Optimize Your Google My Business Listing

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 08 Mar 2022 22:41:14 GMT

Google My Business listings have grown in popularity since the listing directory was created in June of 2014.

Ever since the much-needed shut down of Google+ on April 2nd, 2019, Google My Business has become the trusted source for finding local businesses, finding directions, reading reviews, and visiting local businesses' websites.

So, how can you make sure your Google My Business listing is at the top of the search results locally?

Try these three things.

Complete your business profile!

Make sure you’ve added photos, services, products, an about section, logos, and everything else Google asks for.

It’s pretty easy to look to see if you’ve completed your profile. Go to business.google.com/dashboard , click on “Home” in the left-hand menu, and scroll down looking for the header “Complete your Business Profile”. Once you find the header, Google will tell you what to do.

Don’t see a header? Great! Your profile is complete.

Reply to reviews.

Yeah, full disclosure, we aren’t always good at this one. We want to write something nice, witty, and personal, so we wait.

Don’t be like us.

Respond to reviews quickly. Be sure to mention your service or product. Mention the general location where the service or purchase took place, and thank your customer/client! Your kind words mean a lot, and Google looks at the keywords in the reviews and your responses.

Solicit reviews.

Not only should you reply to reviews, but you also need to ask for reviews.

Again, Go to business.google.com/dashboard , click on “Home” in the left-hand menu, and scroll down looking for the header “Get More Reviews.” Click on the button Share Review Form and copy the link. Paste the link into the body of an email and send your review link to clients, customers, friends, family, your pets, and anyone else who has a gmail account.

Google may not post a review if they believe it violates their policies.

Contributions must be based on real experiences and information. Deliberately fake content, copied or stolen photos, off-topic reviews, defamatory language, personal attacks, and unnecessary or incorrect content are all in violation of Google’s policy.

So, remember to complete your GMB listing, replay to reviews, and solicit reviews. If you need any help, schedule a free training session .

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails to help you and your business.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

All The DIY Video Editing Features You Need In One Amazing App.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 24 Feb 2022 17:50:51 GMT

Canva's free drag-and-drop design tools make it easy to create any design, fast! Start editing videos that look awesome and professional on any platform — whether it’s on a widescreen, tablet, or mobile device.

Here's what you can do!

Video timeline editing

Upload your own videos or use stock content. Easily drag and drop into a timeline view with proportional scenes that you can preview right in the editor.

Pre-licensed audio tracks

Upload your own audio or choose from over 25k licensed tracks and 89k sound effects. Add multiple tracks to your video timeline to set the mood or narrate your story.

Thousands of free templates and millions of video clips

Never run out of ideas with fully customizable templates, plus a library of free images, stock footage, icons, and graphics.

In-app recording

Record yourself and your screen directly in Canva and edit on the spot.

Text, overlays, and transitions

Easily add text, overlays, and titles, with cinematic transitions to move from one scene to another for a seamless, professional flow.

Page and element animations

Animate any element or even the whole frame with just a few clicks, with smart recommendations to pair the right animations together.

Split and splice

Split your video into multiple sections to quickly remove unnecessary footage or reorder your story.

Crop, resize, and flip

Seamlessly crop, resize (Canva Pro), or horizontally or vertically flip your video to suit your desired screen size or display output.

Trim and cut

Trim or cut your video to remove unwanted sections or to sync with audio or music tracks seamlessly.

Need help getting started? Schedule a free training session with one of our marketing experts!

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Here are three tips to help you write better marketing copy with CopyAI.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 16 Feb 2022 22:42:54 GMT

Can’t get your marketing copy just right? Here are three tips to help you write better marketing copy with CopyAI.

Everyone who has tried to communicate with other people knows how difficult it is. Until you've learned the language that resonates with them, you're always getting mixed signals. It's not just about learning the words; it's about making refinements until you are perfectly dialed into what they're hearing. And when it comes to working with AI, you can experience the same frustration. Think of it this way:

Better inputs result in better outputs for your marketing copy.

However, it’s easy to get intimidated by artificial intelligence. So before you start picturing a robot uprising or the creation of Skynet, take a deep breath. Remember, AI is just software—and like any software, it can be programmed to do what YOU want.

So today we're going to help you communicate better with AI using some easy communication tips so you can knock out your next copywriting task in no time flat.

Let’s get started.

‍

Tip #1 - Talk like a caveman: Give the AI simple and short commands to generate targeted and specific copy.

‍

AI can write well but it can write even better with the help of some good old fashioned caveman speak.

‍

Write letter

Solve problem

Make sale

‍

When you are working with CopyAI you need to give the AI instructions like a caveman. Start off with simple and short commands to tell the AI exactly what you want. The trick is to say what needs to be said without extra words

‍

It’s harder than it sounds, but once you get the hang of it you’ll be ordering up the perfect copy for your business. The AI will take those sentences and come up with fresh ideas that you can then refine and use as is, or expand upon.

‍

For example, let’s take a look at the input for a simple video script. We used simple statements that described exactly what we wanted in our script.

You can take this script, fill in a few details for your business and you have a video script that’s done 80% of the creative work for you.

‍

Remember. Keep it simple and the next time you want CopyAI to write something for you, talk like a caveman and you'll find the AI being more persuasive and more memorable.

‍

Bonus Tip: If you are still having trouble with what to input, open up your favorite voice record and say what you want the AI to do out loud. Often it can be easier to say what we want rather than write it.

‍

Tip 2 - Description inception: Repurpose descriptions that CopyAI suggests as new inputs for more focused copy.

Sometimes you feel like you're going in circles with your content—you know what you want to say, but no matter how many times you go back and rework it, it doesn't quite get there.

‍

There's a simple solution to this quandary: take something else the AI has written, repurpose the descriptions that CopyAI suggests and use them as new inputs.

‍

Pull out the golden nuggets.

‍

In other words, use something you've already started writing as an input for your AI to generate some of the words in a new title or description!

‍

This can be especially useful at coming up with catchy titles or social posts or interesting angles you can take with your audience that you would have never thought of before..

‍

Not sure what to write next?

‍

Look back at an output you've saved and use it as a springboard to your new one.

‍

Tip 3 - Hone your tone: Steal a tone from a brand you love by using the Tone Changer to find your brand voice.

‍

Looking back on our example from earlier, we adjust the tone to be Urban/Hipster and then Southern Belle.

‍

Check out how the AI picks up on these tones and tweaks the outputs. Notice how subtle the language changes are, but you can hear these brand voices coming out in the results.

Example Output: Urban, Hipster

Example Output: Southern Belle

So, what's your brand voice? Southern Belle? Urban Hipster?

‍

If you don't know what it is, you aren't going to be able to communicate with your customers about what you do, why it matters, and why they should care. And if you're not communicating effectively with your customers, then no one will know who you are or why they should buy from you.

‍

For brands that are just starting out, we recommend you take a look at other brands that you like—not just people who sell the same kind of stuff that you do, but other brands in general. People who are doing interesting things and have a clear vision for themselves and their brand.

‍

Then, steal from the brands that resonate the most with you!

Grab some copy from their website, run it through the CopyAI Tone Changer tool and let CopyAI discern the voice. Iterate on this until you find what works for you!

Want to get alerts to your inbox?

Subscribe to our blog!

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Facebook Email Phishing Fraud Alert - Please share this one with any business owner.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 10 Feb 2022 15:54:16 GMT

Fraud Alert - Please share this one with any business owner.

Facebook Phishing Email Scam.

WATCH OUT FOR THIS EMAIL.

You may have received a threatening email from Facebook.

STOP

It's a scam... here's what to look for.

The email is from @post.xero.com, not @facebook or @fb.

The link does not take you to Facebook.

The email copy is awkward and not natural sounding.

Want to get alerts to your inbox?

Subscribe to our blog!

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

How To Make A Before And After Video For Free | DIY Marketing Tips

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 31 Jan 2022 22:54:32 GMT

You know that Canva is great for creating high-quality images and graphics with little effort. However, you might not know about Canva’s video editing capabilities, and if before/after photos are a part of your creative content you definitely want to check out this how-to guide. Best of all, these tools are free.

Step 1: Log into Canva

If you don’t have an account, you can create one for free. Go to https://www.canva.com/ .

Step 2: Start a video and choose a template

This might be the tricky part. You want to click on the video design button in the middle-right of your browser. You will start with a blank design. Left-click on the templates icon in the upper left-hand corner of your browser. Choose or search for a template. Find one that matches your company colors.

Step 3: Upload and place your photos

Left-click on the upload icon and left-click on the upload button. Select your before and after photos from your computer. Drag your before picture onto the template video to replace the template video. Change the text if needed by double-clicking on the text box. Left-click on the three dots and left-click duplicate page. Watch the video for help.

Step 4: Add a dissolve transition

Left-click on the transition button between the two video clips. Left-click on dissolve, and set the transition to the maximum time.

Step 5: Download your video

Left-click on download, select mp4, and left-click the download button.

Be sure to check out some of the other templates. Canva’s video editing capabilities will make your creative content stand out!

If you need any help, schedule a free training session .

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

The Marketing Launchpad | All Your Marketing Applications In One Place

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 25 Jan 2022 17:45:27 GMT

With Marketing Launchpad you get a personalized launchpad with links to all your content creation and marketing apps.

The launchpad lets you organize your thoughts, create your content, and post using the launchpad’s repeatable process.

You will finally be able to build out your marketing machine and post regularly without anxiety, without a major time commitment, and without confusion. Best of all, you can do-it-yourself avoiding the costly expense of hiring contractors and/or employees.

Schedule a demo today , and see what a Marketing Launchpad can do for you.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Fonts & Feelings | How To Convey The Right Message On Your Website

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 17 Jan 2022 22:51:29 GMT

Original Source: canva.com

Subconsciously, fonts impact thoughts, feelings, and behaviors. There is even a subfield of psychology known as font psychology.

Think about it this way. You have very different (and, oftentimes, very specific) thoughts, feelings, and associations with different font types. For example, when you use Comic Sans in a design, it’s going to create a very different emotional response for your audience than if you were to use Arial, Roboto, or Montserrat. Or when you feature Times New Roman as your primary font, people are going to associate it with completely different thoughts, feelings, and ideas than they would if you chose Yellowtail or Baloo. Understanding those different associations and emotional responses—and how to use them to your advantage? That’s font psychology.

One of the most powerful reasons you should use font psychology to drive your design decisions. It allows you to choose the right fonts for your designs—and gives you a ton of control over how your design is perceived and received by your audience.

For example, let’s say you’re designing a poster to promote your new children’s clothing line—and you want your audience to feel happy and cheerful when they look at it. Choosing a more whimsical script or graphic font is going to create the emotional response you’re looking for—while a more traditional serif is likely to fall flat.

For quick reference, here's a look at font types and the feelings they portray.

Serif

Feelings Invoked

Trust

Respect

Authority

Formality

Great Fit For

Financial companies
Law firms
Insurance companies
Consultants

Common Font Types

Noto Serif

Droid Serif

DM Serif Display

Roboto Slab

Merriweather

Sans Serif

Feelings Invoked

Straightforward
Modern
Trust
Sophisticated
Tech-focused
Cutting-edge

Great Fit For

Tech companies

Fashion brands

Start-ups

Common Font Types

Roboto

Open Sans

Montserrat

Poppins

Oswald

Script Font

Feelings Invoked

Elegant
Sophisticated
Fancy
Creative
Happy
Traditional
Personal
Whimsical

Great Fit For

Food and beverage brands
Fashion brands
Children’s-focused brands

Common Font Types

Bad Script

Dancing script

Shadows Into Light

Rock Salt

When you’re creating your designs, you want to use every element to your advantage—and that includes your fonts. And now that you understand font psychology and how to use it to create a more impactful design, all that’s left to do is get out there, choose your fonts, and start designing!

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails to help you and your business.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Build a Marketing Foundation Using This Tactic

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 05 Jan 2022 14:37:30 GMT

So, you've tried social media, email marketing, blogging, and digital advertising with mixed results. You know "digital" is what you need to do, but every time you try, you waste hours, and you never quite know what you are doing.

Worst, there is no one to help you. There is no one to double-check your work.

Now imagine a world where you know. You know what content you are creating and why. You know how to post to YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn. You know how to create Facebook and Google Ads. You know how to set up email marketing campaigns and post blogs to your website.

Imagine a world where you understand marketing.

To get there, you have to build a marketing foundation. Check out our checklists , and then schedule , a free consultation for DIY Marketing Support.

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails to help you and your business.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Thank You For Making 2021 A Successful Year, And Our Top 5 DIY Marketing Posts Of 2021

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 03 Jan 2022 16:57:23 GMT

Because of your clicks, shares, likes, and opens, our videos have been viewed over 14,000 times, our blog has been viewed almost 40,000 times, and we’ve helped 1,000s of entrepreneurs, solopreneurs, and small businesses jump-start their marketing!

I’m truly humbled that the idea of creating a checklist to make marketing more accessible has reached as many people as it has. Thank you for your support and for continuing to share our ideas and content.

If you haven't already, please subscribe to our YouTube channel and help us grow.

Finally, for a fun recap. Here are our favorite and most popular marketing posts from 2021.

Number 5: Your Content Marketing Tool Kit

This past week we had a lot of folks reaching out to us about various marketing tools. And yes, we’ve shared all these great tools before, but who is to say we can’t do it again? So, here is a recap of questions and answers for the week in review, Your Content Marketing Tool Kit .

Number 4: Mind Blown ��, Lead Center within your Business Facebook Page

If this is your first time accessing the Lead Center, all your leads should be listed as “Raw Leads” (a total number of new leads should be listed under the tab).

Some of these leads you may have been in contact with already as Facebook has filtered in Leads from several months ago. However, you can now manage these leads directly from the Facebook Lead Center. We love convenience! Read more at Lead Center within your Business Facebook Page, A How-To-Guide .

Number 3: Before-After-Bridge Writing Formula for Digital Marketing Campaigns

If you want to sell something to a potential customer, you need to offer them a solution to their pain or pleasure! Selling operates on human motivation. The key to a perfect message is to appeal to both pain and pleasure senses, and the BAB formula can do both!

Let’s review the basics of the BAB Formula: Before-After-Bridge (BAB). Read more at Before-After-Bridge (BAB) .

Number 2: Create A Holiday Post In Under 15 Minutes

Web Education Services is sharing one of our favorite ways to create holiday posts for any occasion. But, hey, it is Christmas, so below are both video instructions and a quick how-to guide for creating a Christmas post. Read more at Create A Holiday Post In Under 15 Minutes .

Number 1: Simple Checklists for The Most Popular Marketing Platforms, Internet Marketing Explained

Content marketing really boils down to two things. 1) creating content and 2) posting your content. However, there are dozens of ways to create content and dozens of ways to post your content to the internet. So, where to start?

Web Education Services has compiled the easiest, best-performing, and free content creation software and marketing platforms to help you start your content marketing campaigns. Get started at Simple Checklists for The Most Popular Marketing Platforms .

If you need some extra help, schedule a session with one of our support team members.

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails to help you and your business.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Don’t Pay US Domain Authority $289, The Mailer Has Nothing To Do With Your Domain Registration

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 27 Dec 2021 21:56:22 GMT

Many of our subscribers and clients have started to receive a suspicious letter in the mail from the United States Domain Authority. The solicitation is written as if it is a bill for registering your domain. However, if you take a closer look at the fine print, you will notice that the letter specifically states, We are not a Domain Registrar and we do not Register or Renew Domain Names.

More specifically the letter expresses:

This website listing offer is provided to leading websites throughout the United States to enhance their Website exposure and to expose them to new customers through our directory. We are not a Domain Registrar and we do not Register or Renew Domain Names. The listing period is for 12 consecutive months and must be renewed annually if you wish to renew your Domain Listing and keep it active on our online website directory.

THIS IS NOT A BILL. THIS IS A SOLICITATION. YOU ARE UNDER NO OBLIGATION TO PAY THE AMOUNT STATED ABOVE UNLESS YOU ACCEPT THIS OFFER.

But, they know they are confusing you by listing at the top of the solicitation, Domain Listings, your domain name, and website listing services.

The reason they can get away with this borderline scam is in the semantics. They are offering you a website listing service, which is different from a website registrar. To the average business owner, these terms seem synonymous and many pay the bill without realizing their mistake.

So, if your bill looks like this…

Please ignore it. If you are still wondering about the bill, text the picture to 727.222.6984 . We’ll take a look and let you know if it is legit.

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails to help you and your business.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Create A Holiday Post In Under 15 Minutes

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 21 Dec 2021 21:13:58 GMT

As an early present to you, the DIY marketer, Web Education Services is sharing one of our favorite ways to create holiday posts for any occasion. But, hey, it is Christmas, so below are both video instructions and a quick how-to guide for creating a Christmas post. If you get stuck or need any help, reach out to our support team for a free help session.

Go to Canva.com

Canva is one of our favorite free web-based software applications that allow DIY designers to create professional content.

Click on the Instagram post icon

The Instagram post design tool gives you a 1 x 1 ratio for your image that is perfect for posting to all platforms! It also looks great on both mobile posts and desktop views.

Search for Christmas and select a template

Click on the search bar in the upper right-hand corner. Type in Christmas and click on search for Christmas. You will see several free templates to choose from. Click on the template you like best!

Upload your logo and a picture

Click on the uploads icon to the left of your screen about halfway down. Click on the upload media button. Select a logo and a picture from your computer.

Replace the template photo and text

Now the fun really begins. If your template had a photo, click on the uploads icon to the left of your screen about halfway down. Click and drag your photo on top of the placeholder/template photo. You should see the photo swap out. If you have trouble, you can always click on the undo button at the top-left-hand side of the screen.

Next, click on your logo to add it to the design. You can resize the logo by clicking on the white boxes on the corner of the image. You can also click and drag the logo to any position you desire.

Finally, double-click on the larger text box and change the text to Merry Christmas. If the text is too big, click on the minus button at the top-middle of the screen. You can also click on the font size number and manually type in the font size. Double-click on the smaller text box and change the text to your website or phone number.

Download your post

Click on the download button in the upper right-hand corner. A drop-down will appear. Click on the download button. Your Christmas post is now ready to use.

Now it is time to post to all the major social media platforms!

Facebook -
Go to your Facebook page
Scroll down to create a post
Click on the photo/video icon
Upload your image
Add a title, creative copy, and hashtags into the post field
Click on publish
LinkedIn -
Go to your LinkedIn account
Click on the video icon or photo icon
Upload your image
Click on Done
From your Facebook post copy and paste your title, creative copy, and hashtags into the body of the post
Click on post
Instagram -
Go to your Instagram account
Click on create a post
Select Instagram feed
Copy and paste your title, creative copy, and hashtags into the body of the post
In the location field, type in your business name.
Click on Add Content
Select and open the image
Click on Publish
Google My Business
Go to your Google My Business Account
Click on posts
Click on what’s new
Click on add photos or video
Upload your image
Copy and paste your title, creative copy, and hashtags into the body of the post
Select call now
Click on publish
Twitter -
Go to your Twitter account
Click on the image icon
Select your image
Paste your title, blog link, and hashtags into what’s happening.

If you get stuck on any of these steps, schedule a free support session with one of our DIY marketing support reps.

If you need any help defining your message or marketing your company, schedule a free call with a member of our support team .

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails to help you and your business.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Two-factor authentication and why it is so important

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 14 Dec 2021 02:13:40 GMT

So, you may not know the term “two-factor authentication” but you probably know the annoying text message you get with a 6-digit code when you are trying to log into a bank account or other secure online portal. Many of us hate bouncing back and forth between apps and text messages; however, this little text message plays a very important role in keeping us safe.

How does it help? Well…

It's easier than you think for someone to steal your password.

Any of these common actions could put you at risk of having your password stolen:

Using the same password on more than one site
Downloading software from the Internet
Clicking on links in email messages

2-Step Verification can help keep bad guys out, even if they have your password because odds are they didn’t steal your phone. If you don’t set up two-factor authentication, you are at risk for losing access to your account and everything in it. When a bad guy steals your password, they could lock you out of your account, and then do some of the following:

Go through – or even delete – all of your emails, contacts, photos, etc.
Pretend to be you and send unwanted or harmful emails to your contacts
Use your account to reset the passwords for your other accounts (banking, shopping, etc.)

We want to make it easier for you to set up two-factor authentication across your favorite marketing accounts with direct links to their how-to guides:

YouTube - How To

Hubspot - How To

Facebook - How To

LinkedIn - How To

Twitter - How To

Instagram - How To

Google Ads & My Business - How To

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails to help you and your business.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Create A Practical Marketing Strategy By Defining These 4 Things

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 00:40:58 GMT

As a small business owner, your strategy is defined by past experiences and how you feel about a particular decision or investment. You just know when to hire. You just know when to order supplies, and you know when to make decisions.

Unfortunately, all those “just knows” don’t always transfer into a marketing strategy.

After all, you know what you are doing, which makes it hard to talk about what you are doing. But if you aren’t talking about business, no one knows about your business. And that’s a big problem.

So, do a better job talking about your business by defining these four things from the Entrepreneurial Operating System (EOS) .

Defining Your Ideal Client

As you think about your ideal client, it becomes easier to create marketing messages for that client. Start to ask yourself.

Who is profitable AND fun to work with?

What is their biggest problem and how do we solve it?

What do they value?

Where are they located? Where do they gather (both physically and digitally)?

What are their interests? Demographics? And psychographic characteristics?

Write your answers down on a piece of paper and keep it on your desk. Heck, laminate it if you want to. When its time to create marketing content, look at your ans wers. This will help you talk about your business because you will be thinking about your clients first, and what you do second.

Defining Why Work With You

Defining “why work with you” isn’t about saving more money, making more money, or a better mousetrap. It is about digging deep and understanding what makes you unique.

Write down three things that make you and your business unique. Uniqueness can be a physical location, education, technology, pricing, people, and pretty much anything that makes your business, well, unique. It is not that other companies don’t have some of the same “uniques” because they will. However, no company should have the intersection of all three of your uniques. This intersect is what makes your business special and it should be the foundation of your marketing.

Defining Your Proven Process

A proven process is a step-by-step visual representation (about 3 to 7 steps) of how you deliver products and services. It’s critical for setting client expectations and creating a repeatable blueprint to follow for continued success. It also builds trust with new clients/customers when you have a way of doing things that have been done before. The best part, a proven process creates alignment between your marketing, sales, and operations. The way your team talks about your business is how you conduct business.

Defining Your Guarantee

A guarantee is your unique promise to your customers when they engage with you. Like the proven process, it helps manage expectations and lower fears. It’s different from the proven process in that instead of describing HOW you’re going to deliver services, your guarantee is focused on WHAT the customer can expect from you every time.

Now that you have defined your ideal customer, your differentiation, your process, and your guarantee, you are ready to talk about your business with confidence. So, before you go to a networking event, post to social media, send an email, or take on any sales or marketing activity, look at your strategy and talk about your business with confidence!

If you need any help defining your message or marketing your company, schedule a free call with a member of our support team .

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails to help you and your business.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Marketing, Worrying, And Research | 8 Ways To Bust The Stress Of It All

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 00:04:13 GMT

Everyone wants marketing to work as a formula. 8 posts + 5 videos + 12 ads = 14 new customers. Want more customers? Increase any of the other variables.

Fortunately, marketing doesn’t work this way. If it did, you would never have a new business venture, new technology, or any other changes in the market. In fact, small businesses probably wouldn’t exist if the marketing was this simple. Big companies with more resources would always win.

Marketing works more like this. 8 posts + 5 videos + 12 ads = the opportunity to be seen. If you don’t raise your hand and say:

“I have a business.”

“I have a talent.”

“I have a way to help you.”

You will never have the opportunity to serve.

And all tools you have available to you are just another way to raise your hand. Some weeks people reach out. Some weeks they don’t. For those down weeks, we have 8 stress-busting techniques from our friends at inc.com .

Create a worry budget.

You'll never stop yourself from worrying entirely, but you successfully corral your worries into specific times. "Each day, give yourself a limited number of worry windows during which you allow yourself to think about what is bothering you, or even schedule a specific time of day for challenging your worries," the researchers suggest. This not only keeps your day from being overtaken by worries but also limits the physical toll stress takes on your body by limiting its duration. They recommend you choose a time later in the day but not immediately before bed.

Write down your worries.

A host of research has shown expressive writing (a.k.a. just writing down your thoughts for yourself and no one else) is an excellent way to clear your mind of nagging worries and improve your mental health .

Make a list.

Life can feel uncontrollable and your challenges vast. Actually listing them out has a tendency to cut them down to a more manageable size. "Seeing them spelled out will help you to understand which tasks are most important, which are achievable, as well as to identify those that are out of your control. Inevitably, highlighting where to focus your energy and how to best manage the daily hassles in your life means you are less likely to worry about them," explain the scientists.

Try some mindfulness.

What you can't change, you're just going to have to accept. Mindfulness can help. "Open up to unpleasant feelings, and learn not to overreact to them, and try not to avoid triggering situations. If you feel too overwhelmed, then consider turning your focus on the present moment," the authors recommend.

Adopt a personal mantra.

Super achievers like Melinda Gates are big believers in mantras . This science suggests they're on to something. "Consider developing a 'mantra,' or a saying, that you repeat to yourself when you begin to notice yourself worrying. Something like 'Not now, James' or 'Save it for later, Laura' might work well. Or you could use something deeper and more meaningful, such as 'Nothing lasts forever' or 'It will get done.' Whatever your approach, it's important to make your mantra personal," suggests the researchers.

Distract yourself.

You probably use this strategy already, but it's nice to know that science endorses it. Sometimes when you're stressing out, the best approach is simply to distract yourself with music, a good book, or whatever else is likely to give your brain a much needed rest.

Focus on your body.

Worries have a tendency to loop back on themselves, creating repetitive negative thoughts that lead to more stress but no solutions. When you notice you're getting stuck in this cycle, the first order of business is breaking out of it. "Spend at least a few minutes paying particular attention to your breathing or giving your toes a wiggle. Pause and reflect -- how do they feel? This type of refocusing via your senses can also help," insist the experts.

Get active.

This particular study didn't delve into the effects of exercise on stress, but the authors feel compelled to note that a separate mountain of exercise suggests working up a sweat is one of the most effective mood boosters out there. One Harvard researcher even claimed exercise is like "taking a little bit of Prozac and a little bit of Ritalin."

There's a lot to stress about these days. Thankfully, there are also a lot of research-backed interventions for fighting back. Choose the one that seems best suits you and give it a try the next time you feel worry taking over your mind.

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails to help you and your business.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Simple Graph To Help Service Companies Visualize Their Marketing Funnel & The Sales Process

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 15 Nov 2021 19:43:11 GMT

Content marketing can support any stage in the sales and marketing process, but you might not create the most efficient content if you don’t know what you are trying to affect.

Below is a quick visual to help you think through how you attract prospects and convert new clients/customers.

The Marketing Funnel

Attract : In the Attract stage, one of your primary goals is to turn strangers into visitors by getting more people to visit your website, company-specific social media pages, or other company listings.

Consider : In the consideration stage, prospects are focused on finding potential solutions rather than purchasing. If you want visitors to seriously consider you as a possible solution, demonstrate empathy by showing them that you understand their problem.

Conversion : Give your potential customers obvious reasons why investing in your service is the smart thing to do. Capture valuable information like email addresses, phone numbers, and other contact info so you can start the sales process.

The Sales Process

Activity : All of the actions, sales practices, and strategies to connect with leads and start the discovery process.

Connect : In the Connect stage, you want to connect with the leads generated from your marketing activities and qualify them for your pipeline. If they don’t have the budget, authority, need, or a timeline for your services, they might not be a good fit at this time.

Pipeline : This is the queue for all those qualified sales leads.

Discovery: In the sales discovery process, you will ask many questions and build a need for your services. You will also answer any questions the lead has and help them devise a plan that includes your services. DO NOT PRESENT SOLUTIONS until you are confident they have bought into your services.

Prospect : This is the queue for all those qualified leads who have a well-defined need and can solve their problems.

Present : In the presentation stage, you pitch why your solution fits their needs. Tailor each presentation to meet the specific prospect's unique use case and pain points.

Close : Make sure the closing process is easy and well-defined. How do they get started, and how can you make that commitment as quickly as possible. Get a signature or get paid fast.

Referral : Always have a system for turning satisfied customers/clients into enthusiastic referral partners!

If you need help defining your marketing funnel and sales process, schedule a half-hour Zoom call with one of our experts. There is no obligation and no cost for the first session.

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails about DIY marketing.

Google Ads Disapproved, Ad Violates Policy And Can’t Run–How To Fix Punctuation And Symbol Policy Errors

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 08 Nov 2021 16:14:11 GMT

Google Ads is constantly updating its algorithms to better align with its advertising policies .

While the updates make for better compliance among all advertisers, they also create havoc for small businesses that manage a DIY Google ads account.

This might sound familiar.

You are creating a new ad. You complete the ads forms–just like you always do. You make it to the review screen, and you see the dreaded “disapproved” notification. You click on fix it, and you get a generic response. Ad violates policy and can’t run: punctuation and symbols. Read the policy .

You click on read the policy, and you get a support page with more generic responses. You can’t figure out why the Google Ad was rejected.

This scenario is typical for many business owners getting started with Google Ads. Here are 5 things to look for that can help you take your ad from disapproved to approved.

The ! and other punctuation Google Ads Policy violations.

Does Google allow for the ! in their ads? Sometimes. But if you have a disapproved ad, go through your headlines, long headline, descriptions, and remove every ! in the ad. I know you want to add excitement to the text, but Google isn’t a fan.

Other style issues include fun variations that make your product stand out (DIY M@RK$TING), styling like old school emojis ¯\_(ツ)_/¯, abbreviations like 5* instead of 5-star, and anything else identified gimmicky. Google won’t tell you what specifically violated the ad. You just need to go through and revise any characters and/or style that is considered grammatically incorrect.

CAPITALIZATION ViOlAtIONs that will get your Google Ad disapproved.

This one is pretty easy to spot. You can’t yell or highlight specific words by capitalizing them. If your ad has FREE, FrEE, or F.R.E.E., chances are it got rejected. Remove any capitalization variations from your headlines, long headline, and descriptions.

Phone numbers in ad text are not allowed and will get your ad disapproved.

Again, this one is pretty straightforward. Remove your phone number from your headlines, long headline, and descriptions. Why? You might be asking yourself. Well, typically, Google gets paid per click. If you have a phone number to call, there might not be a click. Google want’s you to use call ads .

Repetition of text can trigger ad disapproval.

Free program that is free , free , and free –this type of repetition can result in a disapproved ad. If you are using repetitive words, try mixing up the text like this. Check out or free, no cost, no charge program.

Spacing and other grammatical errors will trigger a Google Ads policy violation and disapproval.

Spacing and grammar are the most common and frustrating errors. You type a description but you accidentally hit the space bar twice, or not at all.

→ Check out or free, no cost, no charge program. (extra space after the comma)

→ Check out or free,no cost, no charge program. (no space after the comma)

That extra space or missing space can be hard to find in your headlines, long headline, and descriptions, but the spacing issue will trigger a policy violation.

If you have an ad that is disapproved or need some help with your Google Ads. Schedule a half-hour Zoom call with one of our experts. There is no obligation and no cost for the first session.

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails about DIY marketing.

What To Do When You Aren’t In The Content Creation Mood

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 01 Nov 2021 23:31:48 GMT

Okay, you blocked out the time on your calendar. You found a quiet spot, and you tell yourself… Be creative… Go… Now.

And nothing. All the great ideas that you had in the shower, gone. The only thing that awaits you is a blank screen.

Now what?

Get Your Content Marketing Creations Started With An Altruistic Thought

Remember, your content has nothing to do with you. It is about your audience and your product or service. What does your audience need to know? What is helpful to them? What do they still have to learn? How can your offer help?

When you stop thinking about yourself, what you will write, and start thinking about how you can help others with your service, product, and knowledge, the creative juices will find a way to flow.

Remember, content marketing is about the emotional appeal and influencing how consumers think, feel, reason, and make decisions.

Get Your Content Marketing Creations Started With Last Week’s Success

Your customers will let you know what’s working, what they find helpful, and what is exciting about your product/service. What seems simple to you is their success.

Think about who was happy, why were they happy, and how did they express their satisfaction. At the intersection of what you know and how you helped, you will find your inspiration for content.

Get Your Content Marketing Creations Started With A Competitive Review

For some of us, it is easier to edit than it is to create. So, don’t fight it. Embrace your editorial genius. Start by checking out competitors content, or content that compliments your product or services. Copy, paste, and revise. Don’t forget to backlink where appropriate, and make the content better.

Now that you’ve broken through, check out our marketing tool kit and make your content stand out!

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails about DIY marketing.

3 Malicious Form Submissions and What To Look For

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 26 Oct 2021 15:23:19 GMT

Form submissions are exciting! They represent opportunity, interest, and potential prospects. Unfortunately, forms are also used to SPAM your business or worse.

Form SPAMing has decreased in recent years because of inventions like reCAPTCHA and DataDome . However, nothing can stop an actual person, completing a form with information and links that can be harmful.

You can protect yourself by being aware of typical fake submissions.

Common SPAM form submissions

500 error - 404 error - 401 error - etc

Bad actors will trigger unsuspecting website owners by letting them know about an “error” on their website. They will give you an error code that you can look up and see that it “means something.” The email is so helpful. Take a look:

(note: we’ve broken the link, so no one accidentally clicks it)

I just noticed that there is the "error 500" appearing on some of your website pages. I'm pretty positive that those types of errors won't be appreciated by your customers and you are basically losing money as a result, plus they can significantly reduce the number of clicks from Google.

I've decided to help and created the document for you with a few screenshots of errors and also indicated the links to the pages where they appear, hope it helps.

Here's the link to the doc, check it out:

https://aaaaaaa.aaaaaaa.com/m4b38h10cm38.appspot.com/gdrive/folders/0/public/d/949fb4bb8fnn4.html?id=974773358584991405

Have a good day!

Who wouldn’t want this document with screenshots? Yep, the fact remains DON’T CLICK EMAIL LINKS THAT AREN’T FROM A TRUSTED SOURCE.

If you are worried about website errors, you can always check for errors by logging into your Google Search Console . If you need help, schedule a support call with us.

Copyright Violation Fake Form Submission

This tactic is less friendly and is meant to scare you. The SPAMer is aggressive and want’s you to know–you violated their copyright! Take a look.

My name is Mike.

Your website or a website that your company hosts is violating the copyright protected images owned by myself.

Check out this doc with the URLs to my images you used at www.webeducationservices.com and my previous publications to obtain the evidence of my copyrights.

Download it now and check this out for yourself:

https://aaaaa.aaaaaaa.com/fk9mw3gl3-9ae9e.appspot.com/d/folders/0/public/i/dk3nvd%203vd230n.html?ID=927015921471523528

I do think that you deliberately infringed my legal rights under 17 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq. and can be liable for statutory damages as high as $140,000 as set forth in Section 504(c)(2) of the Digital millennium copyright act (”DMCA”) therein.

This letter is official notification. I demand the removal of the infringing materials described above. Please be aware as a service provider, the DMCA requires you, to eliminate and disable access to the copyrighted materials upon receipt of this letter. In case you don't stop the utilization of the above mentioned infringing content a court action will likely be started against you.

I do have a good self-belief that utilization of the copyrighted materials described above as presumably infringing is not permitted by the legal copyright proprietor, its agent, as well as laws.

I declare, under consequence of perjury, that the information in this notification is correct and that I am currently the copyright owner or am certified to act on behalf of the proprietor of an exclusive and legal right that is presumably violated.

If nothing else, you want to see what images Mike is claiming are his… and then you click and download. Again, DON’T CLICK ON EMAIL LINKS THAT AREN’T FROM A TRUSTED SOURCE!

If you actually violated copyright, you would receive a cease and desist letter from an actual law firm that you can verify as licensed to practice law and then call the firm. The information will be specific, and they will not ask you to download images.

Spelling or Grammatical Error Fake Form Submission

Back to the helpful bad actor–this form submission is beneficial. And generally, the submission isn’t malicious. The SPAMer just wants you to buy software.

I thought I would mention that it looks like the word "inqure" is spelled incorrectly on your website. I've seen some tools to help with problems like this such as aaaaaaa.com or aaaaaaaa.com. I just thought you should know!

Ironically the submission has two grammar issues, according to Grammarly. There should be a common after “this” and “spelled incorrectly” should be “misspelled.”

We suggest running your site through Grammarly if you are concerned about spelling and grammatical errors.

In conclusion, be on the lookout for misleading form submissions, and use reCAPTCHA when you can to prevent some submissions.

For more helpful tips, subscribe to our blog and receive weekly emails about DIY marketing.

Never miss a Facebook Comment, Instagram Comment, or Direct Message With This Little Known Trick.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 19 Oct 2021 16:12:53 GMT

As a business owner, you know communication is essential,

and Social Media certainly has changed how you communicate. Your customers send direct messages. They comment on posts, and they interact in different ways.

“I just gave you a call”

“I just sent you a message”

“I just left a comment”

You think you caught it all, but how can you be sure?

Try this. Check your Facebook Business Suite inbox. Yep, Facebook has made it easier for you to stay on top of your communications. Simply go to the Facebook Inbox . If the quick link doesn’t work, you can navigate to your Inbox by:

1) Going to facebook.com

2) From your News Feed, click Pages in the left menu.

3) Go to the Page you'd like to see messages from.

4) Click Inbox in the left menu of your Page.

You can toggle between Facebook comments, Instagram comments, Messenger, and if you want, you can put the messenger plug-in on your website! Using the Facebook inbox will keep your business communications organized and efficient.

Best of all, you can delegate access to employees. They can handle the operations, and you can oversee the process.

Want to learn more about Facebook’s Inbox?

Check out F acebook’s support article, About Inbox In Facebook Business Suite, or schedule 30-minutes with one of our specialists.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

YouTube VS TicTok Statistic Showdown

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 11 Oct 2021 19:33:26 GMT

Last month, the big headline was “ TikTok overtakes YouTube for average watch time in US and UK ”, and the TicTok stats are pretty impressive with 1 billion active users. However, TikTok isn’t the king of the hill, yet.

For reference – active users of other social platforms: Facebook – 2.9B, YouTube – 2.2B, Instagram – 1.4B, TikTok – 1.0B, Snapchat – 500M, Pinterest – 480M, Twitter – 397M.

The percentage of U.S.-based TikTok users decreases as you get older: 10-19 – 32.5%, 20-29 – 29.5%, 30-39 – 16.4%, 40-49 – 13.9%, 50+ – 7.1%.

TikTok users love the app. They spend an average of 52 minutes per day on the platform. A new study has shown younger people ages four to fifteen spend an average of 80 minutes per day on the app.

However, YouTube still has mass! And has a duel role. It is a social media site AND operates as a search engine.

As a search engine, YouTube process 3 billion searches a month.
As a social media giant, around 1 billion hours of video are watched on YouTube every day.

The Google-owned video platform has an estimated two billion monthly users, while TikTok's public figures suggested it had about 700 million in mid-2020.

There is no doubt that TitTok’s explosion in the social media market has inspired Reels, driven advancements to Stories, and sparked innovation across all social media platforms. But, TikTok still remains an app in an otherwise crowded market.

Our advice, don’t put all your effort into a single platform or the newest, shiniest thing. Post to as many platforms as possible. Create ONE video, ONE image, ONE post, and upload it to as many platforms as possible.

Click here , for a complete list of platforms and set up instructions.

Schedule a free planning session with one of our specialists.

You Made A Marketing Video, Now What | 5 Steps To Sharing Like A Pro

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 04 Oct 2021 22:19:02 GMT

You made a marketing video, and you are excited for people to see it. It’s not going to air at the Super Bowl, but you are trying to figure out what to do beyond putting it on your website.

Well, this should help!

A 5 Step Process For Posting Videos To Social Media And Other Marketing Platforms

Step 1: Post to Youtube.

With 2 billion logged-in monthly users, 74% of adults active on YouTube, 80% of parents reporting their kids’ as active on YouTube, an average of 41.9 minutes per day per viewer, and average daily single user page views of 8.89, you probably want to make YouTube your first post immediately after recording that exciting new video.

YouTube also allows you to embed videos directly into your website. Embedding videos is a huge advantage for several reasons. 1st, the video is stored on YouTube’s servers, so it plays faster, and you don’t have to worry about load speeds. 2nd, you get some SEO juice from both your page and your YouTube channel! Win-win.

To learn how to post to YouTube, check out their help article .

Step 2: Create a new page or a blog post on your website.

As stated in step 1, YouTube also allows you to embed videos directly into your website. This is a considerable advantage because of load speed and SEO. Depending on your website editor, there are several options for embedding YouTube videos. Contact your website developer for specific instructions. Or schedule a support call with us, and we can help you figure it out.

Step 3: Email your prospects, customers, friends, subscribers, or whoever you think would be interested.

Now that your video is on your website, it is time to email that link to prospects, customers, friends, and subscribers. Your audience is ready as long as you think they are interested in the video and you have their email address. Remember, you want to send them to your website, not YouTube.

When you send your audience to YouTube, YouTube's objective is to get them to click and watch more videos. That click maybe your next video but that click may also be something else. If you send the person to your website, you control their options and next steps. Bonus to sending your audience to your website site... you can retarget with ads.

Our favorite application for sending marketing emails is Hubspot, app.hubspot.com .

Step 4: Social Posts

Now it is time to spread the word even further! Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Twitter, and Google My Business all have the ability to upload videos directly to their platforms. Your audience will get to watch the video right there on their preferred social platform without having to click away. Of course, you will want to entice them with a link to your website so they can take the next step.

For help setting up or posting to social media, go to our checklist for step by step instructions.

Step 5: (optional) Digital Ads

If you think your video is stellar and can generate some great leads. Put some advertising dollars behind it! Google Ads and Facebook Ads tend to have the biggest bang for your advertising dollar. Google Ads even offers $100 in credits from your Google My Business Profile . Check out the getting started articles below.

Now your video has a chance to start generating some leads! If you need any help, schedule a support call with us, and we can help you figure it out.

If you want to step up your marketing, check out our marketing support program . For more great marketing tips, tricks and hacks, subscribe to our blog .

Schedule a free planning session with one of our specialists.

Your Content Marketing Tool Kit | Links To Our Favorite Apps, Websites, and Creation Tools

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 27 Sep 2021 22:12:35 GMT

This past week we had a lot of folks reaching out to us about various marketing tools.

And yes, we’ve shared all these great tools before, but who is to say we can’t do it again?

So, here is a recap of questions and answers for the week in review:

�� t—W�� ❓

Answer: https://www.renderforest.com

Renderforest.com

Video Creation Tool

Renderforest does a lot; however, we primarily recommend using the browser-based software for creating video content. The software lets you kickstart your marketing with its vast library of video templates in various categories, ranging from intros and music visualizations to explainer animations and promotional videos. Use scalable and editable scenes to create engaging videos in about an hour.

The great thing (and trouble) with Renderforest–it is a ridged template. Each scene is specific and only allows you so many characters. The animate is what it is, and there isn’t a lot of customization. Again, this is a good thing because the limited options make the software easy to use. For more advanced video editing, we suggest using Filmora .

W�� , �� ❓

Answer: https://answerthepublic.com/

AnswerThePublic.com

Content Idea Generator

You have been there. Staring at your computer, thinking, “what can I write about?” Or, “what are people searching?” Well, Answer The Public combines those two questions and answers them with this handy topic generator/social listening tool!

Discover a whole new world of marketing content ideas.

AnswerThePublic listens into autocomplete data from search engines like Google and rapidly generates every useful phrase and question people are asking around your keywords.

W��’�� ❓

Answer: Really, are you going to make me do this?

Okay, so this is the question that prompted this blog post. And because we love our subscribers… here you go...

Images

Graphic design and layouts: Canva

Photo editing: Pixlr

Stock photos: https://www.pexels.com/

Stock photos: https://unsplash.com/

Stock graphics: https://www.vecteezy.com/free-vector/

Video

Video creation: https://www.renderforest.com/

Video editor: https://filmora.wondershare.com/

Stock video: https://www.pexels.com/videos/

Copy Writing

Writing Formulas: https://buffer.com/resources/copywriting-formulas/

Computer (AI) copy generator, free(ish): https://copy.unbounce.com/

Computer (AI) copy generator, paid: https://app.copy.ai/

Hire a writer: https://www.writeraccess.com/

If you need help with any of these marketing tools, schedule time with our support team, or just give us a call, 727.222.6984. For more great marketing tips, tricks and hacks, subscribe to our blog .

Schedule a free planning session with one of our specialists.

The Customer Experience Isn’t About Perfection; It’s About This.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 20 Sep 2021 18:55:09 GMT

Ben Okra once said, “The fact of storytelling hints at a fundamental human unease, hints at human imperfection. Where there is perfection, there is no story to tell.”

The same can be said when it comes to customer experience, customer loyalty, and customer satisfaction.

Positive customer experiences occur when a problem is solved, when a service rep listens and understands, and most importantly, when the service team is quick to respond. Conversely, people are mad when dealing with long wait times, multiple transfers, lack of clear contact information, and customer service reps without the authority or tools to help.

Let’s look at some stats from our friends at Hubspot about positive customer experiences.

Cause - positive customer experiences

✓ According to 69% of respondents, the main reason consumers were impressed with a customer experience was that the service team was quick to respond.

✓ 38% of those surveyed said their customer experience was great because the problem was solved.

✓ For 28% of respondents, they were impressed because the service rep listened to and understood their needs.

Cause - negative customer experiences.

╳ According to 47% of respondents, the main reason a customer experience was frustrating was that they couldn't find the contact information on the company's website.

╳ Additionally, 33% of people have been upset because they had to deal with long hold times.

╳ 29% of those surveyed had a poor customer experience when they kept getting transferred to different reps.

When thinking about your customer experience, think about the customer, how you can help, and what problems you can solve. Don’t worry about being perfect. Worry about being helpful.

After all… "Perfection is the enemy of progress." - Winston Churchill

If you want to step up your marketing, check out our marketing support program .

Schedule a free planning session with one of our specialists.

Website Planning | How Can I Choose The Best Style For My Business?

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 13 Sep 2021 20:47:19 GMT

You are at the beginning stages of planning a new website, and you are asking yourself, “what do I want my website to look like.”

While this seems like a simple question, the overwhelming amount of choices can be, well, overwhelming.

Let’s make it a little less overwhelming with a few simple tips for choosing a web design that best fits your business.

Start by looking at your competitor.

Steve Jobs once jokingly said, “Good artists copy; great artists steal.” Which he ironically stole from Pablo Picasso. No matter how you look at it, your competitors are a great source of inspiration.

Start by picking 5 competitors’ websites to review. Be sure to include the biggest player in the industry, a newcomer, and a few local competitors. Keep what you like. Disregard the rest.

Next, look at some websites that compete in similar industries.

It is important to also look outside your industry for inspiration. If you are a mortgage broker, look at a realtor’s website. If you have a pest control business, look at a home inspector’s website. If you are a lawyer, check out a consulting company’s site. Don’t venture too far off the path. If you are a dairy farmer, you don’t want your website to look like apple.com.

Here are a few example sites for you to start with:

Real Estate Website Design: https://www.rigneyhomes.com/

Non-profit HUD Website Design: https://www.clients2homeowners.com/

Health Insurance Website Design: https://www.nexthealthandmedicare.com/

Brokerage Website Design: https://www.innovativemlo.com/

Hotel, Motel, Hospitality Web Design: https://www.farhorizonsfla.com/

Law Office Web Design: https://www.retamarmillian.com/

Now, it is time to shortlist your favorite website styles.

The best thing you can do is pick one website style and use it. If you are planning to DIY the project with Wix or Squarespace , choosing a signal style will make the project much easier for you to handle. If you are using a web design company or freelancer, identifying a specific design will clearly define the aesthetic expectation of the project. This also ensures there will be no surprises.

Lastly, choose to build the website yourself, or hire a professional.

Website builders have made it easier to create your own website without a professional. The decision to use software like Wix or Squarespace vs hiring a professional comes down to time vs budget vs need.

Do-It-Yourself | Website Builders

The biggest advantage of a DIY website project is you save money. In general, it costs anywhere from $23 to $80 per month for the software licenses and templates. You can expect to spend another 20+ hours configuring the website. The disadvantage of using a DIY website builder is time. Even if you budget an hour a day, it may take months to finish your project. The other problem with DIY projects is quality. Broken links, missing pages, and missing tags are just a few of the problems that can plague DIY projects.

Hire a Professional | Website Design

Of course, the biggest disadvantage to a Do-It-For-You website project is cost. The price of a website ranges greatly depending on what platform you pick, the size of the website, and if you have an individual or a team building the site for you. The advantage of this type of project is, well, you don’t have to spend time in front of a computer learning new software and trying to build a website.

Hybrid | Website Builder & A Professional

We also offer a hybrid to the DIY vs Do-It-For-You approach. Our “teach you” approach allows us to do the heaving lifting–building pages, creating content, and configuring the website. We then show you how to revise and edit the site. The best part is our support team is always there to help you manage, revise, and edit whatever you want.

Now that you've picked a style and picked a process. You are ready to start your project! If you still need some help...

Schedule a free planning session with one of our specialists.

Or use our helpful planning form .

What To Write & Post: A Beginners Guide To Creating Social Media Content.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 07 Sep 2021 17:35:42 GMT

Everyone getting started with social media marketing has the same hang ups…

“I Don’t Know What To Write”

“I Don’t Know How To Write”

“I Don’t Have Pictures To Post”

Let’s Solve those problems!

I don’t know what to write

Ask yourself, who was my happiest client/customer. Why were they happy? <= Yep, write about that!

I don’t know how to write about that.

There are two common writing formulas, Problem-Agitate-Solve and Features-Advantages-Benefits . Pick a writing formula and use it.

I don’t have pictures to post.

Take some with your phone. Or go to Pexels.com and download free photos!

You can also use canva.com or pixlr.com to add text and other graphics.

Now the choice is yours.

Get started and Do-It-Yourself using our DIY checklists,

Or let Web Education Services teach you.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

Who is Web Education Services?

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 31 Aug 2021 13:43:51 GMT

The simple answer is… we are marketers.

But we are very different from other marketers.

See, most marketing companies offer you services. They offer to Do-It-For-You. The good ones, keep you in the loop. The bad ones keep you in the dark. But either way, the systems, knowledge, and expertise is their’s, not yours.

We are different. Instead of doing it for you. We teach you once a week. We do it with you once a week. And after a few months, you do it yourself every week.

How does this all work? Well, it’s a three-month process…

Month 1: We meet once a week for 1 3/4 hours, and together, we set up and optimize all your marketing platforms.

YouTube, Your Blog, Email Marketing Software, Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, Google My Business, Facebook Ads, Google Ads, Google Analytics, and Review Solicitations.

Month 2: We teach you how to write, create content, and post to all your new or updated marketing platforms.

Again, meeting once a week for 1 3/4 hours.

Month 3: We refine your content creation and posting skills while teaching you how to analyze what’s working, what’s not, and how to adjust. Meeting once a week for 1 3/4 hours.

Month 4 is Optional: You can keep working with us to improve your skills or run with what you’ve learned.

After your training, we continue to support your efforts. You can always call and email us with any questions you have.

You can also schedule ad hoc sessions with us at any time.

To learn mo re about our services, call us at 727-222-6984 . Or schedule a free consultation .

How Everyone Buys | A Guide To Mapping The Buyer’s Journey

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 19 Aug 2021 21:29:13 GMT

The psychology of marketing, how everyone buys... click here for slides .

Great marketers know something you don’t. You believe that buying starts with a brand, a product, a service. You think your customers buy because of…

✓ FEATURES

✓ ADVANTAGES

✓ BENEFITS

Buying actually starts with a feeling, a need, a want, a desire. Buying starts with a trigger that leads to a search, a choice, and ultimately a purchase.

It’s called the buyer’s journey. Here's what you need to do.

Answer the questions at each stage of the buyer's journey and draft a messaging for each stage. Use your guide below each and every time you start to create new content. Download our journey map template or follow our guided steps below

1) Trigger Stage Of The Buyer's Journey

The first stage of purchasing is the trigger stage. People experience a want, need, or are having a problem. They may not be able to articulate what the problem is, but they sure "feel" it.

During this stage you want to help define the person's feelings and help articulate their want, need, or problem.

Jot down a few notes about your customers/clients and what triggers a want, need, or problem.

2) Search Stage Of The Buyer's Journey

The second stage of purchasing is the search stage. People are trying to identify all their options.

During this stage you want to educate people about everything they can do to satisfy their need/want or solve their problems.

Jot down a few notes about your customers/clients and all the possible solutions. In general, there are three options for everyone, do nothing, buy, or do-it-yourself.

3) Choice Stage Of The Buyer's Journey

The third stage of purchasing is the choice stage. People are trying to pick the best option for them.

During this stage you want to influence people about why your solution is the best.

Jot down a few notes about your customers/clients and why your solution is the best. Don't talk about your brand yet, keep it industry specific.

4) Purchase Stage Of The Buyer's Journey

The fourth stage of purchasing is the purchase stage. People are trying to pick the best product or service provider for them.

During this stage you want to influence people about why your company is the best.

Jot down a few notes about your customers/clients and why your company is the best. If you've helped the person articulate their want/need or problem, identify all their options, and select the right product/service, selling your brand at this stage should be easy.

Crafting Your Marketing Message

Now that you've written down a few notes about each stage of the buyer's journey, you can start crafting your message.

Write a marketing message for each stage of the buyer's journey. See the example below. Before you start writing your next piece of content, take a few minutes to run through this exercise. This should serve as an outline and help you write better, faster, and get more engagement!

If you want to run through this exercise with one of our marketing experts for free, click here and schedule an appointment.

Did you attend our latest event? Download the slide deck here .

Blank Mapping Template

Example Template

If you want some individualized help using the template and crafting your message, click here schedule a free marketing session with one of our experts.

Justin Babcock | How To Be A Better Content Marketer

intern@webeducationservices.com (Intern WES) — Mon, 09 Aug 2021 14:51:06 GMT

I had the opportunity to sit down with Justin (Owner of Web Education Services) and ask him some of the most asked questions we get related to content marketing. Keep reading to find out how you can become a better content marketer…

Bria: What are the essential components of good web content?

Justin: That you enjoy creating your content. For instance, if you enjoy writing, you tend to do really good at writing and those who really enjoy graphics, do better at graphics. To add, posting once a week whether it’s a social post or a blog, it’s important to get your content out there.

Bria: What kind of content can you create?

Justin: Anything you can post is really the name of the game. This can include pictures, podcasts, infographics, videos… It’s important to see what your competitors are doing and ask, “How can I make this better for my customers?"

Bria: How do you decide what subject/content you want to write/blog about?

Justin: Whatever you talk to your customers about. What were they excited about? What did they struggle with? At the end of the day, it’s all about what your customers want and how you can help them.

Bria: What do you think clients should do more of, to be a successful content marketers?

Justin: Post more (As I always say, “It’s all about getting the content out there.”)! The key is to get your customers to click and to do so, it’s about preparing that next step (call-to-action) for them, starting with your content and your posts.

Bria: What’s a small tip you’ve given to your clients that has been the most helpful?

Justin: Aside from the checklist (Duh!) It’s anything that has helped with the content creation part of the checklist. For instance, Snazzy (it helps write for you), Pixlr (If you want to edit your photos), Filmora (if you want to edit your videos), and websites such as Unsplash and Pexels which give you free photos.

Well, that’s all folks! We hope you learned something of value watching/reading this blog and of course if you have questions you’d like to ask, we’d love to keep this rolling. You can call us here or find us through our website ' contact ' button.

Need A New Website? Feel Like You Don't Have Options? Try This.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Sat, 07 Aug 2021 20:27:17 GMT

Sometimes your options aren't great.

Option 1: Try to build it yourself and end up with a sub-par website.

Option 2: Hire a professional and start a project without a clear path.

What if there was a better way? What if you could plan your website project and then hire a professional?

We were thinking the same thing...

So we created our Website Planning Workshop. We will walk you through color choice, font choice, content decisions, page planning, and style options. After the Workshop, you will have a clear vision for your new website. Best of all, you can decide to build it yourself, hire us, or take your project plan to another developer.

The choice is yours!

Visit our Website Planning Workshop Page to get started.

How Do I Contact Google Support? Go To The Google My Business Support Page; Here’s How.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 02 Aug 2021 21:49:10 GMT

We’ve all done it, clicked on the support button only to find a database of unhelpful support articles that can’t solve our problem. Frustrated, we shift through article after article looking for answers–if only you could contact a real person and ask a real question.

Next time you are frustrated with Google My Business or Google Ads, try this trick to chat with a live support person.

→ Go to your Google My Business locations Page, https://business.google.com/locations

→ Click on the support link in the far left navigation. It's the last link in the left navigation.

→ You will see a popup in right-hand corner to browser articles. Instead of searching, scroll to the bottom of the pop up and click on contact us.

→ Complete the contact form. Always click on the next step button. The form will have options to click on help articles that will navigate you away from the contact page.

→ Select email or chat. The chat option is sometimes not available, depending on Google's support hours.

→ Complete the rest of the contact form.

If you have any trouble locating or completing the form, give us a call 727.222.6984 or contact our support team .

You Can’t Call Mark Zuckerberg, But You Can Chat With Facebook Business Support. Here’s How.

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 26 Jul 2021 20:28:33 GMT

Facebook, Google, and big tech are notorious for hiding their contact information. They prefer that you go to their help articles and figure it out yourself, which works about 95% of the time.

But what do you do when the support articles aren’t supportive?

Your answer may be, keep trying. After all, you can’t just call Mark and ask him to fix Facebook. You can, however, text him, kind of.

Let me introduce you to Facebook Support via chat. To access the chat feature for businesses, go to https://www.facebook.com/business/help/support/get-help . PLEASE ACCESS THIS LINK FROM YOUR DESKTOP. YOU MUST HAVE A BUSINESS ACCOUNT TO ACCESS THIS PAGE.

Unfortunately, Facebook doesn’t promote this feature. In fact, it is a few clicks away in the Facebook Business Help Center. But once you know how to find it, you can actually contact Facebook and get your issues resolved!

Again, to access this feature go to Get Help.

You will have to let them know who you are, so select your page or ads account. Facebook refers to this as an Asset, but it’s really just your page or ads account.

Next you need to select your issue. You can select the option that best describes your problem or click on load more until you see the option “other ad account issue”.

Even if it is a page issue, you can select this problem as a catch all and chat with a support representative. Typically, this option is the fourth from the bottom after clicking on load more 4 times.

After selecting your problem, confirm your email address, phone number, give them a short paragraph about the issue, and click on start chat! This will fire off Facebook Messenger, and you will be able to chat with support. Yep, a live person will help you resolve your issue! If they can’t, they will issue a support ticket that you can track and send follow-up messages.

If you need any help starting a support chat with Facebook, give us a call 727.222.6984 .

Can’t Tell If An Image Has Copyrights? Find Out With These Methods.

Mon, 19 Jul 2021 21:01:14 GMT

Right-click, save image as, and save. Most of us have gone through those steps one time or another. Depending on how we used the image, we were within our rights, but we may have accidentally violated copyright law.

Here are three quick tips to help you figure out if a photo has copyright and if you can use it.

1. Know the general signs of a copyrighted photo.

Some of the most simplest ways of figuring out if an image is protected, is through watermarks and copyright symbols. If you see a copyright or watermark, you are going to have to purchase the picture or ask the owner for permission to use the photo/graphic.

2. Do the necessary research to see if an image is copyrighted.

Conduct a reverse-search on the image to see where the image has been posted and find the primary poster of the image. Start by going to https://images.google.com/ . Click on the camera icon and copy and paste the image link! You can also upload the picture by clicking on upload an image, click on choose a file, and select the image from your computer.

After you find the original source, ask for permission to use the photo. Sometimes these photos are available to the general public as long as you follow the terms of use as defined by the person who owns the copyright. In other words, some creators tell you on their website how you can use the photo. You don’t have to contact them directly.

3. Learn how the court evaluates what’s the fair and not fair use of an image.

There are a few questions to consider before using a copyrighted image; how is it being used? What is the nature of the copyrighted image? How much or what portion of the copyrighted work is being used? What type of influence does the copyrighted work have on the audience or market?

Some photos are deemed “in the public domain” and these photos are fair game.

Being able to look into these questions can help in case of an infringement investigation that determines the rights of the image being used.

A simple way to avoid copyright infringement is to download royalty-free, attribution-free stock photos at Unsplash and/or Pexels .

We understand the importance of having the best photo to represent your content.

If you have any questions about finding free photos or videos, reach out to us or call us at 727.222.6984 .

Content Idea Generator | Answer The Public | Find The Right Topic In No Time

Mon, 12 Jul 2021 16:52:01 GMT

Running out of content ideas? Don’t know what questions to answer? Here’s a quick solution, one of our favorite idea generation tools, Answer The Public.

Answer The Public is a simple tool. Just enter your target keyword and the app will serve up a variety of results to help you identify your next topic.

Results are categorized by frequently asked questions, preposition searches, and comparison searches. Best of all these results are color-coded by the actual search volume. So you know people are searching for the answers you have!

Again, ideas are categorized by searched questions (who, what, when, etc), prepositions (can, without, is, etc) and comparisons (like, vs, or, etc). At the bottom of the page, you will find all of your topics and ideas in alphabetical order… so convenient!

Keep in mind that Answer The Public only allows you 3 searches a day, so make them count! Unless, of course, you upgrade to their pro account.

If you need help creating those awesome content ideas or navigating your way through Answer The Public, call us at 727.222.6984.

Blogging Ain’t Easy | 5 Tips For Speeding Up Your Content Creation

Mon, 05 Jul 2021 18:49:51 GMT

There is no better feeling than when an idea pops into your head, the creative juices flow, and your content is created and posted before you know it. You’ve also probably suffered from the opposite… staring at a blank screen thinking, what am I going to write about today?

Well, here are a few of our favorite go-to tricks to turn those blank screens into ideas, so you can get back to the rest of your day.

Tip 1: Keep a log of ideas

Keeping a log is by far the best way to keep content organized and plentiful. As you have ideas throughout the week, write them down in the same place. If you have a team of employees, take 30 minutes to brainstorm some content ideas. Talk to a friend, partner, kids, or anyone who will listen. Ask them, “what would you want to know about my service or product.”

Collaboration and documentation are key to never getting stuck. In fact, this article came from our content log… it beat out, social media sites that didn’t work out. Maybe we chose the wrong topic ¯\_(ツ)_/¯.

Tip 2: Writing apps, they got software for that?

Writing apps are starting to come a long way. Now, they still can’t do it for you, but they can help you get unstuck. From content idea generators to AI, software might be just what you need to jumpstart your content game. Here are a few of our favorites

Artificial Intelligence (AI) Writing Apps

• Snazzy AI - https://app.snazzy.ai/

• Copy AI - https://www.copy.ai/

Idea Generators

• Answer The Public - https://answerthepublic.com/

• SEOPresser - https://seopressor.com/blog-title-generator

• Klock Work - http://klock.work/

Tip 3: Hire a coach

This one is self-serving, so we will keep it brief. A coach can help you create a routine, brainstorm ideas, teach you writing formulas, and help you create a style that works for you. That’s what we do. We help you build a marketing system that works for you, so you are never stuck. Schedule a free first-time season, and we can help you implement some of these content creation strategies.

Tip 4: Hire a freelancer

Much like finding a driver on Uber. You can find a writer on an app. Check out Writer’s Access, https://www.writeraccess.com/ , and find a copywriter at competitive rates.

Tip 5: Use a writing formula

Starting with a writing formula is another great way to focus your thoughts and start creating your content. Check out these tried and true writing formulas that every copywriter uses to influence, persuade, and engage: https://buffer.com/resources/copywriting-formulas/

The real trick to writing is practice. So, keep writing, keep posting, and keep asking yourself, “how can I keep improving what I’m doing.”

And remember, when you take control of your marketing, you take control of your business.

Web Education Services, we would be more than happy to help you build your marketing machine.

Protect Your Google My Business Listing From This Scam

Mon, 28 Jun 2021 20:00:50 GMT

I’m sure you’ve received a call like this, “Hello, please don’t hang up. We are trying to verify your Google My Business listing. Please press 1 now to verify your Google Listing…”

Or, “Your Google My Business listing is not verified with us. Press 1 now to verify your business listing with Google.”

Next time you receive one of these calls, notice that the caller does not overtly claim to be Google , but they sure are trying to make you think they are Google representatives. In most cases, these are solicitation calls. The person on the other end of the call is trying to get you to sign up for some type of management subscription. Other times, the caller is more deceitful and is trying to get control of your listing.

Either way, you can protect yourself with a few helpful tips.

Tip 1: Hang up

According to Google , they will not make unsolicited sales calls. So, unless you have an open help ticket. Google isn’t calling. If you do have an open ticket, ask the caller for the ticket number.

Tip 2: Hang up - And double check your Google My Business Listing

Go to your Google My Business dashboard, https://business.google.com/locations and look at your status. If it says Verified, you are all good. Now is also a great time to double check your profile.

Add as much information as possible (the more, the better) include a business profile picture, the area your business will be serving, hours of operation, attributes (e.g., "wheelchair accessible," "free wifi"), the day and year you opened, phone number, and website. Check out our CPR for GMB! For more information about optimizing your listing.

Tip 3: Verify a few things if you really don’t want to hang up.

So, there are a couple of reasons Google may call you. 1) if you contacted them first. 2) They may call about development, customer service, support for ads, google play or other accounts.

According to Google’s help article, Protecting Against Fraudulent Calls , Google will never ask you for payment information over the phone or guarantee you favorable placement in our products. You may receive automated calls in these circumstances:

• Automated calls come from a set of designated numbers. At the start of the call, you'll hear that the call is from Google and the reason for the call. For example, you might hear something like:

Hi! I'm calling from Google Maps. Given the current health situation, I just want to update your hours. I'm an automated service, so this call is recorded to improve Google services. Could you please tell me your hours for the week?

Hi! I'm helping people find restaurants that are open. I'm an automated service provided by Google, and this call is recorded to improve Google services. Are you currently open for in-person dining?

• You will not be asked to sign up for a service, make a payment, or give sensitive personal information.

• These calls are only enabled for businesses that offer public phone numbers for the purpose of receiving calls from the general public. If businesses don’t want to accept these calls, they can opt-out by simply saying so on the call.

In these situations, you can stay on the phone because Google is legitimately contacting you.

If you are ever in doubt, hang up and call your web developer, social media team, or call Web Education Services, (727) 222-6984 . We would be more than happy to help you.

Check out our blog for more information and more helpful tips.

What’s The Magic Behind Google Rankings And Search Engine Results | Hint Off-Page, On-Page, Technical SEO

Mon, 21 Jun 2021 16:25:46 GMT

If you own a business or are responsible for your web presence you’ve heard the term SEO. You’re probably familiar with the concept of Search Engine Results (SEO) and Search Engine Results Page (SERPs). You understand the importance of ranking well. But when someone tries to sell you SEO services and worse, explain SEO. You feel like rubbing snake oil on your palms may be a better solution.

So, if you are going to buy any type of SEO service, it’s important that you understand the difference between On-page, Off-page, and Technical SEO, and how someone might help you “get on the first page of Google.”

What is Off-Page SEO?

Off-page SEO is what happens on other websites to signal to Google that your website is the best. This can include link building, content marketing, social media, podcasts, reviews, and many other tactics that can help your site rank higher in search results.

Let’s look at an example.

Mary at Salamander Spa posts new content about hairstyles for 2021 weddings on her website. She also posts a link to her page on Facebook and Twitter. The website page gets shared and other people start referencing the link in their posts and on their websites. I mean, the new hairstyles were really cool and unique, so everyone wanted to share.

Her page starts to rank on Google and it continues to get referenced. The page climbs in search results because brides & bridesmaids definitely care about hair. Without the off-page activity, Mary’s website wouldn’t rank as well as if it was just posted.

Sharing, linking, and engagement signals to Google, “Hey, people like this page and find it valuable. You better make sure other people can find it in Google searches.” Off-Page SEO works because “other people” on the internet are signaling to Google that your content is the best!

For a more technical explanation visit our friends at SEM Rush .

What is On-Page SEO?

On-page SEO is about helping Google, Bing, and other search engines understand the material on a website. On-page SEO tactics include optimizing site content, title tag & meta tag optimization, H tag optimization, internal linking, image optimization, and more.

Here’s a quick example of how to improve your on-page SEO.

Far Horizons had your typical one-page website for a Condo Resort. Current customers could get their phone numbers and find their addresses, but the page was not optimized for Google. Far Horizons didn’t have title tags, expanded content, or much information besides a few pictures, so they didn’t have any real presence in the search engine results.

The old site was great for connecting with people who knew about Far Horizons, but they weren’t getting any new bookings from their website.

To increase traffic, Far Horizons built out their website to include additional content about their rooms, a gallery of photos, and information about restaurants and attractions within walking distance. They created separate pages for location and contact information. All of these pages were tagged and organized correctly using on-page SEO best practices .

Because of their efforts, Far Horizons saw a 10x increase in their traffic and conversions.

For a more technical explanation of on-page SEO visit our friends at SEM Rush .

What is Technical SEO?

Technical SEO is the technical performance of your website that plays an important role in your SEO rank. These technical features include site speed, structured data, canonicalization, XML sitemaps, Hreflang, and more.

Think about it this way. When was the last time you went to a site and your browser just spun? Did you wait?

If you’re like most people, you probably didn’t wait more than a few seconds for the website to load. If you had a bad experience, clicked on broken links, and generally had trouble navigating, you probably didn’t go back. Google knows this and is less likely to show pages with technical issues to users. Functionality along with other technical configurations to your website support or hurt your technical SEO and Google rankings.

If you need help with increasing your website traffic and conversions, call us at 727.222.6984.

Up Your Customer Service Game | Keep Track of Customer Calls Through GMB

Mon, 14 Jun 2021 17:41:05 GMT

Are you having a hard time keeping up with calls from customers? Need help responding back to customers?

As a business owner, you are always looking for ways to improve your business, and that includes a better phone customer service experience. Keep all your calls in one place with the Call History feature.

When a customer goes to your Google profile and calls, it is automatically saved in the ‘Calls’ tab located on the left-hand side underneath the ‘home’ tab. Simply click on the ‘Calls’ tab and look through and see who all have called you through google searches and maps.

Getting started is really easy. For detailed instructions visit Call history in Google My Business . Or follow these steps:

On your computer, sign in to Google My Business .
If you have multiple locations, open the location that you want to manage.
In the menu on the left, click Info.
Next to your business phone number, click Edit .
Untick the box next to 'See recent calls from customers on Google Search and Maps'.
Click Apply.

Tip: If you turned call history off, you can turn it back on in the 'Home' tab.

Using this feature will help better your customer service on top of keeping up with customer calls.

If you would like help setting up call history or help navigating through Google My Business, give us a call us , 727-222-6984.

Attract More Traffic | 7 SEO Copywriting Tips To Improve Your Content

Mon, 07 Jun 2021 20:24:11 GMT

Are you having trouble attracting the right users? Do you want to post content your users can trust and are searching for?

Well here are 7 tips to help you create top notch content that will attract the right users and allow search engines to better represent your content on SERPs:

Tip #1: Find The Right Keywords

Our favorite guide to finding the right keywords come from our friends Semrush, Keyword Research Guide .

Tip #2: Find Questions That People Ask

Search engines are like answer engines, being able to answer the top questions that are being asked can help elevate a website’s placement in a search engine result. Start with Google Trends , and find the top topics.

Tip #3: Check Competitors Articles For Your Target Keywords

Check out what your competitor’s are saying using your key words to help prepare you for your content.

Tip #4: Optimize Your Header, Meta Title and Meta Description

Create a header, title and description that will drag users in. Remember, these are the first things your user reads. It is also the first thing search engines crawl.

Tip #5: Create Organized, Easy-To-Read Content

Make sure your content has good structure, is skimmable, has clear and informative paragraphs, uses bullet points and numbered lists, short sentences, subtopics that are covered within the copy, and simple vocabulary.

Tip #6: Include Visuals

A picture is worth a thousand words! Quick fun fact. 74% of marketers used visuals in more than 70% of their content — because it works. Take to the next level with an engaging video.

Tip #7: Include CTAs (Calls-to-action)

Don’t leave your users stranded, help them find more information or help users figure out what to do next.

If you would like help attracting more traffic and implementing these SEO copywriting tips, give us a call 727.222.6984 , or visit our blog for more helpful tips.

Stories, Your Brain, And How You Are Wired To Respond

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Tue, 01 Jun 2021 16:40:12 GMT

Stories are the bond between our emotions and logic. They solidify what we believe and give meaning to what we know.

Think about it... what moves you?

Is it the statistic you read? Or, is it the story your friend/neighbor/coworker told?

Stories are a great way to connect with people and get them to ask, what would I do?

Unfortunately, most of us are afraid of stories. We believe that data should drive our messaging, our conversations, and our business.

What if data and storytelling weren't either/or? What if you can do both?

Check out the amazing TED talk above and think about storying telling and marketing in a new way.

If you need help developing your story, reach out to us or call us at 727.222.6984 to schedule a private coaching session.

The Golden Circle | Differentiate Your Brands Value Using This Simple Technique

Mon, 24 May 2021 21:39:45 GMT

Simon Sinek once said, “People don’t buy what you do; they buy why you do it. And what you do simply proves what you believe.”

The most successful organizations think, act and communicate following the golden circle technique and starting with the question, why?

Want to better inspire your customer and clients? Think of the Golden Circle.

→ Start your story at the center of the circle by answering WHY - Why do you do what you do? Why are you solving this problem?

→ Next, move onto HOW - How will you do what you do? How will this help your readers?

→ Lastly, answer WHAT - What are you offering? What do you do?

Why does the order in which you communicate your story matter?

We buy with our emotions, and communicating the WHY and HOW, communicates with our feelings and our emotional behavior.

If you need help developing your golden circle, reach out to us or call us at 727.222.6984 to schedule a private coaching session.

Can’t tell if an image is copyrighted? Find Out With These Methods

Mon, 17 May 2021 14:43:33 GMT

Have you ever wanted to use a photo from the search engine but didn’t know if you could? We’ve all wanted to use the best photo to add to our blog, website or presentation.

You can avoid the trouble of using a copyright photo by using these 3 methods to determine if a picture is protected.

1. Know the general signs of a copyrighted photo

2. Do the necessary research to see if an image is copyrighted.

3. Learn how the court evaluates what’s the fair and not fair use of an image.

Some photos are deemed “in the public domain” and these photos are fair game.

Being able to look into these questions can help in case of an infringement investigation that determines the rights of the image being used.

A simple way to avoid copyright infringement is to download royalty-free, attribution-free stock photos at Unsplash and/or Pexels .

We understand the importance of having the best photo to represent your content.

If you have any questions about finding free photos or videos, reach out to us at webeducationservices.com or call us at 727.222.6984. Have a great week!

Want to watch the evolution of the internet in real time?

Mon, 10 May 2021 16:55:35 GMT

Have fun exploring the Wayback Machine. As the name implies, the website is a time machine for websites.

Confused… yeah, you have to check it out.

The internet archive lets you explore old websites, retrieve lost information, or look at competitors' content that may have been removed. For some, the archive is just a fun way to explore the advancement of the internet. For others, it's a way to retrieve lost content.

Want to try it out?

The task is simple:

✓ Visit the Wayback Machine website (https://archive.org),

✓ Type a website URL

✓ Click the search button

You'll be redirected to an archive. You’ll see a timeline of site snapshots. Explore by year, month, and day and experience the website “Wayback In Time”.

If you need any help navigating through Wayback or retrieving lost content or competitors' content, we’d be more than happy to help.

Create A Mothers Day Post In Under A Minute | No Skills, No Problem

Mon, 03 May 2021 15:43:36 GMT

Businesses love posting holiday shoutouts, but not everyone knows how.

Our one minute tutorial will walk you through choosing a template and making some simple edits using one of our favorite FREE image editors, pixlr.com .

Don’t miss out, it’s as easy as it looks!

Step by step instructions:

→ Go to https://pixlr.com

→ Click on the PIXLR X button

→ Click on the templates icon

→ Click on the Facebook Post template

→ Click on the template you like the best

→ Revise text blocks [optional]

→ Revise images [optional]

→ Revise shapes [optional]

→ Click on the Save button

→ Save to your computer

Now your image is ready for posting!

If you have any trouble after watching the video and trying the software, give us a shout and we would be happy to walk you through creating a post. Call us at 727.222.6984.

Email Signature Software, And BTW It’s Free

Mon, 26 Apr 2021 14:09:50 GMT

Everyone has an email address, most of us have two. And having an email address is critical to life these days. I mean, when was the last time you went to a post office?

However, having an email signature that is lacking affects your reputation. But seriously, who has time to work on something so mundane as a signature?

Problem solved… enter Hubspot’s Signature Generator.

https://www.hubspot.com/email-signature-generator

Hubspot's email generator allows you to choose from 6 popular signature layouts. After selecting a layout, you can add active links, active social media icons, upload photos, logos, and more.

Give your email signature a boost! Try it today,

Or call us at 727.222.6984 for a FREE consultation and we will create your signature together.

Snazzy AI | Create Content For Your Brand In Minutes

Mon, 19 Apr 2021 19:35:06 GMT

Have you ever had a great idea to create a piece of content, but when it came time to write, it, well, didn’t feel right–didn’t sound professional–or just, meh?

Writing content is a common problem for many small businesses. Fortunately, AI writing software has come a long way over the past year!

And our favorite new FREE tool for you is Snazzy. Snazzy is an Artificial Intelligence (AI) Platform that helps you write better content in less time. With a few inputs, Snazzy conjures up unique content tailored to your brand. Best of all, it is original content ready to publish . No writer’s block here.

To sign up, visit http://app.snazzy.ai/register and complete the registration form.

If you need any help getting started with the software, contact us today, 727.222.6984 . And don't forget to click on the share buttons below. Help a friend out and let them know about new marketing technology!

Self-Guided Content Marketing Training | Hubspot Academy, Marketing For Everyone

Mon, 12 Apr 2021 14:46:53 GMT

Hubspot Academy is a free self-guided content marketing training. Its goal is to help you learn how to design, create, and distribute value-driven marketing content for your business. It does this by giving you access to more than 100 business lessons, thousands of pages of industry-leading content, and the support of a global network of marketers.

Let’s look at some of the features, advantages and benefits.

Features - There is a class for everything. Hubspot Academy offers an array of online courses and certifications to keep you up to date on the latest and greatest practices associated with digital marketing.

Advantages - Quick, easy, and free. For those short on time, Hubspot offers 5 minute individual sessions.

The academy offers comprehensive certification courses on topics including content marketing, inbound sales, sales enablement, email marketing and growth-driven design. It also offers quick courses on topics such as Facebook Ads and YouTube marketing.

Benefits - Teaches valuable skills. Through social media strategy, blogging strategy, and content marketing, Hubspot Academy can help small businesses better familiarize themselves with inbound marketing. You decide by picking courses that focus on specific tactics or developing business strategies that work.

Don’t know what courses to start with? We can help.

Web Education Services Is Excited To Introduce You To Bria Ziter, Our Marketing Intern And University Of Alabama Future Alumni!

Mon, 29 Mar 2021 14:28:26 GMT

Bria will be assisting our team over the spring and summer and learning our DIY marketing techniques. Keep an eye out for her on our social channels, email, and blog posts.

So, want to get to know Bria a little better?

1. Tell us a little about yourself.

I just wanted to say how excited I am to be here! A little bit about me, I was born in St.Petersburg Florida and moved to Boston Massachusetts when I was about 6 years old.

2. What is your major and what are you studying?

I am currently a senior at the university of Alabama and am expected to graduate in December of 2021. I am majoring in communication studies and minoring in service marketing.

3. What do you enjoy most about your major and your school?

I found my interest in communication studies and service marketing when I took my public speaking course and found I really enjoyed the research and presentation aspect of the class. I chose the University of Alabama because of its prestigious academic and football reputation.

4. What is a fun fact you would like to share?

I taught English at a school in eastern southern Germany.

5. What’s your favorite place to be?

The beach. I mean, I’m a Florida girl. What do you expect?

6. What’s your favorite thing(s) to do outside of school and work?

I love to be outside or volunteer at local organizations/groups.

7. What do you hope to learn from your internship?

Everything, I want to learn how to implement what I learned in school, and I want to expand my general knowledge of digital marketing. It seems so simple and so complex at the same time. By being exposed to the real world, I think it should all start to click, but who knows… it’s a hard question.

We welcome you to the team and can’t wait for you to leave your mark on Web Education Services! So, get out your checklists and get to work.

If you would like to work with Bria and the team, contact us today, 727.222.6984.

Gulf Coast FAMP Invites Web Education Services To Present | Do It Yourself Content Marketing

Mon, 22 Mar 2021 14:46:06 GMT

Gulf Coast FAMP is dedicated to educating their members on new and upcoming changes in the mortgage industry.

To continue with their mission, the Gulf Coast Chapter of FAMP invited Web Education Services to present DIY Marketing. Members learned the basics of content marketing. They received actionable checklists to start their marketing efforts, and got access to 24/7 tutorials on all the major marketing platforms.

If you didn’t get to attend the seminar, you can watch the replay here:

And a special thank you to everyone who attended our seminar. As promised, below are all of the resources we covered.

Get more free stuff at:

https://www.marketingformortgagebrokers.com/marketing-and-content-creation-applications-for-mortgage-brokers

If you need help getting started, schedule a free Zoom call with us . You can share your screen and ask us anything!

Under A Minute How-To | Phone to Computer–Sharing Large Video Files Using Links

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 18 Mar 2021 18:36:49 GMT

So you have a video and it is too large to share. You are thinking…maybe I should make a shorter video ��. Videos are trickier than photos to share because of file size. If you’ve captured more than a few seconds of content, the original file ends up too big to send directly through text message or e-mail, leaving you frustrated. We have a solution!

Fortunately, the default photo gallery app on your phone should have built-in features that circumvent this problem. You just select the video you want to share, generate a link, and then send that URL to your recipient. The app takes care of uploading the file to the cloud. If you have an android you should have a built in Link app. If not you can download through Google Play.

Here are the details on how to share a video on your Android device:

How to Share Video on Android Devices In Less Than A Minute

Open your phone’s photo gallery app. Samsung users should look for “Gallery” and stock Android users should look for “Photos” (aka Google Photos). Other phone manufacturers will follow similar naming.
Find the video you want to share. The simplest way to do this is to scroll through your mix of photos and videos. Some apps also let you do a search for the word “video,” which will filter and show only that specific file type.
Long-press on that video. In some apps, a text menu will pop up; choose Share. In other apps, you’ll need to find the Share icon and tap on it. (It looks like the letter “V” with dots, rotated clockwise to the right.)
You can choose to share a link directly to an app, or to copy the link. The former saves a little time if you have only one recipient, while the latter is more helpful if want to paste the URL in several chat windows and/or apps.
If you choose to share directly to an app, select the app from the options shown in the menu—typically it will be a chat or email app.
If you create a link, it’ll get copied to your phone’s clipboard, and now you can manually navigate to the app(s) you want to paste it into.

Using Mail Drop if you have an iPhone

To use Mail Drop, all you have to do is try to send an email that's too big through the default Mail app.

A window will pop up that reads: "These attachments may be too large to send in email. Do you want to use Mail Drop to deliver these attachments using iCloud? They will be available for the next 30 days."

Tap "Use Mail Drop," and off the message goes to its intended recipient(s).

The recipient will just have to click the Mail Drop link in the email they've received, and they'll have to be checking their email on "a Mac using OS X Yosemite or later, an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with iOS 9.2 [or later], [or] a Mac or PC with an updated browser," which are the supported systems for Mail Drop, according to Apple .

Need help with video sharing-give us a call!

If you need help getting started, schedule a free Zoom call with us . You can share your screen and ask us anything!

N eed help with marketing? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

5 Free Small Business Marketing Ideas You Can Do Today!

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 15 Mar 2021 14:39:31 GMT

Small businesses often have a small budget for marketing which can promote a challenge. However, with the ever-growing social media world there are plenty of ways for you to market yourself to your customers without spending any money.

1. Create a free Google My Business account

Your Business Profile on Google has become one of the most effective free marketing strategies available. This free listing allows your business to show up on Google Maps, the local section of Google Search, and the right-side Knowledge Panel for branded searches. We can help you set up your GMB account-give us a call.

2. Post (and engage) on social media

Increasing your social media engagement is great way to build trust with your audience. Create business accounts on the big 5 on Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Twitter, YouTube. What you should do on these platforms:

Promote your blog posts, and drive traffic to your website.
Directly talk with followers and promote your brand.
Run polls and request feedback.
Create quick and informational posts that are easy for your followers to digest-increase their trust with your knowledge.

3. Don’t Forget LinkedIn

LinkedIn is a major social media site that is often under-utilized. Don’t just add network connections and sign out; enter into dialogue with the connections you make, share your blog posts and offers, join and contribute to forums, and share others’ quality content.

4. Local SEO

Google’s algorithm is designed to serve up the most accurate, high-quality, and relevant content for any given search query. You do not necessarily need to pay for this-you just need to invest time.

Local SEO is free, but it can take some time, so start now and keep working; the benefits over time can be huge. Here is what you can do:

Add location-based keywords (Palm Harbor Marketing Service) to the titles, headings, and body content of your main website pages.
Get listed in online directories, making sure your information is identical across platforms.
Publish pages or blog posts specific to the area you serve.

5. Publish great content

Content marketing , demonstrates expertise, and your desire to educate your audience. Google also prioritizes content that best answers the questions its users are asking-driving traffic to your website. Need help writing check out our top writing formulas.

So remember Publish Great Content on the top 5 social giants, focus on local SEO, Create a GMB account, Focus on your LinkedIn account. If you need help with any of these free marketing sources give us a call!

If you need help getting started, schedule a free Zoom call with us . You can share your screen and ask us anything!

N eed help with marketing? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Get A Business Phone Number That Connects With Your Mobile Device | Our Top Pick

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 08 Mar 2021 18:34:52 GMT

Google Voice allows you to receive phone calls, as well as send text messages. You can also use it to forward calls from one number to another, so you can easily manage all of your communication from one phone.

Imagine this… you are starting a new business or expanding a service offering. You need a website, so you find a developer. You sit down to discuss the project and they ask, what phone number do you want displaying on the contact page.

You freeze. You want potential clients to have your mobile number, but you want SPAMMERS to stay away. You look at your web guy and think to yourself, “I look like an idiot. I don’t have a phone number.”

STOP - you are not alone and this happens all the time. Fortunately, Google offers Google Voice at extremely reasonable rates. If you are using it for personal use, Google Voice is Free. For businesses, plans start at $10 per user per month.

Best of all, the Google Voice App works with your PC, MAC, and/or mobile device for a seamless transition into your typical workflow.

To get started. ..

1. Go to voice.google.com.

2. Select “For personal use” <=free or “For business” <= $10 per user.

3. Sign in to your Google Account.

4. Review the Terms of Service and Privacy Policy. Click Continue.

5. You can search for available numbers by city or area code.

6. Next to the number you want, click Select.

7. Follow the on-screen instructions.

After you’ve signed up for your number download the Google Voice App to your phone. Sign in using your Google Account and Google Voice will sync with your phone.

The process takes about 15 minutes. If you get stuck or just want someone to help walk you through the process. Give us a call, 727-222-6984 . We would be happy to help.

If you need help getting started, schedule a free Zoom call with us . You can share your screen and ask us anything!

N eed help with marketing? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Whitespace: Vital to your Branding Message on Your Website

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 01 Mar 2021 15:02:40 GMT

Use whitespace on your website to lead your visitors towards the desired action.

What is Whitespace?

White space does not have to necessarily be white, and it is not wasted space. It is simply the space that gives your eyes a place to rest and focus on the most important elements in front of you. While it may be tempting to fill up all available space with lots of information to showcase your product, it has been shown that doing so actually has the opposite effect. Our brains become overwhelmed and instead simply stop taking in information.

Whitespace not only creates balance, helps to brand a design, it can also be used to lead a reader from one element to another.

The main goal of a website is to be simple and unclutters for the user. White space is a great tool to balance the design elements on a website and better organize content to improve the visual communication experience.

Does your site have enough whitespace ? Let’s review the benefits of Using whitespace:

White Space Invites the eye . The eye is immediately drawn to what is different. providing a place to rest our brain.

White Space Improves Readability and Understanding of your brand.

White Space Creates Balance on your website.

White Space Gives Emphasis and Direction for your website. What is your Call to Action? People are busy and don’t want to have to figure out your message – instead, lead them to your focal point quickly and easily by highlighting using white space.

White Space Implies Sophistication . Too much clutter=cheaper brands. Simply adding more white space to your website gives an exclusive impression to your brand.

In short, whitespace isn’t a waste of space but instead is vital to your brand messaging.

Review our example below and/or download more detailed examples.

If you need help getting started, schedule a free Zoom call with us . You can share your screen and ask us anything!

A FREE Tool to Help Speed up Video Creation and Ease your Nerves: Using a Teleprompter

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 17 Feb 2021 18:17:21 GMT

By using a teleprompter tool you appear confident, composed, and comfortable on camera, enabling you to build trust and confidence with your prospects and customers so that they’ll want to do business with you.

Do you find it difficult to think on your feet in front of the camera ?

Do you find yourself stumbling on your words and having to record your video multiple times?

Asking yourself-What was I going to say?

Thinking on your feet is a lot harder when you’re in front of the camera. Luckily, there’s a simple way to help keep your commentary on track.

What can a teleprompter do you for:

A teleprompter tightens your message -A teleprompter forces you to write a script.
A teleprompter Saves You Time- You save a lot of time before, during, and after the video shoot. You don’t have to spend the energy memorizing a script. In addition you are not taking multiple takes as you forget your wording (It is right in front of you!).
A teleprompter Improves your performance - Teleprompters allow you to control the scrolling playback speed for the script. If people have told you that you are either a too-fast or a too-slow talker, you can correct for that by adjusting the playback speed.

Also, because you are reading your script and not worrying about what to say next, you can focus on other aspects of your performance. This could include altering your tone to emphasize key points and avoid a stagnant delivery.

Now for the good stuff-we found you a FREE teleprompter site. You can use this on your Desktop and Mobile device. Simply log onto https://telepromptermirror.com/telepromptersoftware.htm

And copy your message. Note: If you are using this on your mobile device be sure to switch to “desktop view.”

Need help with the teleprompter tool? Or other components to video creation schedule a free Zoom call with us . You can share your screen and ask us anything!

N eed help with marketing? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Get back hours each year by using Keyboard Shortcuts: 5 Quick Guides

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 15 Feb 2021 15:34:55 GMT

Did you know that you can save hours a year by using keyboard shortcuts? Check out our 5 Quick Guides.

You might already know the shortcuts to copy, paste and select all (Ctrl+C, Ctrl+V, and Ctrl+A). However, Windows offers many other keyboard shortcuts that save you time and effort as you work on your computer.

If you spend a lot of time at your computer, you are probably clicking with your mouse all day. What if you could save time by only typing and not clicking? In fact, by clicking with a mouse instead of using a keyboard shortcut for the same function, you lose 2 second for every minute you spend hunched over a computer.

Assuming you work 8 hours a day, roughly 240 days a year, you waste up to 64 hours a year if you don’t use any keyboard shortcuts. We decided to put together 5 shortcut guide of our most used shortcuts in different programs (Facebook, Gmail, Windows, Mac, Zoom). Download our guide below ��

If you need help getting started, schedule a free Zoom call with us . You can share your screen and ask us anything!

N eed help with marketing? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Massive Reach, Conversion, Brand Awareness: Google Ads How-To

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 05 Feb 2021 21:09:51 GMT

Google Ad Benefits: Massive Reach, Range of Targeting, Maintain Full Control, any Budget, Easy-to-understand Format, Build Brand Awareness and Maximize ROI with different bidding strategies.

All right, let us talk people-74 billion visitors go to Google every month. They make up about 76% of the total searches, and their ads make up 73% of paid search.

When people have a question that needs answering their first stop is usually Google.

Want to know if there’s a solution for that back pain you’ve been having?

Google it.

Definition from: Merriam-Webster

That is the 800 lb. gorilla in the room. You can get started by learning and managing Google Ads. Get comfortable with our checklist and watch our How-To-Video (Quick 7-minutes) as we walk you through Display Ads.

If you need help getting started, schedule a free Zoom call with us . You can share your screen and ask us anything!

N eed help with marketing? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Turn Text into Lifelike Speech with Amazon Polly: Creating Interactive Image Videos

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 29 Jan 2021 18:13:55 GMT

The speech output generated by Polly is very human-like. It is easy to use and offers few variations in the speech. The pricing for this service is the lowest compared to other cloud service providers.

Amazon Polly is a service that turns text into lifelike speech. This allows you to take your weekly blog text and convert into a video with images. The Benefits of Amazon Polly are that you have a natural sounding voice, you have the ability to store and redistribute the speech, you have real-time streaming, the ability to customize and control speech output and it is a low cost.

With Amazon Polly, you only pay for what you use. You are charged based on the number of characters of text that you convert. You can cache and replay Amazon Polly’s generated speech at no additional cost. With the Free Tier you get up to 1 million characters which is roughly 23 hours of speech . If you go over the 1 million free characters you “pay as you go.” Pricing is roughly $4.00 per 1 million characters.

Content Creation

Audio can be used as a complementary media to written and/or visual communication. By voicing your content, you can provide your audience with an alternative way to consume information and meet the needs of a larger pool of readers.

Amazon Polly can generate speech in dozens of languages, making it easy to add speech to applications with a global audience, such as RSS feeds, websites, or videos. Check out the video example below as I have converted the text above with screenshot images. ��

Visit to https://aws.amazon.com/polly/ to sign up for Amazon Polly.

If you need help getting started, schedule a free Zoom call with us . You can share your screen and ask us anything!

N eed help with marketing? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Confirm the Demand for Your Content by Using Google Trends

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 22 Jan 2021 18:16:08 GMT

Before you pull out your camera and start filming, you’ll have to do some strategizing. It starts with finding your niche.

This means narrowing down what your video blog will cover based on your brand, audience, and demand.

One way to confirm the demand is using tools like Google Trends to double-check the interest in the type of content you will be producing. This is a useful step to generate blog ideas.

Google Trends is a free tool that gauges a query’s relative popularity, which is a single query’s search volume divided by all possible queries’ search volumes, on a scale of zero to 100 (Google, 2020).

To provide the most accurate relative popularity, Google Trends doesn’t account for repeat searches from the same person over a short period of time. The tool can also show you a query’s search popularity over certain time frames.

Using Google Trends :

Start by visiting: trends.google.com

Next, type in your search word s (what do you think your viewers want to hear?).

Review suggestions from Google and decide on a search topic.

You may compare multiple searches to see what is trending best-do this by adding search words to the compare option at the top of the page.

If you would like to get specific you can search by state/country, time frame, category, and type of search.

The first section will give you interest over time based on the time in which you entered. This will show how your search words are trending over time.

The second section is the interest by metro -this will give you specific states or cities depending on your search. This is color coded and is very specific. Note if you click on a specific area it will give you even more detail of interest by day.

The third section will give you relates topics and queries . We like to review Rising and Top .

Note: if you click on a specific topic it will give you a breakdown of metro area and interest level by time frame. This may help you understand if this specific topic is trending in your area.

If you need help getting started, schedule a free Zoom call with us . You can share your screen and ask us anything!

N eed help with marketing? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Edit your Video in 3 Minutes: 5 Quick, Easy Tips for Video Editing for Beginner in Filmora

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 15 Jan 2021 15:06:07 GMT

Creating videos is the easiest way to increase consumer awareness of your brand and engage customers.

Why use Filmora?

Filmora is great for a beginner and is easy to use. We recommend this to people who are new to video editing and don't need the capabilities and features of a professional package.

Note: The Free version does leave a watermark on your videos. The paid version is well worth the low cost of roughly $70.00 (for a lifetime!).

Visit their website for updated pricing: https://filmora.wondershare.net/shop/buy/buy-filmora-win-idco.html

In addition to the standard video editing software Filmora also offers "Filmstock," which is added media/video's effects to add to your videos.

If you want unlimited access you will pay roughly $8.00 a month.

Here are 5 Quick, Easy Steps to get you started in Filmora (All within the Free Version).

Quick Tip # 1: Selecting and Searching Clips in the Media Library

To select a single media file: click on its thumbnail.

To select multiple media files: press and hold [Ctrl], and then click the thumbnails of the media you want to select.

To select a sequence of media files: click the first thumbnail in the sequence, press and hold [Shift], and then click the last thumbnail in the sequence.

Note: You can find a specific media file using the Search bar.

Quick Tip # 2: Deleting Media Files from the Media Library

In the Media Library, right click on the clip you want to remove and select DELETE.

Note: When you delete a video clip or other piece of media from the Media Library, you are only removing it from Filmora9 and it won't delete it from your computer or storage device.

Quick Tip #3: Adding Videos and Other Media to the Timeline

Here are two ways to add media to the timeline:

Method 1: Find the video clip you want in the Media Library. Then, drag and drop it into your timeline.

Method 2: Right click the video clip in the Media Library, and you will get:

Insert: add your media to the selected track at the playhead. Any media that is already in the track on the right side of the inserted media will move to the right by the length of the inserted clip.

Overwrite: add your media to the selected track at the playhead, and replace any media already occupying the space your added media takes up.

Append (add to the end): add your media as the last piece of media in the selected track.

Add to new track: add your media to a newly created track which has no other media.

Note: You cannot add media to tracks with Track Lock enabled.

Quick Tip # 4: Accessing Sample Colors and Sample Intro Video

Filmora includes several sample colors (still images of color) and countdown intro videos. To access these resources, click Media and choose Sample Colors or Sample Video.

Quick Tip # 5: Deleting Clips from Timeline

To delete a single video clip or other pieces of media from your timeline, right click on the media in your timeline and select Delete, select the clip and hit the Delete icon in the toolbar, or select the clip and press the Delete key on your keyboard.

To remove multiple video clips or other pieces of media, press and hold CTRL, then select the target files. When you are done selecting, let go of CTRL and delete the items using the delete icon, the delete key on your keyboard, or by right-clicking and selecting delete.

Note: you can also drag and drop using the scissors as shown in the video.

Ripple Delete

Sometimes removing or deleting the video clips using the methods above will leave a big gap in the timeline. To avoid the gap, you can use the Ripple Delete feature.

Right click on the clip you need to remove (or hold down CTRL and select multiple pieces of media, then right click) and then select Ripple Delete to remove that clip and have the remaining media in the track move over to fill the empty space.

If you need help getting started, schedule a free Zoom call with us . You can share your screen and ask us anything!

N eed help with marketing? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

The First Step In Content 📝 Marketing Is Creating Novel Content. Learn How

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 08 Jan 2021 16:53:33 GMT

Back to the basics. The first step in content marketing is creating great content.

Content can be as simple as a single line of text posted to social media or as complex as a 10,000 page website.

With such a wide spectrum of what content is , how do you wrap your head around the “content” in content marketing.

We break it down into three simple things.

Copywriting
Video creation
Image creation

Each type of content can be posted, shares, and/or distributed on its own. The content can also be combined in various ways. But before you can think about distribution. You have to create. So, here’s how...

✅Create Copy

✅Open a Google Doc or Microsoft Word

✅Write a title 30 to 100 Characters long

✅Write a description 200 - 1000 words long

✅Write 3 to 5 tags

✅Create a Video

Open your camera app on your phone or computer
Record your video
Click on the share link and email the video to yourself
Save to your computer’s desktop
(Optional) edit video
Windows recommended editor: Filmora 9
Mac recommended editor: iMovie

✅Take a screenshot from the video OR pick a stock photo

https://unsplash.com/ or https://www.pexels.com/
Download
[optional editing] to add text and effects, go to https://pixlr.com/x/

The most important thing is to have fun with it! If you are passionate about your message, it will come through in your content. Don’t worry about production value. 80% of marketing is about getting your message out to the public.

If you need help getting started, schedule a free Zoom call with us . You can share your screen and ask us anything!

Or visit us at https://www.webeducationservices.com/internet-marketing-how-to-guides for more helpful guides.

N eed help with marketing? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Business Reviews 👩🏾‍💻 | Stop Hesitating And Ask With Confidence

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 31 Dec 2020 17:12:56 GMT

Get Checklist

Fear of rejection is wired into our primal brain. Because rejection means being cast out from the tribe, it means going hungry, and it means death.

So, as a business, you don't ask for a review. Because rejection means being cast out from the tribe, it means going hungry, and it means death.

So, whatever you do, don't ask for a review. Nobody has ever run a successful business getting good, positive feedback (the marketer chuckles to himself sarcastically).

In all seriousness, asking for a review is critical to running a successful business.

And here's why,

9 out of 10 people read a review before they make a purchase - brightlocal
84% of people trust reviews as much as friends - Inc.
73% of consumers only pay attention to reviews written in the last month - smallbiztrends

So, the stats tell us logically that we should solicit reviews. Our gut still tells us, DON'T DO IT. So the next excuse is, I don't know what to write. Well, let's help you with that.

Step-By-Step Guide

Step 1: Open your email

Step 2: Start a new email

Step 3: Write a subject line

The subject line is simple. Start with your client's name, write thank you, and then something about them, so the subject is personal.

Example: Joe, a quick thank you and that new bathroom, wow!

Step 4: Write an email

Again, thank the person. Write something personal about them. Remember, make it about them. Then write about how they made you a better person. Transition the conversation from them to you.

Next, ask for a 5-star review. ALWAYS ASK FOR 5-STARS. By asking for 5-stars, you subconsciously plant the seed that "if they decide to give you a review, it has to be 5-stars. Because what crazy person would click on a link that says give five stars and then give a 4-star review.

Example: I want to take a second to say thank you. The new house is fantastic! I was excited that we could get the financing to work out the way we needed it. You guys were great to work with, and you made everything smooth.

Also, if you have a minute, please leave us a 5-star review [insert review link]. Reviews really help us grow our business and help more people like you.

Thank you in advance for your 5-star review.

Step 5: Repeat after every new invoice.

Step 6: Respond to every review

Google is crawling your reviews and Google My Business listing. Depending on what they find, you will show up on Google Maps search engine results page (SERP) and local SERP. Or your competition will.

Make sure you respond to every review and include the product or service and the location.

Example: Thank you so much for reviewing our mortgage company. We really enjoyed helping you with your FHA Loan. Your new home in Palm Harbor is impressive! I'm happy we could be a part of such a milestone for you.

Please, take 5 minutes right now and ask for a review. Or call us right now, (727) 222-6984 . We will walk you through the process at no cost. That's how important this is for every business.

Or schedule a free Zoom call with us. You can share your screen and ask us anything you need to.

If you want more step-by-step instructions for blogging, email marketing, Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, Google My Business, Facebook Ads, or Google Ads. Click here , and we will send you our entire marketing checklist.

Need help with marketing? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

💌 Sending A Marketing Email | A Beginners Step By Step Instructions And Video Tutorial

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Mon, 28 Dec 2020 16:48:42 GMT

Get Checklist

Email marketing is the cornerstone of any successful Content Marketing strategy.

Why?

Because, inevitably, people will show interest in your product or service but don't buy. You don't want to pester them with emails saying, "are you ready now" and "what else do you need from me." However, you want to stay top of mind, so they don't go somewhere else.

So, how do you manage your lead without pestering them?

Well, you can email your lead helpful information, tips, and strategies. Your brand will stay in front of your lead, and your useful emails will build trust. When your lead is ready to buy, they will reach out to you first.

We're probably not telling you anything you don't already know, but you haven't started email marketing for one of two reasons.

1) you don't know how to send a marketing email

2) you don't know what to write

No worries, Below are step by step instructions for sending an email. If you need to figure out what to write, check out our blog about Writing Formulas .

Step-By-Step Guide

Hubspot Email

Setting Up Your Account

Go to hubspot.com’s marketing email hub: https://app.hubspot.com/
If you don’t have a FREE account, click on the sign-up link at the top of the form and follow the sign-up instructions.
After you signed up for the account, Go to hubspot.com’s marketing email hub: https://app.hubspot.com/

Setting up your Email List

Click on the contacts dropdown
Click on import if you want to import a spreadsheet of your contacts
Click on create a contact to enter your contacts manually
Click on the contacts dropdown
Click on lists
Click on create list
Name the list Active Emails
Click on next
Select Contact properties
In the search box, type email
Click on email
Click on the circle next to “is known”
Click Apply filter
Click Save

Creating an email

Click on Marketing
Click on Email
Click on Get started button
Click on Welcome email template
Click on the Company Logo image
Click on the replace link
Click on add image
Click on upload files link
Select your logo from your computer files
After your logo has imported, click on the logo
Resize the logo if needed; 250 width is recommended
To resize the logo, click in the field under width and type in 250.
Double click on the text, “Welcome Friend”
Delete the filler text
Type Hi
Click on the personalize link
Click on the type dropdown and select contact
Click on search contact tokens
Type in First Name
Click on first name in the dropdown
Click on insert
Type your email
Click on the done link
Click on the button Icon and drag it under the text of your email.
Click in the field under “Link URL”
Paste a link to your website in the field
Click on the field under “Button Text”
Type Visit Website or a similar Call-to-action that explains what will happen after someone clicks on the button
Click on the Done link
Revise your email
Optional: you can click and drag other elements into the email like additional text boxes, images, dividers, and social icons
Click on settings

Settings

Verify the from name
Verify the from address
Click on the field under the subject line and add a subject line
Click on the field under preview text and add preview text
Keep the internal name the same
Set your language to the appropriate language
Select Subscription type of Marketing Information.
Left-click on Send and Schedule tab at the top of the screen

Sending

Click on send test email
Click on the dropdown under “send to”
Select the list “Active Emails”
Click on Send a test email
Click on the send test email button
Go to your inbox and verify the email is correct
Go back to Hubspot and click on schedule for later
Schedule for later is a radio button in the right menu.
Pick a time and date
Click on the review and schedule button in the upper-right hand corner
Click on the schedule button
You will get another popup
Click on the Schedule button again

Need help with marketing? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Beginners 📝 Step By Step Detailed Checklist and Video Tutorial for Posting to YouTube

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 18 Dec 2020 20:37:40 GMT

Get Checklist

You are trying to post your first video to YouTube, but there are a lot of options. And you are a little uncertain about what to do.

We get it. So, we created step-by-step instructions to help.

Step-By-Step Guide

Go to your YouTube Studio, https://studio.youtube.com/

Click on the create icon , click on upload videos
Click on select video
Click on select the video file you created in the previous step
Complete the upload form
Enter your title
Enter your description and add a link to your website (see video for more detailed instructions)
Choose a thumbnail
Select a playlist
Select no this is not made for kids
Click on more options
Enter tags
Set language is English
Set date to today
Location is [your Google My Business Listing]
Click next
Click on the add button next to end screen
Click on the square where it says plus element (import from last video)
Click on Save
Click on next
Click on public
Click on Publish
Copy the video link to your notes so you can use it in social posts or other marketing platforms.

Need help with marketing?-give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Create a Holiday 🎄 post in PowerPoint in less than 3️⃣ minutes OR Download our FREE holiday standard image 🎅🏼

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 11 Dec 2020 19:49:26 GMT

Need a holiday post? We have a quick step-by-step guide for you to build out an engaging holiday image in less than 3 minutes ��.

Don’t have 3 minutes? No worries, download our standard holiday post images below! We even have one you can customize! Happy Holidays ��⛄

We love simple marketing programs that we can use quickly. Many of our social media images are created in less than 5 minutes. Want to know our secret? PowerPoint.

Let’s dive into a step-by-step explanation of how to produce visual content in PowerPoint. Our step by step guide should provide you with enough PowerPoint knowledge to start building your own images! Let's get started.

Step-By-Step Guide

Step 1: Pick a free image to alter, Visit unsplash.com

Step 2: Download the image.

Step 3: Open a blank document in PowerPoint.

Step 4: Click on “Design” then “Slide Size” then click on “Standard” (Ensure fit).

Step 5: Click on “Insert” then “Picture”- insert downloaded image from your device under “downloaded”

Step 6: PowerPoint will generate Design Ideas. If PowerPoint does not, you can click on “Design” and then “Design Ideas”

Step 7: Pick a generated idea or insert your own “text box”

Step 8: Add your message.

Step 9: Edit as needed.

Step 10: Save as a JPEG- all slides.

Now you have a saved image you can use for social media posts or for email marketing!

Happy New Year's

Happy Holidays

Merry Christmas

Need help with marketing?-give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Improve your Social Media Engagement: What to Post by the Day of the Week

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 04 Dec 2020 17:14:15 GMT

We know how hard it is to come up with daily content to keep your audience engaged. We have created a Monday-Friday breakdown of what your customers want to see to help your content and message flow better day by day.

Overall, your goal with frequent social media posting is to nurture trust, build meaningful connections, create conversation, be authentic, and grow your community.

Here are data-backed social media trends you can use in your campaigns Monday-Friday to keep your customers wanting more!

Monday's

Monday typically center around kicking off the work week. Your audience is tired and getting back into it. Give them energy, motivate, inspire, embolden.

Consider ideas based on:

Monday Motivation

Monday Blues

Monday Fun Day

Monday Mood is a good time to show off funny photo of a pet, start conversations surrounding being groggy from the weekend, or post an industry-relevant meme.

If you are going for a more upbeat approach, #MondayMotivation is a great hashtag to show photos of a fantastic meal, a great workout, a team photo at the office, or an inspirational story. They provide an opportunity for a fresh start and hopes of a productive week ahead!

Tuesday's

As the week gets rolling, it is an opportunity to keep followers engaged and put a smile on their faces. Your audience is optimistic. Give them ideas. What's new, how can they improve, what more can they do.

Tuesday’s should be focused on facts, trivia or imparting wisdom.

Consider themes likes:

Tuesday Vibes

Tuesday Thoughts

Tuesday Tip

Tuesday Treat

Tuesday Truth

Tuesday Trivia

Transformation Tuesday

Tuesday is a fantastic day to make a graphic and share a piece of advice relevant to your industry, ask your followers to guess or comment on a post, or post about how far your company has come since it started.

Following these social media trends will increase the visibility and reach of your posts; those who may not be aware of your page might see your post and become intrigued. Take advantage of trends.

Wednesday's

Wednesday, or Humpday, is a day for motivation; help your followers power through the second half of the week. Think about that mid-week pick-me-up we all crave and post that on your social media.

Have A Happy Thanksgiving, And A Special Thank You From Web Education Services—Teaching You The Latest Marketing Tactics

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Wed, 25 Nov 2020 20:16:46 GMT

First, Web Education Services wishes you a wonderful Thanksgiving holiday and hopes you can give thanks this year.

For all of us, 2020 was a challenging year. However, your support kept Web Education Services focused, allowed us to adjust, and we never lost sight of our mission—teaching you the latest marketing tactics, so you can take control of your marketing and your business.

So, we are giving thanks this year to all of you who have participated in or are currently enrolled in our 12-week marking training program. Thank you to our early adopters. Because of you, our program has become more efficient and streamlined, making it easier for new clients to learn marketing tactics.

Thank you to our clients. When you start to create content and post on your own… well, it just gives us joy.

Thank you to all of you who trust us in managing your website. We take great pride in bridging your vision, messaging, and business to life in a digital format.

We are humbled by how many of you tell your friends about our marketing training programs and our website development/maintenance services.

So, 2020 is a year to give thanks and we thank you from the bottom of our heart!

Need help with your website or marketing?-give us a call @ 727.222.6984

If you need any help with Marketing Tactics, schedule a call.

Add Active Links to Your Instagram Post

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 20 Nov 2020 19:20:27 GMT

Increase conversion and engage your viewers by adding active links your Instagram Post.

With over 1 billion users, Instagram is undoubtedly one of the most far-reaching social media networks you can use for marketing purposes.

If you aren’t already using Instagram-you should! Especially after I tell you how to post links to your post!

If you are already an avid user of Instagram then you may be a bit frustrated when posting links to your blog. Noticing there is no way to make your links active in your post! Users will need to copy and paste the link and that becomes too many steps for the user. Viewers are now frustrated and unengaged.

Step-by-Step guide to posting links to your Instagram post:

A few notes before you begin: Your original post needs to be created in Facebook.

While still in editing mode you need to copy your message into Instagram (but only under IGTV (Your post must be a video post).

In your Facebook business account click on “create post.”
Insert your post message along with an active link.
Note: do not post yet!
Copy and paste the entire message (link included).
Highlight entire message and Copy ( Ctrl V to Copy Ctrl P to Paste).
Open your Instagram account.
Click on IGTV.
Paste the message you had created in Facebook (Ctrl P).
Insert Video you have created.
Post to IGTV.

Your post along with the link is now active �� .

A few reminders:

You can only post links through IGTV *unfortunately we have not found a way of posting active links in the Instagram Feed. IGTV required a video to be posted.

You must be “editing” within the Facebook post when copying your message or the link will not be active within your Instagram post...we imagine this has something to do with the algorithm.

Happy Posting!

Marketing Takeaways: Add links your Instagram post to increase engagement and conversion.

Need help adding links to your Instagram?-give us a call @ 727.222.6984

If you need any help with Marketing Tactics, schedule a call.

Manage All of Your Passwords from ONE Secure Location: LastPass

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 12 Nov 2020 21:48:47 GMT

Less struggle and frustration with passwords, we have the best way to manage all of your passwords in one place.

Passwords we forget them, we struggle with them. Our solution is a password manager called LastPass. Password managers can help you manage all of your passwords in one area and you will never have to worry about remembering multiple passwords again!

Steps for LastPass:

Google LastPass or simply click the link: LastPass
Click on Pricing.
Click on Free Version.
Create your account.
Click on Sign up for Free.
Install LastPass to Chrome Browser.
This will allow you to generate passwords where ever you are.
Try it out: Click on the Plus Sign.
Click on Password.
Enter Log In Information.
Save Information.
Click on that site link.
Click on LastPass icon.
Information will automatically be generated.
Pin LastPass to your Browser.

Note: you can also share your passwords with others if you share your account(s).

Some features from the FREE version:

Secure password vault
Access on all devices
One-to-one sharing
Save and fill passwords
Password generator
Secure notes
Security Challenge
Multifactor authentication
LastPass Authenticator

Just remember your master password (LastPass) and LastPass will remember the rest!

Marketing Takeaways: Forgetting passwords is a thing of the past, use LastPass.

Need help with Applications like LastPass?-give us a call @ 727.222.6984

If you need any help with Marketing Tactics, schedule a call.

Top 3 features for Managing Raw Facebook Leads in the Facebook Lead Center

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 06 Nov 2020 18:43:15 GMT

What are Raw Leads on Facebook?

Raw Facebook Leads is a term for a contact who filled out one of your Facebook forms. They remain a raw lead until you take action in the new Facebook Lead Management Tool.

Let's take a closer look at the new interface that is included in your Facebook Business Page:

You can now manage your Leads with Facebook’s Lead Management Tool that helps small businesses organize and maintain customer contact information.

Facebook has been changing it’s interface A LOT. If you are a business owner you may have noticed a new section called “Leads Center.”

There are 3 important features you should be using within the Lead Center, Let's take a look...

Take advantage of the ability to email directly from Facebook. Each lead has all the information you need: date, name, e-mail, phone number, stage, source (listing where your lead came from: blog, video, post, etc..)

2. The ability to create lookalike audiences directly from your Ads. Get in front of more people that will engage with your ads and become your customers.

Note: this feature may not be available to you yet. See Facebook's information: https://www.facebook.com/business/help/640692283205096

3. The ability to manage your sales cycle . Set reminders, change the status of customers, add notes.

Marketing Takeaways : Use the Facebook lead center to manage all of your leads.

Need help with Facebook lead center or Facebook Ads?-give us a call @ 727.222.6984

If you need any help with Marketing Tactics, schedule a call.

Writer's Block: Learn How to Write on Demand!

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Fri, 30 Oct 2020 12:55:19 GMT

Try these three tips to successfully post social content weekly and overcome writer's block.

We have all been there...feeling of anxiety, fear, and guilt. Getting over writer's block can be difficult. We sit down and say to ourselves “write something,” and you go blank. Here are some tips we found effective when pushing through writer's block.

Tip 1: Plan away from the office.

Think about content that would be helpful for your clients outside of the office. We do our best thinking on that drive to and from the office. Have an idea and need to quickly note it? Consider downloading a free speech to text application to your phone.

Best free speech to text apps

Google Gboard.
Just Press Record.
Speechnotes.
Transcribe.

Tip 2: Keep a notebook.

Keep a notebook by your bed or desk. Or consider downloading a notebook application to your cell phone or tablet.

Top 5 Apps for Taking Notes on the Tablet & Laptop

Evernote
Microsoft OneNote .
Google Keep Simplenote
Apple Notes.

Tip 3: Use writing formulas.

Use writing formulas. They are a great way to organize your thoughts. Think about the famous Before-After-Bridge. What was life like before my company, after, and how do you get there.

Marketing Takeaways : Follow our three step process for writers block and avoid anxiety, fear, and guilt.

Need help with writer's block?-Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

If you need any help with Marketing Tactics, schedule a call.

Make Your Website and Blog More Engaging with Flaticon (Free)

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 22 Oct 2020 21:47:27 GMT

Use Flaticon for a simple, powerful visual effect on your website, post or blog.

Flaticon: What is it?

Flaticon is a great, easy to use icon tool. Flaticon offers a wide catalog of free icons. When you perform a search, there will be a few options shown on the top left corner of the screen, where you can filter by “Free” (no cost to you, wohoo), or by “Premium”, for icons available only to Premium users (paid membership).

You will see a crown symbol below the Premium icons, so they can be easily told apart. See example below:

How many can you download?

If you are a registered member of Flaticon but you haven't purchased any Premium plan, you will be able to create 3 Icon Collections , with 50 icons for each collection. Your download limit will be 100 icons per day .

What do we like best?

The library is large and easy to navigate. The icons available on Flaticon are always made professionally and provide that extra push needed to help customers interact with our website through the user interface.

Download of individual icons:

To download icons individually , click on the icon. This will take you to a bigger view of the icon and a selection of formats to download the desired icon (PNG/SVG/EPS/BASE 64/PSD). Once you have chosen the format you desire just click over it and the download will start.

You can visit their website @ https://www.flaticon.com/

Marketing Takeaways : Use Flaticon to add interactive effects to your website.

Need help adding features to your site-Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

If you need any help with Marketing Tactics, schedule a call.

Marketing Doubts? What to Write and Where to Post

webeducationservices@gmail.com (Justin Babcock) — Thu, 15 Oct 2020 17:51:01 GMT

Becoming a better marketer by becoming a storyteller and following our step by step guide.

New to Marketing? Ask yourself these two questions:

What am I going to Write?
Where am I going to Post?

To answer the questions: What am I going to write?

First. start with a story or a client story.

Ask: What did your client face?

How did you help them solve that problem?

What were the ways you were able to help your client overcome their problems. Make sure the client is the hero in the story and your product or service is the solution.

Note: It’s ok to write longer social media posts. Instead of summarizing the story or just having the title, tell the full story.

Second, follow one of the top five formulas that we have posted. We use them daily and they work!

Now to answer the question: Where do I post?

Get our step by step checklist.

Our guide will tell you where and how to post and provide step by step instructions.

Marketing Takeaways : 1) When writing content, tell a story. 2) Use our checklist to successfully post your message weekly.

Need help with storytelling or posting on social media? Give us a call @ 727.222.6984

If you need any help with Marketing Tactics, schedule a call.

Use this FREE and Simple Customer Feedback Widget to Gain Customer Reviews

Thu, 08 Oct 2020 18:04:38 GMT

Manage all your reviews from one place. Showcase your reviews on your website, collect reviews from your customers and track review performance.

How important are customer reviews to shoppers?

Very important, as it turns out. The fact is, 90% of consumers read online reviews before visiting a business. And 88% of consumers trust online reviews as much as personal recommendations (Invesp, 2019).

Reviews On My Website helps showcase business reviews from sites like Google, Facebook, Yelp and others on company's website to increase conversions and build customer trust.

What does Reviews On My Website do?

Display reviews
Collect reviews
Request reviews

Reviewsonmywebsite.com steps to sign up for free:

Visit reviewsonmywebsite.com
Click Sign Up For Free button and Create an account.
Add your business name
Add your Website
Click the Account you want to display
Follow steps accordingly-Connect your account or lookup your business.
Once reviews have loaded-Open “widgets”
Click on Save
Click on embed code.
Now you have a code to Copy.

Need help with reviews or managing your account-give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Marketing Takeaways: Place the feedback widget directly on your website or in an e-mail template and make it easier for customers to rate your business.

If you need any help with Marketing Tactics, schedule a call.

Marketing Tactics: Evaluate Your Current State and Amplify your Sources

Thu, 01 Oct 2020 20:29:43 GMT

Planning and strategizing are important. But unless you’re implementing smart social media marketing tactics, you won’t see growth.

Before digging too deep into your Marketing tactics first ask:

What is your current marketing state?

Follow that question with:

Where are your leads coming from?

Where are your customers coming from?

Lead sources may include:

YouTube
Blogging
Email Marketing
Facebook
Twitter
Instagram
LinkedIn
Google My Business
Google Ads
Facebook Ads

Once you have identified your source(s) you now need to ask:

What is working for you?

What is not working for you?

First, look at how much traffic is coming from each source.

Measuring your social media traffic will help you determine which marketing tactics are working for you and which are coming up short.

Ask the following questions:

How many of those sources are turning into leads ?

How many sources are becoming customers ?

The Source/Medium report in Google Analytics is where you’ll find all of the relevant details about your social media traffic. In this one report, you can see the identity of each traffic source, how much of an audience you’re getting from that source, how that audience is engaging with your site, and the results of those actions.

Now, identify tactics to support your sources.

If you need help analyzing your traffic/leads or developing tactics to support your sources give us a call @ 727.222.6984

Marketing Takeaways: First, evaluate your current marketing state and then amplify your sources.

If you need any help with Marketing Tactics, schedule a call.

All The Free “Ish” Marketing And Content Creation Applications You Will Ever Need On A Shoestring Budget

Wed, 23 Sep 2020 19:25:01 GMT

These 6 Marketing And Content Creation Applications Will Save You Time, Money, and Headaches.

The criteria are always the same. You need software that is easy to use, inexpensive, and intuitive. The problem is you have to spend hours searching, clicking, and trying, only to find out…. what you thought would work, doesn't.

Or worse, you have a simple question, and there is no one to ask.

You can continue Sisyphus's eternal punishment, OR you can check out our favorite marketing and content applications. Best of all, if you have a question, you can schedule a call with us.

Scroll down to find the best FREE stock photos sites, FREE stock video sites, the best video editor, and the best photo editors.

We hope you enjoy these applications as much as we do!

FREE STOCK PHOTOS | free stock photos for small businesses

https://unsplash.com/

Unsplash has a great library of royalty-free/credit free images that you can use in social campaigns, ad campaigns, blogs, and email campaigns. Coupled with the https://pixlr.com/E/ , a FREE browser-based photo editor, you can have stunning original content in minutes. Best of all, the photos are free, and the video editor is free.

How do they make money? Ads, of course. You'll notice display ads on both web-based applications.

If you ever feel stuck, you can schedule a free support call with us, https://www.webeducationservices.com/support .

FREE STOCK Videos | free stock videos for small businesses

https://www.pexels.com/videos/

Pexels is our go-to for excellent stock video. They have a massive library of royalty-free/credit free videos AND some great images as well. By splicing together your favorite clips and adding a short voice over, you can have brilliant marketing videos within 30 minutes. Pexels makes its money through advertising. You will also notice premium photos for sale.

VIDEO EDITING SOFTWARE | the best video editor for beginners

https://filmora.wondershare.net/video-editor-software/

Between our clients and our team, we have vetted dozens of video editors. Our criteria are:

The software can't be too expensive.
The software has to be intuitive.
There has to be a lot of online YouTube tutorials.

Filmora fits the bill at 39.99 a year or a lifetime license for 69.99. Note, prices may have changed since this post. If so, please comment below, and we will update our information. You can test drive the software for free. You can't export and post your video until you pay.

PHOTO EDITING SOFTWARE | the best photo editor for beginners

https://pixlr.com/E/

Pixlr might be our favorite find! Pixlr E gives you advanced photo editing capabilities without a steep learning curve. They even offer Pixlr X for an even simpler experience. You can add Layers, Overlays, Filters, Blurs, Text, Gradients, and all kinds of effects. Best of all, the photo editing software is free! The ads can get annoying, but you can upgrade for only $5/mo.

GRAPHICS EDITING SOFTWARE | the best free graphic, SVG, vector file editor for beginners

https://inkscape.org/release/inkscape-1.0.1/

Sometimes you need more than the basic shapes and graphics, but Adobe is too expensive, or Adobe has too steep of a learning curve. If you feel that way, Inkscape might be the best software for you. This desktop application allows you to draw shapes, lines, logos, and graphics in SVG and other vector formats. You can also import raster files and trace the bitmap converting it to a vector file. If what you just read sounds like greek, stick with https://pixlr.com/E/ .

PRINT LAYOUTS AND EDITING | the best layout and editing software for beginners

https://www.canva.com/

Canva is easy to use and offers a ton of design content for free. You don't need to search outside of Canva for images, but you can use https://unsplash.com/ and import the images into Canva for layout and design. The software is excellent for designing simple social banners or marketing materials quickly. You can also create print materials and order them directly from the website. Canva is a "freemium" software application, so there will be solicitations to upgrade.

We've spent years building a simple checklist with simple applications to help clients create and distribute marketing content. So, we decided to share our favorites with you!

Our only ask is that you do the same and share this article with others by clicking on the icon below. Everyone deserves great to create great content on a shoe-string budget!

If you need any help with any of the applications, schedule a call.

Make Your Social Media Posts More Persuasive With These 5 Writing Formulas

rachelle@webeducationservices.com (Rachelle Babcock) — Thu, 17 Sep 2020 19:10:28 GMT

These 5 Formulas Are Guaranteed To Improve Your Copy And Increase Your Writing Efficiency.

Before After Bridge

The FIRST marketing formula to help make your message more persuasive is…

The Before After Bridge Writing Formula

Let’s review the basics of the BAB Formula: Before-After-Bridge

(BAB)

Before -Your current world….(A problem exist)

After - Imagine what it’d be like if my problem is solved…(A world where my problem doesn’t exist)

Bridge - Here’s how to get there….(solved the problem!)

A great example is Walmart Pick Up/Delivery

Before -You are living in a world where you are spending hours at the grocery store finding each item you need and waiting in line.

After - I spend less than 15 minutes creating my shopping list and scheduling a time.

Bridge - Problem solved with Walmart Pick-Up orders-download the Application and start shopping from your couch!

Problem Agitate Solve

The SECOND writing formula to help shape your message is…

The Problem Agitate Solve Writing Formula

Identify a Problem. If readers are not sticking around that means they do not see value in your message. Give them a reason to stay! Ask the following questions about your readers: How do they describe their problems? What words do they use?

Now that you identified the Problem we want to Agitate . You are now moving from just explaining to identifying how it feels to experience pain and where that pain comes from.

The final stage, Solve the problem. You have introduced them to a problem, you have agitated their pain, and now you are going to solve their problem with your product or service.

Example of a cloud security company:

It is hurricane season and a storm took out the power lines around your office (Problem) . You have deadlines to meet and your customers trust you to take care of them, come rain or shine ( Agitate ). Don’t worry, you have cloud security. When your data is safe in our secure cloud, you can access it any time, from anywhere and your business will stay open even while the storm rages outside ( Solution ).

Feature Advantages Benefits

The Third writing formula to help construct your message is…

The Features Advantages Benefits Writing Formula

Feature (or intro) – Start by calling out the specific feature of your product. What’s the feature here? Examples: It’s “our most popular design.”

Advantages – List out the advantages and why it works better than any other company. The thing that separates it from other companies.

Benefits – List out the reader-focused benefits and make them concrete.

FAB reminds us to always focus on the customer. Our customers aren’t interested in features, and they aren’t interested in specifications, they don’t even care about advantages. All they want to know is what you offer to them. How do you make them happier? How do you change their life?

Let's take a look at some examples:

LG Electronics Refrigerator does a great job using FAB with these advertisement features:

Bringing innovation and distinctive design together, LGs new refrigerator with InstaView Door-in-Door will enhance even the most beautifully crafted kitchen (feature). The sleek tinted glass panel illuminates with two quick knocks, allowing you to see inside the easy access compartment without ever opening the door (advantage), reducing cold air loss to help keep food fresher longer (benefit).

Wi-Fi enabled (feature). Works with the LG SmartThinQ app to control key features and get important notifications from any-where (advantage). It even works with the Google Assistant and Amazon Alexa, so you can operate smart features with your voice (benefit).

From pitchers to pint glasses, finally there’s an ice and water dispenser that can handle just about any container you want to fill (feature). Featuring a sleek new design, the dispenser is one of the tallest around, measuring in at an ultra-accommodating 12.6 in. (advantage) Also features LG's new pharmaceutical water filter, NSF certified to reduce more contaminants than our previous filters, for freshness you can taste (benefit).

Follow a 3 step process to start creating the FAB formula:

Compile a list of your product features. Walk away and come back a bit later!
Review your feature list and then write in one or two advantages of each.
Now it is time to think like the customer! Put yourself in your customers “shoes,” now develop a benefit statement for each advantage. Within your statement be sure to dig deep, understand the pains and desires of your customers.

Attention Desire Action

The Forth writing formula to help you get past writer's block is…

The Attention Interest Desire Action Writing Formula

A: A ttention

I: I nterest

D: D esire

A: A ction

Attention : This is your time to get your customer’s attention, perhaps ask a relevant question.

Example: Do you workout?

Interest : This is the time to tell your customer’s interesting facts and information.

Example: You’re 80% more likely to workout if you plan the night before and schedule your day.

Desire: This is the time to make the customer desire and want your product/services. Show how their life can be better, why they can’t live without!

Example: Steven lost 10 lbs by installing the Beachbody App, you can get similar results within 21 days!

Action: This is the time to tell your customer’s what to do next. Give them a single Call to Action.

Example: If you join the Premium Membership you will get unlimited access to all of their training and nutrition programs!

A few writing tips for AIDA:

Write directly to your target audience.
Using styling elements (emojis, bold, underlined words, CAPs)
Master the Headline. Speak to your buyer and offer a solution to their problems. Consider using the site https://coschedule.com/headline-analyzer/80597 to test your headlines.

The AIDA formula is driven by leading your customer through a logical process. Get them interested, hook them with all of their desire and then close the deal!

Promise Picture Proof Push

The Fifth writing formula we want to share is…

The Promise Picture Proof Push Writing Formula

P -Promise

P -Picture

P -Proof

P -Push

Promise

The promise you make is designed to catch your lead's attention. That beneficial promise is made with the headline and carried over into your opening.

This promise is “what’s in it for them.” Yes you want their attention, but the promise is the only reason the reader is willing to give it to you.

Picture

You’re going to take that promise and now use vibrant descriptive language to paint a picture for your leads.

One way to do this is to get the reader to imagine themselves enjoying the benefit or desired outcome of your product or service. Then you get very specific about how your proposed solution or idea makes that benefit happen.

The Picture phase suggests using storytelling and vivid descriptive imagery as a way to hold the reader’s emotional interest while you nudge them down the path to acceptance. It also keeps you focused on communicating the benefits associated with the features or facts that you need to get across.

Proof

This section requires you to support the logical mindset of your leads. Include: statistics, studies, graphs, charts, testimonials, a demonstration that the features of your product deliver the benefits you’ve promised. Use facts to support the emotional trigger that you earlier used to create a picture.

Push

C all T o A ction Time.

Consider a promotion or offer and then ask for the purchase.

Persuasive writing begins with the ending in mind, imagine the outcome.

What do you want the reader to do?

During the push stage you’re tying the promise and the picture to acceptance and specific actions. Remember, understanding leads to acceptance! Acceptance leads to sales!

Marketing Takeaway: Improve Your Copy And Increase Your Writing Efficiency by using our top 5 formulas.

Interested in additional writing formulas?

Visit: https://buffer.com/resources/copywriting-formulas/

Feeling indifferent, indecisive, or hesitant about your marketing? Try this..

rachelle@webeducationservices.com (Rachelle Babcock) — Thu, 10 Sep 2020 20:35:35 GMT

Sometimes a website is a necessary evil. Well, here’s an example of how to turn that burden into an asset.

Are you indifferent about your website? You don’t know, nor do you really care about how many people are looking at it? Do you avoid sending people to your website because the information is outdated, or you just don’t like the way it looks?

We hear it all the time. It's a combination of not knowing what to do with your website, how it all works, and a lack of time that keeps you “status quo”.

In fact, our most recent site launch, https://www.thejonesygroup.com/ , was in a similar position.

But they decided the status quo wasn’t what they wanted. They built a new website, AND they took the time to learn about email marketing, social media, digital advertising, blogging, and content marketing.

Now they have control of their marketing, a new process for generating leads, AND a way to communicate with past clients.

So, what are you waiting for? Contact us today to learn more about our bundle package:

1 new website up to 12 pages
Social media set up
Email marketing set up
Blogging set up
Digital advertising set up
AND 12 weeks of platform/application TRAINING!

Marketing Takeaway: Take control of your marketing; Take control of your business.

Visit for pricing ��:

https://www.webeducationservices.com/pricing#AllInOneMarketingProgram

Why do people buy- For logical reasons or emotional reasons?

Thu, 03 Sep 2020 20:31:11 GMT

Follow this formula and you’ll find yourself writing headlines that will persuade people to click on your content.

Here’s how to write powerful headlines that people can’t help but click. ��

When writing content start with your audience's emotion. Problem-Agitate-Solve (PAS) writing formula does a great job of painting the emotional picture for your audience.

You want to first vividly paint the pain. As someone reads your description, they should feel like you’re tapping into the conversation going on in their head.

You’ve identified a point of pain. Now, you need to make it painful by making it more emotional. This is where you pour salt onto the wound you’ve just pointed out. The trick is to not agitate too much. Don’t let your reader wallow. Show them a way out.

Now it's time to solve the problem ( wohoo !). This is where you get to make everything better. This is when you reveal the solution – your solution – that will be the balm your audience has been looking for.

How to become a master problem solver ?

The biggest question: what problems are your future clients struggling with?

Narrow this question/problem down to make it extra-specific. If you need help, reach out to your followers on social media and simply ask them what challenges they’re facing.

Consider running a poll online or send one out to your email subscribers.

Our workshops are great in getting you the jump-start that you need to optimize your message. If you would like to review a recap of our latest workshop on the PAS formula then join our Facebook Group ��:

https://www.facebook.com/groups/webeducationworkshops

We are excited to see you next week!

Marketing Takeaway: Tap into the pain (maybe it’s guilt?) of your audience, Once you have identified a feeling you can link it to a problem. Feelings transition into problems. Problems transition into problems.

Solutions=Happy Customers.

Direct Link to Facebook Group:

https://www.facebook.com/groups/webeducationworkshops

We are offering Unlimited Free Workshop Access to current clients. If you are not a current client, no worries, we have you covered! Your first two workshops are FREE.

If you need help with content, distribution, or registering for workshops, schedule a call with one of our marketing coaches by contacting us .

Optimize your YouTube Account and Get the Jump Start You Need by Joining our Workshops

Fri, 28 Aug 2020 18:41:42 GMT

Stop struggling with YouTube and learn how to optimize your account by joining our Facebook Group!

Is YouTube overwhelming, still struggling to create your page? Are there too many options on the upload form?

Are you having difficulty understanding your target audience?

Do you have a YouTube channel and you just aren't getting the traffic that you would like?

Big companies like YouTube just assume you know how to navigate their platform.

They assume you know how to create an account.

They assume you know how to optimize your account.

Their How-To-Guides aren't always helpful and often not created for beginners.

We have found that even experienced users may miss a few steps. ��

We have set up these workshops because we want you to get the highest return on investment.

We want you to optimize your YouTube page.

��

Our workshops are great in getting you the jump-start that you need to optimize each application.

We are excited to see you next week!

Marketing Takeaway: See what you might be missing join our Facebook Group for recaps.

Direct Link to Facebook Group:

https://www.facebook.com/groups/webeducationworkshops

We are offering Unlimited Free Workshop Access to current clients. If you are not a current client, no worries, we have you covered! Your first two workshops are FREE.

If you need help with content, distribution, or registering for workshops, schedule a call with one of our marketing coaches by contacting us .

Content Marketing Workshop Recap: Join our Facebook Group and have Free Workshop Access!

Thu, 20 Aug 2020 19:13:13 GMT

Get more information on Content and Distribution Marketing by joining our Facebook Group and register for a workshop for Free (or two ��)

We really enjoyed our first virtual workshop on Content Marketing: BAB writing formula. We are looking forward to an action-packed morning on Wednesday at 8 AM where we will discuss Distribution Marketing, focusing on YouTube. If you were not able to attend, no worries…we recorded!

We are excited to announce our Workshop Marketing Facebook Group, this is a private group and is by invitation only. Yay, you’re invited!��

Facebook Group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/webeducationworkshops

Within our group you will find:

The weekly workshop recap.
Q&A of workshop.
Handouts from the weekly workshop.
Short instructional videos along with links to educational blogs.
An opportunity to network and brainstorm with other participants.

We have a great distribution class scheduled for next week. By the end, you'll have all the tools you need to successfully market your products and services on social media through YouTube. The workshop will focus on creating a YouTube channel and the importance of the upload form.

Check out the agenda ��❕

Below is the current schedule of courses offered ��

Marketing Takeaway: Join us virtually on Wednesday for a breakdown of one of the top distribution channels-YouTube.

We are offering Unlimited Free Workshop Access to current clients. If you are not a current client, no worries, we have you covered! Your first two workshops are FREE.

If you need help with content, distribution, or registering for workshops, schedule a call with one of our marketing coaches by contacting us .

Writing Formula: The 4 Ps Approach to Persuasion

Thu, 13 Aug 2020 18:37:22 GMT

Take your leads on a journey of understanding and accepting using the 4 P’s

As Sean D’Souza once said, “persuasion is about understanding”. Understanding leads to acceptance when your product/service is relevant, high-quality, and well targeted. Don’t assume your leads know-educate them! A great way to educate your audience is to use the PPPP writing formula.

P -Promise

P -Picture

P -Proof

P -Push

Promise

The promise you make is designed to catch your lead's attention. That beneficial promise is made with the headline and carried over into your opening.

This promise is “what’s in it for them.” Yes you want their attention, but the promise is the only reason the reader is willing to give it to you.

Picture

You’re going to take that promise and now use vibrant descriptive language to paint a picture for your leads.

Proof

Push

C all T o A ction Time.

Consider a promotion or offer and then ask for the purchase.

Persuasive writing begins with the ending in mind, imagine the outcome.

What do you want the reader to do?

During the push stage you’re tying the promise and the picture to acceptance and specific actions. Remember, understanding leads to acceptance! Acceptance leads to sales!

If you want to learn more about how to execute the 4 Ps writing formula, join us for the workshop!

Marketing Takeaway: Use the 4 Ps of Persuasion when you want to take your leads on a journey of understanding and accepting your product/service.

If you need assistance executing the 4 Ps writing formula, we are here to help!

Schedule a call with one of our marketing coaches by contacting us .

DIY: Marketing Workshops by Web Education Services

Wed, 05 Aug 2020 15:08:34 GMT

Content and Distribution Workshops: Discover creative content techniques and distribution methods

While coaching and training small businesses we have found that many struggle to create engaging content and often struggle on where and how to distribute that content. With the many apps and methods that include posting videos, photos and asking the question of how, what, when and why do I post? We have found that many people find social media daunting.

Thank you to everyone who has been giving us great feedback.

We keep hearing… The videos are great, but you need a little more instruction; Not a 12 week one on one coaching regiment, but something… well, we think we have a happy middle-ground for you.

We heard and we listened, we are now offering weekly workshops where we will work with you and 4 other small business owners.

Workshops can be purchased individually at only $35 a session or as a package for a reduced price, we are offering 10 sessions and we promise after 10 weeks you will be creating and distributing your content effortlessly.

Stop struggling to create content, stop feeling overwhelmed with social media posts. We have the answers and we are excited to share! Join us Wednesday mornings for the inside scoop. See you soon!

Marketing Takeaway: Get started with our workshops and leave with your social media post for the week!

Reserve your seat: https://www.webeducationservices.com/marketing-workshop-schedule

If you need assistance reserving your seat for the workshops, we are here to help!

Schedule a call with one of our marketing coaches by contacting us .

AIDA Writing Formula: Grab customers attention, engage them, make them curious, close the sale

Wed, 29 Jul 2020 20:20:17 GMT

Businesses use the AIDA writing formula to determine the way they should craft and distribute marketing messages to their target audience and create a call to action.

This week we are going to talk about AIDA. How to create the AIDA writing formula and how to drive your sales by using it. AIDA starts when you have moved your lead to the awareness stage. There are numerous stages we need to take in order to move our lead to a customer (sale, wohoo!) and AIDA assists in the process.

A: A ttention

I: I nterest

D: D esire

A: A ction

Attention : This is your time to get your customer’s attention, perhaps ask a relevant question.

Example: Do you workout?

Interest : This is the time to tell your customer’s interesting facts and information.

Example: You’re 80% more likely to workout if you plan the night before and schedule your day.

Desire: This is the time to make the customer desire and want your product/services. Show how their life can be better, why they can’t live without!

Example: Steven lost 10 lbs by installing the Beachbody App, you can get similar results within 21 days!

Action: This is the time to tell your customer’s what to do next. Give them a single Call to Action.

Example: If you join the Premium Membership you will get unlimited access to all of their training and nutrition programs!

A few writing tips for AIDA:

Write directly to your target audience.
Using styling elements (emojis, bold, underlined words, CAPs)
Master the Headline. Speak to your buyer and offer a solution to their problems. Consider using the site https://coschedule.com/headline-analyzer/80597 to test your headlines.

The AIDA formula is driven by leading your customer through a logical process. Get them interested, hook them with all of their desire and then close the deal!

Marketing Takeaway: 1st step Grab Attention through targeting messaging. 2nd Step: Keep interested with statistics, 3rd step: Desire: state what's in it for your lead! 4th step: have a clear call to action.

If you need assistance with content marketing we are here to help!

Schedule a call with one of our marketing coaches by contacting us .

Three reasons Why you Should be Blogging Weekly: SEO, Operations, E-Mail Marketing

Wed, 22 Jul 2020 17:54:47 GMT

Your website is important, blogging is the most important: More pages, more information=higher SEO.

When was the last time you updated your website? How many times can you really update your “about me” page? Nothing really changes, right?

Now the most important question: How can I add more pages to my website?.....Blogging!

Every time you blog you add a page (index) to your website. More pages, more information=higher SEO.

Blogging is a great way to brand your business and it is inexpensive and effective. Let's dive into the top three reasons a small business should blog...

Top three reasons:

1.Boost SEO: Long tail keywords are important.

Fact: 70% of a Google Search is a long question.

All of the search engines love fresh new content! Blog and Blog more! This is your opportunity to target your audience and insert those key questions your customers ask within your blog.

You might be asking...what is a long tail keyword?

Long - tail keywords are keywords or key phrases that are more specific and well, usually longer! Long - tail keywords usually have a higher conversion value, as they are more specific!

2. Operation Tool!

Blogs can serve as an operational tool. Writing a targeted blog (to your audience) can assist with frequently asked questions from your customers. Blogging assists with building trust and loyalty with your customers. The More you Know and Post, The More Trust in the product/service your customers will have.

3. E-Mail Marketing- Call of Action .

A blog is your opportunity to have that future or current customer convert. You can use your blog as an email marketing campaign and within you can have a Call To Action: Sign up, Subscribe, Buy Now. In addition, you are driving traffic to your website for your readers to explore and learn more about your business!

So how do we drive traffic to our website? Blogging, Social Media, Search Engines.

A few Now-You-Knows:

Blogging often=higher SEO.

Social Media should link back to your blog=Higher SEO.

Use Long Tail Keywords within the blog=traffic that is more likely to convert.

Marketing Takeaway: Three Reasons to Blog: Boost SEO, assist with operations, used for email marketing.

If you need assistance with Distribution we are here to help!

Schedule a call with one of our marketing coaches by contacting us .

FAB Writing Formula: Focus on Benefits for your Future Customers, not Features

Thu, 16 Jul 2020 18:39:18 GMT

This one writing tip (Feature, Advantage, Benefit) reminds us to always focus on our customer.

Writing formulas are like instructions on how to boost sales and convert customers.

FAB is a well documented and highly used writing formula. The emphasis is on why your product’s features are great and how they can help your customers rather than dissecting each specific feature.

Features
Advantages
Benefits

Feature (or intro) – Start by calling out the specific feature of your product. What’s the feature here? Examples: It’s “our most popular design.”

Advantages – List out the advantages and why it works better than any other company. The thing that separates it from other companies.

Benefits – List out the reader-focused benefits and make them concrete.

Let's take a look at some examples:

LG Electronics Refrigerator does a great job using FAB with these advertisement features:

Bringing innovation and distinctive design together, LGs new refrigerator with InstaView Door-in-Door will enhance even the most beautifully crafted kitchen (feature). The sleek tinted glass panel illuminates with two quick knocks, allowing you to see inside the easy access compartment without ever opening the door (advantage), reducing cold air loss to help keep food fresher longer (benefit).

Wi-Fi enabled (feature). Works with the LG SmartThinQ app to control key features and get important notifications from any-where (advantage). It even works with the Google Assistant and Amazon Alexa, so you can operate smart features with your voice (benefit).

From pitchers to pint glasses, finally there’s an ice and water dispenser that can handle just about any container you want to fill (feature). Featuring a sleek new design, the dispenser is one of the tallest around, measuring in at an ultra-accommodating 12.6 in. (advantage) Also features LG's new pharmaceutical water filter, NSF certified to reduce more contaminants than our previous filters, for freshness you can taste (benefit).

Follow a 3 step process to start creating the FAB formula:

Compile a list of your product features. Walk away and come back a bit later!
Review your feature list and then write in one or two advantages of each.
Now it is time to think like the customer! Put yourself in your customers “shoes,” now develop a benefit statement for each advantage. Within your statement be sure to dig deep, understand the pains and desires of your customers.

Marketing Takeaway

FAB writing formula reminds us to always focus on our customer.

If you need assistance with Content Writing we are here to help!

Schedule a call with one of our marketing coaches by contacting us .

Facebook Ads: How do they calculate my cost?

Thu, 09 Jul 2020 01:52:26 GMT

How much does Facebook advertising really cost? Understanding these benchmarks to Facebook Ads will help you optimize your results.

Are you curious about the cost of a click, impression or conversion on Facebook Ads? How much does an ad really cost?

That’s a tricky question! And the short answer is, it’ll never cost you more than you have to spend. If you have a budget of $5 per day, Facebook Ads will never cost you more than $5 a day. However, there are a number of factors that will affect how far your budget will stretch and the success you’ll see for your money.

Maybe a better approach with Facebook Ads could be to think about how you can make your budget deliver the best results.

Here are the benchmarks to Facebook Ads:

First, it is important to understand how Facebook decides which ads to show each of its users.

According to Facebook they try to balance the following:

Creating value for advertisers by helping them reach and get results from people in their target audiences
Providing positive, relevant experiences for people using Facebook, Instagram or Audience Network.

An auction is then created, but not your typical auction where you spend more money and you win. The ad that “wins” is the ad that provides the most value. Now let’s figure out how we get closer to that “most” valued.

Facebook determines the value by analyzing the following factors:

Your Bid – representing how interested you are in showing your ad (this is the money).
Estimated Action Rate/Ad Quality – decided by how interested Facebook thinks a person will be in seeing your ad. Facebook looks at expected clicks, conversion and engagement. An Estimated Action Rate is determined by your target audience's behavior (have they seeked information similar to what you are providing), and also your previous performance on Ads.
User Value – calculated by how likely Facebook thinks a person will take the action you are optimizing for with your ad. This is measured on a scale of 1-10. Scores increase as people interact with your Ad. Note: Ad relevance scores are only generated once you have more than 500 impressions.

Most recently Facebook has divided the relevance into 3 different diagnostics.

Quality of Ad
Engagement of Ad
Expected Conversion

Each of these items will then receive a ranking (percentage) of Below Average, Average, or Above Average. Now you will have a better idea as to where to improve your ad.

Example: You have a Below Average engagement rate ranking. Your ad is reaching the right people but it may not be compelling or exciting enough to make your audience stop to interact with it. In this case, consider ways to make your ad more engaging (consider different writing formulas), or align that ad with an audience that will find it interesting.

Now, how to find your Quality Ranking.

Go to Facebook Ads Manager.
Campaign Tabs.
Pick the Ad you would like to take a look at (remember you have to have at least 500 impressions for ranking).
Click on “Ad Sets”
While in Ad sets, scroll to the right to see additional columns.
Here you will find Quality, Engagement, Conversion (if you have more than 500 impressions).

Marketing Takeaway

Marketing Takeaway= When creating a Facebook Ad it important to provide Value for the advertiser (Facebook) and Relevance to their users (customers).

If you need assistance with Facebook Ads we are here to help!

Schedule a call with one of our marketing coaches by contacting us .

Connect with your Audience using writing formula: Problem – Agitate – Solve (PAS)

Wed, 01 Jul 2020 17:15:45 GMT

This one writing tip (problem, agitate, solve) will make it easy for you to connect with your audience and dominate social media.

Are you frustrated because you know your product or service is good, but you just aren’t selling? Are you creating content but no one is reading it? If people would just give you a chance they would realize you are worth every cent!

Want to change your marketing game, create engaging content? Read on….

PAS (Problem, Agitate, Solve) is one of the most popular writing formulas used on social media. Many describe this formula as the “key to dominating social media.”

Compared to the BAB ( Before-After-Bridge ) writing formula discussed a few weeks ago in our blog, it’s nearly an identical match with only one difference.

Instead of describing a life without the problem (after) , PAS describes life if the problem were to persist (Agitate).

Identify a Problem- if readers are not sticking around that means they do not see value in your message. Give them a reason to stay! Ask the following questions about your readers: How do they describe their problems? What words do they use?

Now that you identified the Problem we now want to Agitate the problem You are now moving from just explaining the problem to identifying how it feels to experience that pain and where that pain comes from.

Final stage, Solve the problem. You have introduced them to a problem, you have explained their feelings and pain and now you are going to solve their problem with your product.

Example of a cloud security company: It is hurricane season and a storm took out the power lines around your office (Problem) . You have deadlines to meet and your customers trust you to take care of them, come rain or shine ( Agitate ). When your data is safe in our secure cloud, you can access it any time, from anywhere and your business will stay open even while the storm rages outside ( Solution ).

Marketing Takeaway

Marketing Takeaway= Using the PAS writing formula will help you dominate social media.

If you need assistance with content writing we are here to help!

Schedule a call with one of our marketing coaches by contacting us .

YouTube Content Distribution: What are all those options when uploading and why should I care?

Wed, 24 Jun 2020 22:07:35 GMT

The importance of the upload form on YouTube A How-To-Guide

Uploading videos to YouTube can be daunting! What if you forget information or submit the wrong information? Will my video reach my target audience? How will I get viewers to engage?

YouTube is a video-sharing website that has over 2 billion users. Your goal on YouTube is to gain views and drive viewers to your website. Once you drive viewers to your website you are now able to monitor their behavior, connect, and make sales.

Uploading the proper information into YouTube is essential for the success of your video, lucky for you we have created a How-To-Guide.

The first step is to: Sign in to YouTube Studio .

In the top right-hand corner, click CREATE Upload video.

Select the file you’d like to upload.

DETAILS SCREEN/BASIC INFORMATION

Title and Description (this shows under your video)

Take the content you have written and Copy and Paste.

Thumbnail

This will be the image that is displayed before someone clicks on the video. Thumbnails are important because the thumbnail along with the title and description will entice a viewer to click.

Audience

Unless you are reading bedtime stories or selling kids toys… no you are not made for kids.

Age Restrictions

The flip side to that is age restrictions. As long as your content is for adults and not “adult content” you will select, No, don't restrict my video to viewers over 18 only.

More Options

Always click on more options. Here you can optimize your video for local search.

Paid Promotion

If you are promoting your own product or service, you can skip this section and leave the boxes unchecked.

License and distribution

If you are just promoting your own product and service, you will select a standard YouTube license. Make sure embedding is checked and “Publish to subscriptions feed and notify subscribers” is checked.

Comments and ratings

Set to hold inappropriate comments. Sort by top, and make sure “Show how many viewers like and dislike this video” is checked.

CLICK ON NEXT

VIDEO ELEMENTS SCREEN

Add an end screen

End screens are important to keep viewers on your channel and to get subscribers. Click on the add button next to add an end screen to enter the configuration. Select one video and one subscribe and click on save.

Add Cards

Cards are a great way to promote additional content and cross-promote affiliate programs. However, if you are just getting started promoting your own product or service, many of these options are unavailable. It is our advice to skip cards for now.

CLICK ON NEXT

VISIBILITY

Again, if you are just starting out and building an audience, you should set your video to public so people can find the video and click save. This will post your video to YouTube

Copy your video link for later use.

Marketing Takeaway

Marketing Takeaway= Uploading your YouTube video properly=more views. More views=more traffic to your website.

If you need assistance with distribution on YouTube we are here to help!

Schedule a call with one of our marketing coaches by contacting us .